Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2023
This is a PDF version of the Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2023 and is an exact
copy of the printed document provided to Unilever’s shareholders.
The Annual Report and Accounts 2023 was filed with the National Storage
Mechanism and the Dutch Authority for the Financial Markets in European Single
Electronic Format, including a human readable XHMTL version of the Annual Report
and Accounts 2023 (the ESEF Format). The Annual Report and Accounts 2023 in ESEF
Format is also available on Unilever’s website at www.unilever.com. Only the Annual
Report and Accounts 2023 in ESEF Format is the official version for purposes of the
ESEF Regulation.
Certain sections of the Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2023 have been audited.
These are on pages 173 to 233, and those parts noted as audited within the Directors’
Remuneration Report on pages 116 to 153.
The maintenance and integrity of the Unilever website is the responsibility of the
Directors; the work carried out by the auditors does not involve consideration of these
matters. Accordingly, the auditors accept no responsibility for any changes that may
have occurred to the financial statements since they were initially placed on the
website.
Legislation in the United Kingdom and the Netherlands governing the preparation
and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other
jurisdictions. Except where you are a shareholder, this material is provided for
information purposes only and is not, in particular, intended to confer any legal rights
on you.
This Annual Report and Accounts does not constitute an invitation to invest in
Unilever shares. Any decisions you make in reliance on this information are solely
your responsibility.
The information is given as of the dates specified, is not updated, and any forward-
looking statements are made subject to the reservations specified in the cautionary
statement on the inside back cover of this PDF.
Unilever accepts no responsibility for any information on other websites that may be
accessed from this site by hyperlinks.
In this report
Strategic Report
About Unilever
2 Unilever at a glance
4 Our strategy & Growth Action Plan
Our Performance
56 Financial performance
65 Non-financial performance
Governance Report
Financial Statements
Online
About Unilever
Unilever at a glance
We are a global consumer goods business with strong
fundamentals and differentiated capabilities.
Beauty & Wellbeing Personal Care Home Care Nutrition Ice Cream
About Unilever
About Unilever
Our purpose
Making sustainable living commonplace
Where to play
Build a consistently high growth portfolio
How to win
About Unilever
Faster growth
6 Build back
gross margin 7 Focus
goals
sustainability
8 Drive benefits of the
category-focused
■ Shift focus from gross savings ■ Four key priorities: climate, organisation
to net productivity. nature, plastics and ■ Further simplify operating
■ Step up capital expenditure livelihoods. model.
and apply disciplined approach ■ Focus on short-term ■ Strengthen frontline customer
to restructuring. roadmaps. development roles.
See Group Financial Review pages 10-13 See Planet & Society pages 38-55 See Our People & Culture pages 34-37
Performance culture
9 Renewed team
■ Dial up performance edge. 10 Drive and reward out-performance
■ Set simpler, more visible in-year targets.
■ Drive fewer, clearer priorities with more ■ Clearly link new reward framework to
single-point accountability. value creation.
See Governance Report pages 88-101 See Directors' Remuneration Report pages 116-153
Chair’s statement
" I believe we
have the resource
and expertise
needed to get our
brands growing
consistently and
competitively
again.
Ian Meakins
"
Chair
It is an honour to be writing to you for the first time as Chair up 60bps on the prior year, to 16.7%, driven by improvements
of Unilever PLC. Unilever is a great company with a long and in gross margin. However, overheads were up by 10bps –
distinguished history. There are many strengths on which highlighting the opportunity to drive further productivity.
we can build for the future: great brands, well positioned in Operating margin was down 150bps due to the one-off gain
fast-growing markets; a geographic footprint that reaches on disposal of the global tea business in 2022.
across the developed and emerging world; and a talented
Underlying earnings per share (EPS) was up only 1.4% because
and committed workforce. With these strengths, I believe
of a negative currency impact of 9.6%, driven by our exposure
we can deliver attractive levels of growth over both the short
to emerging markets. The lack of EPS growth is the primary
and the long term to meet the needs of all our stakeholders.
reason why our share price has been flat over recent years.
Unfortunately, results going back several years have not met
Cash flow performance was strong. We returned €5.9 billion to
our and the markets' expectations. We have underperformed
shareholders in 2023 through dividends and share buybacks,
relative to a number of our principal competitors. We see
having completed the final two €750 million tranches of our
this reflected in the share price, with Unilever shares down
€3 billion buyback programme during the year. We have
compared to five years ago, having performed unfavourably
announced a further buyback programme of €1.5 billion for 2024.
against both the FTSE100 and our peer group average.
While there were positive and encouraging aspects to the
Group’s financial results in 2023, as covered in this report, Growth Action Plan
our performance overall was variable. In some areas we are Organic growth of our brands is the number one priority and
doing reasonably well, such as Beauty & Wellbeing in the US our CEO, Hein Schumacher – who took over on 1 July 2023 –
and Home Care in Latin America. Our global Deodorants and has wasted no time in putting into effect a concrete action
Food Solutions businesses also both did well last year. But Ice plan to accelerate growth, drive productivity and simplicity,
Cream performed poorly, while Home Care European volumes and sharpen Unilever’s performance edge.
declined double-digit. Nutrition also saw volumes in Europe
decline in the face of rising costs and increased competition. The plan will drive action by focusing on fewer, bigger priorities
I do believe we have the resource and expertise needed to and by applying a more rigorous approach to execution and
get our brands growing consistently and competitively. delivery. For example, our Power Brands will be prioritised for
Demonstrating this ability will be a key priority for all of investment, particularly when it comes to delivering large-scale,
us in 2024 and beyond. differentiated, science-backed innovations. The unmissable
brand superiority process will also be rolled out rapidly to
ensure we have the right diagnosis and action plans to deliver
Results brand growth and share gains. We will continue to increase
brand investment, funded by cost savings and productivity
The Group delivered underlying sales growth in 2023 of
gains. Changes to the organisation will give greater clarity in
7%. This was driven mainly by price growth in response to
driving P&L accountability into the five Business Groups. Better
continuing high levels of inflation, although the year did
management of costs, including a switch to measuring net
see a welcome return to volume growth as prices began to
productivity – rather than gross savings – will help to fund
moderate. Turnover growth was down (0.8)% due to adverse
the investments needed to accelerate growth while ensuring
currency and net disposals. Underlying operating margin was
we also meet our objective of margin expansion.
While organic growth is the number one priority, the Board I would like to thank the Board members for their work in 2023.
will continue to evaluate opportunities to improve Unilever’s A special thank you to those colleagues who will be stepping
portfolio to deliver faster growth, as we have done most down from the Board at the 2024 AGM: Nils Andersen as our
recently, for example, with the agreement to acquire the fast- former Chair, Judith Hartmann, Youngme Moon and Strive
growing K18 prestige hair care brand in the US and with the Masiyiwa. Thanks also to Feike Sijbesma, who stepped down in
planned disposal of the non-strategic Elida Beauty personal October 2023. Finally, thank you to our two Executive Directors
care brands. Until we have delivered faster organic growth, who stood down in 2023: Alan Jope as CEO, on 30 June, and
we do not think we should be considering large-scale Graeme Pitkethly as Chief Financial Officer, on 31 December.
acquisitions. We know that accelerated growth through
The Board is delighted to be working with the new Executive
the disciplined implementation of the Growth Action Plan
team that Hein has put together, and especially our new CFO,
is by far the best route to value creation.
Fernando Fernandez, who was appointed after an extensive
internal and external search. From 1 March 2024, we are also
very pleased to welcome Judith McKenna to the Board. Judith
Climate Transition Action Plan
brings a wealth of experience, most recently as President and
We will continue to work hard to become a more sustainable CEO of Walmart International.
business having made progress again in 2023. We go into
2024 with a sharpened focus around four major platforms that
most support our sustainability agenda and our commercial Looking ahead
objectives – climate, nature, plastics and livelihoods. Our plans
The Board and management of the company are all totally
are now fully integrated into the Business Group strategies,
committed to deliver a significant step-up in Unilever’s long-
which we believe will enable us to make progress on
term performance, starting in 2024. We have the necessary
sustainability while also delivering better performance.
talent and resources and by focusing hard on driving growth,
Climate change represents one of the biggest threats to the I am confident we can achieve the step-up required.
global economy and in March 2024 we published our updated
I am delighted and honoured to be taking up this role and
Climate Transition Action Plan (CTAP), in advance of an
excited about the possibilities ahead. Unilever is a business
advisory shareholder vote at our Annual General Meeting in
with great assets, not least our talented and dedicated
May 2024. While there was overwhelming support for our first
workforce. I want to thank each and every one of them for
CTAP at our AGM in 2021, we take nothing for granted and
their considerable efforts in 2023. I look forward to meeting
know that the updated CTAP will need to measure up to the
more of our Unilever team and working alongside them
higher levels of accelerated delivery now demanded.
in 2024.
I began my career at Unilever and it is great to be back thirty re-affirming the financial health of the business. Cash flow
years later as CEO. I have returned to a company possessing from operating activities increased by €1.5 billion compared
many of the qualities needed to win in today’s consumer to the prior year.
goods environment: great brands, leading market positions
The quality of growth varied across the Business Groups.
and talented people.
Taken across the Group, growth was not competitive. We lost
Today, Unilever is also one of the world’s most global fast- market share and finished the year with the percentage of
moving consumer goods businesses, with nearly 60% of the business winning share – an imperfect but nevertheless
turnover in 2023 coming from emerging markets. That important measure of competitiveness – at only 37% (see
is a huge strength in such a highly competitive global page 12). We know this is not good enough and we are moving
environment. A sharpening of the portfolio over recent quickly to address it.
years and an overhaul of the company’s organisational
To that end, we set out a comprehensive and detailed
structure have underpinned these strengths further.
action plan in October to accelerate Unilever’s growth
This is key because there is an urgent need now to transform and strengthen our competitive position (see pages 4-5).
performance in line with Unilever’s potential. After a lengthy
period in which the share price has underperformed, it is
important that we move fast to rebuild investor confidence. Growth Action Plan
That means delivering higher quality, competitive, top- and The plan is highly operational, reflecting the need to step up
bottom-line growth, year in, year out. Work to achieve this is both the quality and the consistency of our execution. It is
well underway with early signs of progress apparent in the divided into three elements but is underpinned by one simple
results delivered for 2023. premise: the need to do fewer things, better, with greater
impact. This idea of greater focus permeates everything we
are doing and will remain our lodestar in the months and years
Results and performance 2023 ahead. It applies first and foremost to our most important
Underlying sales growth of 7% was broad-based, across each objective – faster growth.
of the five Business Groups, with two – Beauty & Wellbeing and
Personal Care – also delivering good volume growth. Managing Faster growth
the balance of price and volume growth in a period of more
normalised inflation will be a key priority for the year ahead. Our top 30 Power Brands represent our biggest opportunity.
Turnover was €59.6 billion, down (0.8)% versus the prior year, They account for around three-quarters of turnover and
including (5.7)% adverse foreign exchange translation and delivered underlying sales growth of 8.6% in 2023. We are
(1.7)% from disposals net of acquisitions. therefore devoting more of our energy and resource to these
proven drivers of growth.
On the bottom line, underlying operating margin was up
60bps, driven by an improvement of 200bps in gross margin, We are not only prioritising these brands for investment –
with 330bps coming in the second half of the year. This whether in marketing support, R&D or in the building of digital
enabled us to step up much needed investment behind capabilities and platforms – but also in ensuring they appeal
our brands, by €0.7 billion in 2023. Free cash flow delivery to consumers across multiple dimensions, making them what
was strong, at €7.1 billion, with 111% cash conversion, we are calling ‘unmissably superior’. The initial focus on these
30 brands is to ensure our plans are executed brilliantly. We Fernando is one of a number of changes to the executive
will then drive the plans across the wider portfolio. team. We have assembled a top team eminently capable
of unlocking Unilever’s potential through a combination of
Under the Growth Action Plan, we will also scale our
promoting exceptionally capable internal candidates, by
innovations more systematically and over longer time
matching experience closely to requirements, as with Peter ter
horizons, leveraging Unilever’s strengths in science and
Kulve’s appointment as President Ice Cream, and by bringing
technology more effectively. This will help to fuel the growth
in world leading talent from outside – such as the announced
of our brands, not least by ensuring we develop and expand
appointments of Heiko Schipper as President Nutrition and
the categories in which they compete.
Mairead Nayager as Chief People Officer. See page 87 for more
We have world-leading brands, which we are convinced – on ULE appointments.
with the right focus and attention – can drive accelerated levels
Leadership changes are a necessary condition for achieving
of growth. Hence, we see no need to pursue transformational
the step-up in performance we need, but are not enough by
acquisitions at this stage. However, we will continue to take
themselves. A key task for the new executive team will be to
opportunities wherever we can to optimise the portfolio.
oversee a dialling-up of Unilever’s performance edge. We will
We did this last year with the acquisition of the premium ice
do this by making some important shifts in the way we think
cream brand, Yasso, and with the agreement to acquire the
about, approach and reward performance. Going forward,
prestige hair care brand, K18 (completed in February 2024).
the emphasis will be on a series of actions designed to achieve
We sharpened the portfolio further in 2023 with the disposal of
a stronger link between performance and reward. Our work
Suave in North America and Dollar Shave Club, and we expect
here will also be shaped and guided by a streamlined set of
to complete the sale of the Elida Beauty brands by the middle
leadership behaviours. Again, fewer things, done better,
of 2024.
with greater impact.
By highlighting more clearly where the accountability for Despite these pressures and uncertainties, we expect
costs lies, our new organisational structure is facilitating the underlying sales growth for 2024 to be within our multi-year
delivery of this goal. The implementation of the changes to the 3-5% growth range, with more balance between volume and
organisation are now complete and we are squarely focused price growth. We have a robust plan and set of responses in
on reaping the full benefits of the new simplified model. place, not just to weather the economic storms, but to put
Unilever on the road to more sustained levels of volume-led,
The concept of fewer things, done better, with greater impact competitive growth. The potential at Unilever is significant.
applies equally to our sustainability goals. That is why we are We are all focused on doing what is needed to unlock that
honing our sustainability efforts around four critical platforms potential and ensure we deliver improved returns to
– climate, nature, plastics and livelihoods – and doing so on shareholders.
the basis of exacting, short-term, measurable and transparent
goals, complementing our more long-term objectives. Acknowledgements
In many ways this is a natural extension of the pioneering Finally, I want to thank my predecessor, Alan Jope, and our
work led by my predecessors, which has established Unilever outgoing CFO, Graeme Pitkethly, for all their support and for
as a leader in the field. I am determined we should retain that their long service to Unilever. My thanks also to Nils Andersen
leadership role, primarily through enhancing our reputation for his guidance and support during his time as Chair.
for delivery and for demonstrating even more clearly how
progress on sustainability drives business performance. In re-joining Unilever, I have received a very warm and
generous reception from colleagues across the company.
My appreciation goes to everyone at Unilever for that, as
Leadership changes and performance culture well as for the hard work and commitment that went into
We are approaching the opportunities and challenges ahead delivering the results for 2023. I am confident that together
with a refreshed leadership team having made a significant we can go on to achieve great things in the years ahead.
number of changes at the most senior levels of the company.
I am excited to be working alongside our new and highly
experienced Chair, Ian Meakins. We share a belief in
Unilever’s potential, as well as a desire to turn potential
into performance as soon as possible. I am also delighted to Hein Schumacher
be partnered by our new CFO, Fernando Fernandez, whose Chief Executive Officer
experience and knowledge of the consumer goods industry
make him well placed to help lead a step-up in Unilever’s
performance.
€59.6bn
2022: €60.1bn 2021: €52.4bn
Turnover growth
Operating margin
Group Financial
Review
Year in summary
Economic volatility, continued inflationary and cost of living
pressures continued in 2023. While these eased in the second half
of the year, uncertainty remained amid geopolitical tensions.
Against this backdrop, we delivered an improving financial
performance, with the return to volume growth and margin
rebuilding. The Group generated turnover of €59.6 billion,
operating profit of €9.8 billion, net profit of €7.1 billion and
free cash flow of €7.1 billion during the year.
Growth
Turnover for the year was €59.6 billion, down (0.8)% versus
2022. Underlying sales growth contributed 7.0%, and we saw
"
a negative impact from acquisitions and disposals of (1.7)%,
with the disposals of Tea and Suave partially offset by the
2023 saw a return to inclusion of Nutrafol and Yasso.
volume growth and gross Beauty & Wellbeing grew underlying sales by 8.3%, with strong
volume growth of 4.4%. Prestige Beauty and Health & Wellbeing
margin expansion, however continued to grow double-digit and now account for a quarter
of Beauty & Wellbeing’s turnover. Personal Care grew underlying
our competitiveness was sales 8.9%, with 3.2% from volume and 5.5% from price, led by
strong sales growth of Deodorants. Home Care grew underlying
disappointing. We are now sales 5.9%, driven by 6.8% from price and (0.9)% from volume, with
positive volumes in emerging markets offset by a double-digit
focused on executing the decline in Europe. Nutrition grew underlying sales 7.7%, with 10.1%
from price and volumes down (2.2)% as we responded to higher
Growth Action Plan, to realise
"
input costs and a challenging European market. Ice Cream’s
UEPS Dividend
Bottom
16.2%
growth payout*
€12.5bn
2022: €12.3bn 2021: €10.1bn
Turnover growth
Operating margin
Purpose, Science,
Desire
About Beauty & Wellbeing
We are a global player in the fast-growing beauty and health
& wellbeing markets. In Hair Care we compete for global
leadership, and our Skin Care portfolio is particularly strong in
Asia. Our Prestige Beauty and Health & Wellbeing businesses
have a strong presence in high-growth areas including
Prestige Skin Care and Hair Care, Colour Cosmetics, and
Vitamins, Minerals and Supplements.
"
and US.
We continued to embed The strong full year performance reflects continued double-
digit growth in Prestige Beauty and Health & Wellbeing as
our 'Purpose, Science, well as innovations in our Skin Care and Hair Care brands.
Desire' framework into our Europe delivered strong growth driven by price with slightly
negative volume.
brand propositions this year, Operating profit was €2.2 billion, which was flat compared to
the prior year. Non-underlying items were €122 million from
alongside a focus on volume
"
acquisition and disposal related costs, and restructuring
Priya Nair
President, Beauty & Wellbeing* Our strategic priorities
The enduring consumer trends which make beauty and wellbeing
an attractive industry remained in 2023, notably demand for more
premium science-backed products, and a desire for inclusive
beauty. Our strategy is firmly rooted in these trends and focuses
Highlights on three key priorities: premiumising our core Hair Care and Skin
Care brands; accelerating our high-growth Prestige Beauty and
Health & Wellbeing portfolios; and ongoing focus on gross margin
through productivity, complexity reduction and strengthening
Hair Care grew mid-single digit through operational execution. Improving our competitiveness in terms of
a combination of price and volume value is a key priority for the year ahead.
led growth.
Premiumising our Power Brands
Our Hair Care and Skin Care Power Brands – Sunsilk,
Prestige Beauty and Health & Wellbeing TRESemmé, Dove, Clear, POND's and Vaseline – continue
to use science and technology to elevate their superiority
grew double-digit and now represent credentials, alongside market making to scale innovations.
25% of turnover. This year we prioritised investment in these brands across our
key markets. Sunsilk’s strong multi-market execution shows the
effectiveness of this approach, with strong growth this year.
Personal Care
We have been at the forefront of personal care
product innovation for over 100 years. Supported by
our science and technology capabilities, our portfolio
of Power Brands offers personal hygiene, wellbeing
and body confidence to consumers across the world.
€13.8bn
2022: €13.6bn 2021: €11.7bn
Turnover growth
Operating margin
Reinventing the
Power of Care
About Personal Care
As one of the world’s leading Personal Care businesses, we
have a strong portfolio across emerging and developed
markets. We are the number one Skin Cleansing and
Deodorants business, and in Oral Care, we are number
four globally, with strong positions in our key markets.
"
Europe delivered accelerated growth. The turnaround in
Europe was particularly notable, following increased focus
We delivered positive and investment in key categories.
"
through superior science and technology which meets the
unmissable superiority.
needs of our consumers; leverage partnerships for category
growth; and step up our impact through gross margin,
portfolio optimisation and our sustainability priorities.
Restoring competitiveness in the US and India is also
Fabian Garcia a key priority.
President, Personal Care
Dove’s Advanced Care antiperspirant range for women also End-to-end productivity
launched in the UK and Europe with a patented formula and Our gross margin recovered this year, following a period
triple moisturising technology, while Axe launched a Fine of high inflation. Ongoing Net Revenue Management and
Fragrance Collection to compete with super premium branded a focus on our end-to-end productivity programme continue
variants in North America and a number of European markets. to support margin progression. We have delivered savings
Our Oral Care brands, which include Pepsodent and Closeup, across a number of areas, including competitive buying
continued to focus on strengthening their core anti-cavity and and operational efficiencies in our factories and logistics
freshness propositions. Pepsodent relaunched its toothpaste warehouses. To support the transformation of our end-to-end
range in a number of key South East Asian markets, supported customer experience, we have implemented new tools and
by science-backed dental claims and free teledentistry. The automated systems such as a promotion planning tool.
brand is also expanding its premium range to offer more
advanced benefits such as therapeutics and whitening. Optimising our portfolio
This year, we made significant progress in the ongoing
optimisation of our portfolio. In February, we made a major
Partnerships for category growth divestment following the sale of Suave (which included a Skin
We are working with our customers and strategic partners Cleansing and Deodorant portfolio) and in October we
to create category growth opportunities for our brands. announced the sale of Dollar Shave Club to Nexus Capital
Management LP. We also received a binding offer from Yellow
Growing with key customers Wood Partners LLC to acquire Elida Beauty, with completion
expected by mid-2024. We have further simplified our portfolio
Modern retail is our largest channel. We are now consistently
by delisting a number of brands, as well as reducing active
recognised as top third tier by the majority of customers in
SKUs by around 29% in 2023.
most of the key markets surveyed by an independent customer
service benchmark – a significant improvement versus the
prior year. This was achieved through more focus on creating Innovation-focused sustainability
category growth opportunities, using our enhanced customer Sustainability is an important part of our strategy and includes
and strategy planning capabilities, as well as building supply a focus on palm oil, plastic and climate. Building on Unilever’s
chain capacity to support engagement with key hypermarket goal to deliver a deforestation-free supply chain for five key
and supermarket customers. commodities, including palm oil (see page 40), we are
exploring new technology which has the potential to reduce
Strategic brand partnerships the amount of palm-derived ingredients in our soap bars
as well as lowering GHG emissions – without compromising
To drive category growth with our customers, we have put in
superiority for consumers. Plastic remains an important priority
place a number of strategic partnerships to support deeper
and we continue to focus on reducing the amount of virgin
collaboration on brand innovations and in-store activations.
plastic in our portfolio focused on packaging innovations.
For example, we have rolled out a new deodorant category
See page 41 and 46 for more on climate and plastic.
initiative – from premium to value. And in Indonesia,
Pepsodent is working with a number of local stores and Some of our biggest brands are leveraging their long-term
larger supermarkets through in-store Oral Care Centres to commitment to social issues to drive impact, as a core part
build brand awareness. of their brand propositions. Dove, Lifebuoy and Pepsodent
continued to engage consumers on self-esteem, handwashing
This year, we significantly stepped up our brand and marketing
and oral hygiene issues this year, through powerful TV
investment through several high-profile football sponsorships.
advertising, digital activations and on-ground education
Our first sponsorship deal was with the Fédération Internationale
programmes. Dove's Emmy Awards-nominated ‘Cost of Beauty’
de Football Association (FIFA) for the FIFA Women’s World Cup
TM campaign highlighted the mental health impacts of toxic
2023 . Rexona, Dove, Lux and Lifebuoy worked with over
beauty among young people. See page 66 for the combined
30,000 retail stores globally to create a multi-brand, multi-
reach of our brand purpose programmes.
channel marketing campaign – engaging a global audience to
inspire the next generation of female footballers. The campaign
delivered strong results, raising brand awareness and driving
incremental growth. Further activations are planned in 2024.
In late 2023, Rexona, Dove Men+Care, Axe and Radox were
TM
also announced as Official Sponsors of UEFA EURO 2024 ,
along with several Nutrition brands.
Stepping up our impact Rexona, Dove, Lux and Lifebuoy worked with customers
We continue to drive savings programmes to support gross to create category growth opportunities, as part of our
margin, as well as optimising our portfolio through disposals. sponsorship of the FIFA Women’s World Cup 2023 .
TM
Home Care
We are on a mission to deliver a Clean Future through
superior, sustainable and great value household
cleaning and laundry products. Our global brands
provide the foundation to deliver this ambition.
€12.2bn
2022: €12.4bn 2021: €10.6bn
Turnover growth
Operating margin
"
their spending and competitive pressures stepped up, especially
Our Clean Future strategy in Europe which was flat with double-digit price growth offset by
volume declines.
helped deliver another Operating profit for the year was €1.4 billion, an improvement
year of consistent and of 33% compared to the prior year. Non-underlying items were
€77 million, mostly driven by restructuring spends on significant
competitive growth in 2023, network optimisation with strong delivery of our savings
programme. Underlying operating profit was €1.5 billion, an
despite high commodity improvement of 11% compared to the prior year, driven by gross
margin expansion with a step-up in brand and marketing
inflation and localised
"
investment, and continued R&D investment to drive our
Clean Future strategy.
competitive pressure.
Our strategic priorities
Eduardo Campanella Our track record of consistent performance provides strong
President, Home Care foundations as we respond to increasing competitive
pressures and high inflation which are particularly acute in
Europe. These challenges, coupled with changing consumer
expectations of home care products, demand an even more
compelling offering. As well as stain removal and hygiene,
Highlights consumers are looking for superior, sustainable products, at
a price they can afford. Far from seeing cleaning as a chore,
a growing number of people actively enjoy it – evidenced by
the rise of ‘cleanfluencers’.
Fabric Cleaning saw mid-single-digit
growth. Clean Future is our strategy to tap into the large segment of
consumers who want superior products that are sustainable
and great value. This is an integrated strategy to drive growth
through our biggest brands, in our key markets and across
traditional and modern retail, and digital commerce channels.
Fabric Enhancers delivered mid-single
digit growth.
Unmissable superiority
We know that consumers want more than just functional
cleaning and hygiene benefits, so our focus is on the whole
Home & Hygiene grew mid-single digit. product offering – from the ingredients and packaging, through
to how people use and experience the products in their home.
OMO encapsulates our approach to unmissable superiority.
This year, we continued to expand our range of laundry liquids
with superior benefits, launching the premium OMO Ultimate
Good 2023 performance, balanced
Liquid with naturally derived stain removers and enzymes
across growth and profit. that enhance efficacy, in three European markets. In Brazil,
we successfully launched two new OMO variants – OMO
Ultra Power with its high level of active ingredients, and OMO
Expert Branco Absoluto (Absolute White) which includes shade
whitening technology with sensorial fragrance and standout
packaging for on-shelf appeal.
Standout innovation Our Home Care factories are embracing automation and
With innovation sitting at the heart of unmissable superiority, artificial intelligence to improve productivity. In Brazil, our
this year we stepped up our R&D investment to drive category laundry detergent factory achieved the coveted World
growth. Domestos Power Foam – a category-defining innovation Economic Forum Lighthouse status for incorporating Fourth
designed to spray upside down for improved cleaning and Industrial Revolution practices into its operations. Through
convenience – was successfully launched in the UK. Supported digital twinning and machine learning, the factory has
by strong customer collaboration to ensure high penetration improved cost efficiency and agility, while cutting its
across the country’s top retailers, it provides a blueprint for environmental footprint. Beyond the factory gate, we are
future roll-outs. also making investments in our supply chain to bring further
productivity improvements in the coming years. This includes
We are also using our science and technology capabilities to improving our dispatch capabilities to reduce the distance our
bring new consumer benefits to our products. For example, products travel to customers.
Comfort Beauty Perfume – which uses a fragrance innovation
from our Beauty & Wellbeing Skin Care category – has performed Growing with retail customers
well since its launch in Thailand. We expect to see more cross-
category fertilisation of innovation in the coming years. Creating value for customers goes beyond efficiencies – it
is about partnering to drive mutual growth. According to
Advantage Group, a leading benchmark of retailer and
Partnering for impact customer perceptions for the consumer goods industry,
An important driver of unmissable superiority is targeted Unilever Home Care was top tier versus industry competitors
brand and marketing across a wide range of consumer for driving category growth in 16 out of 21 markets in scope.
touchpoints. In 2023, Dirt Is Good, which includes OMO
and Persil, signed a two-year commercial partnership with The digitalisation of our customer operations is crucial to
Arsenal men’s and women’s football teams. We also launched optimise the availability of our products in-store and online.
an exclusive multi-market partnership for our brands to In India, we continue to use the B2B Shikhar digital commerce
reach new and next generation consumers in the #CleanTok platform to support our market development efforts with
cleaning community. This is one of TikTok's largest dedicated traditional ‘mom and pop’ stores.
communities for its users and a source of home cleaning hacks
and entertainment for millions of people who see cleaning as
an enjoyable experience. More sustainable
We are determined to lead an industry-wide transition in the
use of more renewable ingredients for our products. This year,
Great value we stepped up engagement with our suppliers, including
We are significantly affected by commodity inflation due to through our first Clean Future Summits in India and China –
the nature of ingredients we use in our products. Creating top see page 44 for more information. Our multi-year partnership
and bottom-line value is therefore an important area of focus. with Arzeda also made good progress with the development
Firstly, by offering a range of products to consumers, from of new low carbon, naturally derived enzymes with increased
affordable to more premium formats, and secondly, through stability, performance and sustainability benefits.
cost management and productivity improvements. Reducing virgin plastic use remains an important area of focus
and we continue to develop innovative packaging formats,
Value to consumers including recycled plastic and plastic alternatives. We have
now rolled out cardboard packaging for Persil and Skip
Creating a ‘good-better-best’ portfolio is a core element of
laundry capsules in France and the UK.
our strategy to build a resilient business – from entry-level
functional products like laundry soap bars, to laundry liquids
and capsules. In India for example, our detergent range
includes Wheel which is our mass market value brand, Rin
which offers consumers a mid-tier option, and Surf Excel
which offers advanced expert cleaning for the premium tier.
We are expanding our laundry range through new innovative
formats. Laundry sheets are convenient, sensorial and made
with plant-based and highly biodegradable ingredients. This
year, we rolled out laundry sheets through our Robijn brand in
the Netherlands, followed by Persil in the UK with an Amazon
‘Climate Pledge Friendly’ exclusive.
Focusing on productivity
In the face of ongoing macroeconomic and competitive
pressures, it is imperative that we continue to focus on cost
savings across our value chain. In the last two years we have
removed around €1.5 billion in costs, reinvesting the savings
to support our brands and innovation programme.
The Business Group structure has improved visibility of
our overheads and created opportunities to become leaner Domestos Power Foam launched this year – a category-
and more agile. This year, we simplified our portfolio by defining innovation designed to spray upside down for
removing around 19% of active SKUs, primarily in Latin America improved cleaning and convenience.
and Europe. Our integrated end-to-end business now also
includes procurement, which puts us in a stronger position to
buy more competitively.
Nutrition
€13.2bn
2022: €13.9bn 2021: €13.1bn
Turnover growth
Operating margin
A world-class force
for good in food
About Nutrition
We are one of the world’s largest foods businesses with a well-
balanced global footprint across categories. Our biggest
brands are Knorr and Hellmann’s which focus on the Scratch
Cooking and Dressings categories respectively. Together,
they accounted for 60% of Nutrition’s turnover this year.
Our regional and local brands are focused on four other
categories: Functional Nutrition, Healthier Snacking, Plant-
based Meat, and Beverages. A number of our brands are
sold through Unilever Food Solutions (UFS) which serves
professional customers in away-from-home channels.
"
was 7.7% driven by strong price of 10.1% and offset by volume
decline of (2.2)%, with a negative impact of (6.9)% from
We delivered a solid disposals following the sale of the Tea business. Weakening
of currencies in key markets such as Argentina, India, and the
performance this year, US resulted in an unfavourable currency impact of (5.2)%.
unmissable marketing
"
Operating profit was €2.4 billion, a decrease of (46.3)%
compared to the prior year which included a €2.3 billion gain
campaigns. on the sale of our Tea business. Non-underlying items were
€47 million, primarily driven by restructuring costs. Underlying
operating profit was €2.5 billion, an increase of 0.4% compared
Robbert de Vreede to the prior year, driven by gross margin improvement which
Chief Marketing and Business Development funded an increase in brand and marketing investment.
Officer, Nutrition*
Our strategic priorities
As part of our multi-year portfolio transformation, over the last
five years we have disposed of a number of under-performing
Highlights businesses. We now have a more advantageous footprint,
including a strong presence across faster-growing segments,
channels and emerging markets.
Scratch Cooking Aids delivered This is reflected in our ambition to be ‘a world-class force
high single-digit growth. for good in food’ – a growth strategy that aims to deliver
consistent, profitable and responsible growth while reasserting
our competitiveness. Our growth model is centred on reaching
more consumers in strategic channels through our biggest
brands offering holistically superior products which aim to satisfy
Dressings grew double-digit driven consumer preference on taste, health, trusted ingredients and
by price. sustainability. In 2023, we evaluated approximately half of our
turnover on these four measures versus competition with more
(a)
than 80% delivering holistic superiority. Growing profitability
ahead of the top line is another important part of our strategy,
Unilever Food Solutions grew delivered through end-to-end productivity, supply chain efficiency
and strategic pricing.
double-digit with positive volume
and price growth. (a) We will be evolving our approach to measuring superiority to align with
the Unilever-wide focus on 'unmissable superiority' – see page 5.
such as ‘Knorr Taste Combos’ in the US, which was supported Unilever Food Solutions accounts for around 20% of Nutrition
by a Grammy award-winning US rapper. sales and grew double-digit this year with positive volume –
driven by our strong presence in Europe, North America
Hellmann’s is our iconic Dressings brand and the world’s number
and North Asia, despite the slow post-pandemic economic
one mayonnaise in terms of global market share, with leading
recovery in China. End-to-end UFS digitisation continued to
positions in the US, the UK, Brazil and a number of other key
deliver greater productivity. In 2023, we further increased the
markets. With disproportionate pricing required to offset input
number of professional operators we reach and serve, while
cost headwinds, Hellmann’s market shares came under pressure
continuing to optimise sales force overheads through digital
in 2023, particularly in the US. To address this, we stepped up
selling scale and efficiencies.
our investment with a focus on high consumption festivities and
seasons as well as popular culture events. This year, for example, In addition to foodservice, we further scaled our sales in digital
was our third consecutive US Super Bowl ‘Make Taste, Not Waste’ commerce channels, which grew a solid double-digit in 2023,
campaign, with around 9.8 billion earned media impressions. and now represents more than 10% of Nutrition turnover. This
We have been rolling out this model to other markets such as was driven by ‘top dish’ penetration, an important part of our
in Brazil where Hellmann’s signed a new partnership with the marketing approach which targets consumers with content
NBA – helping to deliver share gains as well as contributing to on how our products can be used in popular local recipes.
strong in-market turnover growth.
Ice Cream
€7.9bn
2022: €7.9bn 2021: €6.9bn
Turnover growth
Operating margin
Our performance
Turnover increased by 0.5%. Underlying sales growth was
2.3%, with a (6.0)% from volume and 8.8% from price, with an
unfavourable currency impact of (2.7)% driven by the weakening
"
of currencies in key markets such as Turkey, the US, and Russia.
2023 was a challenging year with a second year of double-
2023 was a challenging year digit material inflation impacting our input costs. The pricing
actions we took to protect our margins led to volume decline,
for Ice Cream. We are focused while consumer downtrading accelerated competitive
on expanding operating pressure from private labels, impacting our overall grocery
market share especially in Europe. In the latter part of the year,
profit and recovering our we started to regain market share in the US. Emerging markets
delivered mid-single-digit growth, driven by a strong
global market share, performance in Turkey.
brands and accelerating included primarily restructuring items. Underlying operating profit
"
was €852 million, a decrease of (7.3)% compared to the prior year
market development. driven by lower gross margin due to continued input cost inflation,
while brand and marketing investment increased.
Our premium Talenti brand consolidated its presence in important to manage the seasonal variation in consumption
the fast-growing US premium frozen snacking space, following and profitability. We have already started to implement plans
the launch of four new Talenti Mini Gelato & Sorbetto Bars – to address these gaps and will continue to prioritize productivity
expanding the range from pints into snacking novelties. Our in the coming year.
acquisition of Yasso in mid-2023, now also gives us a foothold
in the fast-growing market for healthier and indulgent snacks. Optimising our operating model
Yasso’s indulgent low-carbohydrate brand proposition has
shown its value creation potential and we see further growth We have put in place a new leadership team to drive competitive
opportunities. intensity and to unlock profitable growth. They have deep
operational performance track records, and over half have
multi-year Ice Cream category expertise. One of our key priorities
Differentiated innovation is to reduce overheads and we have started work on a plan to
As market pressures persist, we are stepping up investment deliver best-in-class overhead levels. We are also leveraging the
in technologies to help maintain our competitive edge. One area end-to-end organisation launched in 2022 to run our Ice Cream
of focus is our expanding non-dairy range, fruit lollies and plant- supply chain as a more integrated function. Alongside this work,
based alternatives. This year we launched Ben & Jerry’s Caramel we are redesigning our distribution networks and optimising our
Café Sundae range, and Magnum Vegan Raspberry Swirl in portfolio through active SKU simplification.
Europe. Our plant-based portfolio continued to grow in 2023
– see page 66 for more. We continue to drive global innovation Accelerating our digitalisation programmes
in our mini & bite-sized ice cream portfolio to generate new
consumption occasions. This year we launched a new Cornetto As the global leader in out-of-home ice cream, we continue to
& Magnum Minis range and expanded our Mochi portfolio with accelerate our digitalisation programmes to help drive faster
new flavours in several Asian markets. growth and higher levels of productivity. While we have made
some progress, there is more work to do and further value
creation opportunities to capitalise on. One area of focus is on
Growing our iconic mainstream brands the digital interface with our retailers. Digital demand creation
Our portfolio includes iconic favourites such as Cornetto. We and order taking show promise and have already helped to
are the market leader in cones in several key markets and increase the availability of our products in-store – as well as
continued to expand this format in Asia this year – notably optimising deliveries and reducing costs. This year, we also
India and China. We are also repositioning some of our extended the roll-out of AI image capturing within our cabinets
heritage brands, including Wall’s Viennetta, with the launch to monitor stock levels and trigger automatic replenishment,
of Mini Viennetta on sticks and in cups in China. as well as an AI tool to optimise the allocation of cabinets.
Employee engagement
% engagement rate in annual UniVoice survey
Dialling up our
performance culture
Our transformation agenda
Last year, we began an important transformation initiative
to unlock the potential of our business. 2023 was our first full
year operating under the new category-focused organisation
structure and we have made good progress so far – but there
is more work to do. To support the next critical stage of our
transformation, we have set out a clear Growth Action Plan to
dial up the performance edge of our culture. We already have
a strong and identifiable culture. Building on this foundation,
we believe that a greater focus on performance will help us to
ultimately deliver more consistent and competitive growth.
This year, we relaunched our people strategy to harness the
many positives of the new category-focused organisation and
to target the areas that require further work. Our strategy
focuses on four priority areas: dialling up the performance
"
edge in our culture, creating a faster and simpler organisation,
We have a diverse talent building a diverse talent powerhouse, and developing
capabilities to sharpen our competitive edge.
base, highly engaged
people and a vibrant Strong culture fundamentals
Our annual UniVoice survey is a key measure of employee
culture. We are now dialling sentiment – and a helpful diagnostic of our culture today – to
up the performance edge in ensure we take the right actions for the future. The response
rate increased this year, with 106,000 office-based and factory
our culture to accelerate employees completing the survey. The results confirmed that
"
(a)
employee engagement has increased to 84% – versus 83% in
growth. 2022 – well above the industry benchmark. This demonstrates
that Unilever has many enduring qualities, such as: belief in our
products; trust in senior leadership; and support for our strategy.
This year’s survey results also pointed to the many positive aspects
Nitin Paranjpe of our culture: a strong commitment to safety, sustainability and
Chief People and Transformation Officer integrity, and concern for inclusion and wellbeing. However, it
also highlighted areas that have prevented us from executing
consistently at scale, notably on aspects of our performance
culture and operational effectiveness.
Highlights
Linking behaviours to performance
This year, we began to take the first steps to dial up the
Began work to dial up our performance performance edge in our culture. Our first priority has been
edge focused on goal setting, reward to simplify our standards of leadership to make it clear what
and leadership behaviours. behaviours we expect of our people. We are now being more
explicit about how these relate to business performance –
emphasising performance enablers such as agility versus
our competitors, getting closer to consumers and partnering
with customers. Our focus next year will be to embed these
Launched a global initiative equipping behaviours into our talent acquisition and management
and empowering our people to shape processes as well as continuing our work to foster psychological
safety – a key enabler of performance culture. We will also be
their careers. refining some of our reward mechanisms to increase the line
of sight between reward and performance.
97.5%
Virgin plastic reduction
% change in total tonnes of virgin plastic used vs 2019 baseline
Human Rights
Livelihoods Respecting human rights is fundamental to how we operate
Our Livelihoods agenda aims to positively impact the and underpins our four sustainability priorities. The United
lives of people across our value chain, including suppliers, Nations Guiding Principles (UNGPs) on Business and Human
and small and medium-sized businesses. In 2023, our Rights continue to inform our approach.
livelihoods priorities were to: ensure our suppliers pay their
This year, we commissioned an external review of our human
employees a living wage; helping small and medium-sized
rights issues and concluded that the eight we identified in 2015
businesses grow; and to advance equity, diversity and
remain the most salient. However, we have broadened the
inclusion through our advertising and with our suppliers.
scope of some salient issues such as harassment which now
Underpinning our livelihoods agenda is an ongoing
includes bullying, and health and safety which considers
commitment to embedding and promoting respect for
impacts beyond the workplace. We now also formally
human rights throughout our value chain.
recognise the human rights impact of climate and gender
across all our salient issues.
Championing a living wage
In response to growing pressure on human rights defenders we
One of the most impactful ways we can improve livelihoods is
published new Principles in support of human rights defenders
by ensuring workers who directly provide goods and services
in our agriculture supply chain. Alongside targeted policy
to us are paid a living wage. Since 2021, we have focused our
interventions, our RPP continues to play a key role in setting
efforts on ensuring that the contracts we sign with dedicated
mandatory requirements for our suppliers across a range of
collaborative manufacturers include a requirement to pay
human rights and sustainability issues. In 2023, 85% of our
a living wage. We plan to make a living wage a mandatory
spend was with suppliers meeting RPP requirements, up from
requirement in our Responsible Partner Policy (RPP). In advance
76% in 2022.
of this, we have asked priority suppliers to voluntarily sign our
Living Wage Promise. To help create a level playing field and
mainstream living wage, we are also advocating for change
through industry forums such as the UN Global Compact as
well as supporting free, publicly accessible living wage data.
Putting in place the foundations for net zero Our progress this year
Our first Climate Transition Action Plan (CTAP) was published in In 2023, we reduced our Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions in our
2021, detailing our climate targets and some of the key actions operations by 74% against a 2015 baseline. This means we
to reduce greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions in our business and have achieved our interim target to reduce Scope 1 and 2 GHG
across our value chain, towards our net zero ambition by 2039. emissions by 70% by 2025, two years ahead of our ambition.
We published our updated CTAP in March 2024. This will be
GHG emissions in scope of our net zero ambition (referred to
subject to an advisory shareholder vote at the Annual General
as 'our GHG emissions', which excludes emissions from indirect
Meeting in May 2024.
consumer use) decreased by 1% in 2023 versus 2022. This
This report sets out the actions we have taken and progress reduction is net of increased emissions related to greater media
we made towards our climate targets in 2023. It also explains and marketing spend, and increased HFC propellant emissions
how we continued to improve the measurement and accuracy due to volume growth in US and Canadian aerosol products.
of our GHG emissions for the reporting period 2021-2023. An
In addition, our full value chain Scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG
analysis of our emissions and details of this revision are set
emissions reduced by 3%, on a per consumer use basis,
out on page 47.
versus 2022, and by 21% against a 2010 baseline.
More detail on performance against our climate metrics and
targets can be found on page 46.
Raw materials and ingredients transitioning to ingredients that use renewable or recycled
carbon. In 2023, we successfully launched hand dish wash
Raw materials and ingredients account for 52% of our GHG
products with plant-based surfactants and zero petrochemical
emissions and represent our largest emissions source. Raw
active agents in Indonesia. We also made good progress in
material and ingredient emissions from Forest, Land and
developing lower carbon proteins and enzymes for use in our
Agriculture (FLAG) decreased by 1% in 2023 while Energy
products in the future.
and Industrial (E&I) related emissions decreased by 2%.
In August, we ran an event with suppliers based in India –
In 2023, we started to establish the foundations for
including a number who are part of our Supplier Climate
accelerated GHG emissions reductions in future years by
Programme – to accelerate research into innovative
scaling up our Supplier Climate Programme, reaching a key
ingredients and production processes. 18 of these suppliers
milestone in our deforestation-free goal, and by continuing
pledged to reduce their GHG emissions and develop GHG-
to develop lower-emission ingredients in our cleaning and
reduction roadmaps. We are also working with two chemical
laundry products.
companies to develop lower GHG soda ash and surfactants for
use in laundry powders. Initial findings suggest that this could
Supplier Climate Programme result in significant GHG emissions reductions.
We continue to support suppliers of raw materials, ingredients
and packaging to deliver long-term reductions in GHG
emissions. In 2023, we expanded our Supplier Climate Packaging materials
Programme to reach more than 100 suppliers, with around Emissions associated with our packaging materials account
80 delivering on our asks. Our focus is on providing suppliers for 11% of our GHG emissions. In 2023, GHG emissions from
with access to tools and expert support to build key climate packaging decreased by 4% versus 2022, driven by a reduction
capabilities and to better measure their impact. in product volumes for the period measured (1 October 2022
Our suppliers with more mature climate programmes have to 30 September 2023), increased use of recycled plastic (PCR)
now sent us around 240 Product Carbon Footprint (PCF) data and further lightweighting in our packaging formats. See page
points that meet industry standards and can be incorporated 41 for more on plastic.
into our GHG measurement in the future. Alongside this, we are
helping to shape industry standards for PCF data through the
World Business Council for Sustainable Development’s Indirect procurement
Partnership for Carbon Transparency programme. Emissions associated with indirect procurement make up 16%
of our GHG emissions – and include emissions from media and
Deforestation-free supply chain and regenerative marketing suppliers. In 2023, we conducted a more detailed
agriculture review of our indirect procurement spend and the associated
emissions in this category. The largest category of spend here
To achieve our goal of a deforestation-free supply chain, we is our advertising and media spend. We need to work with third
have fundamentally reshaped the way we source the five key parties and suppliers in these areas to reduce these emissions.
commodities in scope – palm oil, paper and board, tea, soy and Unilever has been encouraging the advertising industry to
cocoa. By the end of 2023, we had put in place the infrastructure, reduce media and marketing related emissions, helping to
monitoring and verification systems to manage a deforestation- establish and continuing to support the industry initiatives
free supply chain. Additionally, by the end of 2023 97.5% of palm Ad Net Zero with the Advertising Association, and the Planet
oil, paper and board, tea, soy and cocoa order volumes were Pledge with the World Federation of Advertisers.
deforestation-free, based on Unilever's deforestation-free
requirements.
Our regenerative agriculture programme plays an important Our operations
role in transforming our value chain and reducing land-based Although our operations represent just 1% of our overall GHG
emissions from raw material production, as well as increasing emissions, it is the area where we have the most direct impact.
resilience within our supply chain. By moving to renewable electricity and renewable heat, and
Some of our climate actions including deforestation-free focusing on energy efficiency improvements, we have reduced
supply chain and regenerative agriculture are closely linked Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 74% versus our 2015 baseline.
to delivering our nature goals. See pages 40 to 41 for more Since 2015, energy efficiency in our manufacturing sites has
information on the progress we have made this year. improved by 15%. In 2023, we spent an additional €42 million of
capital expenditure on sustainability investments in our factories,
including energy efficiency and renewable energy projects.
Lower-carbon dairy
Reducing emissions from dairy products is a priority for our
Ice Cream Business Group. Through our Ben & Jerry’s brand,
Renewable electricity
we have expanded a lower-carbon dairy pilot to 17 farms, In 2023, 92% of our electricity came from renewable sources,
to further test new technology and regenerative agricultural a decrease of 1% versus 2022. This was partly driven by more
practices. The initiative, which began in 2022, aims to reduce accurate data from our combined heat and power plants and
GHG emissions from these dairy farms to half the industry increased on-site non-renewable electricity generation at
average by 2025. We are supporting each farm to build a some sites due to market conditions – such as grid electricity
tailored roadmap based on their knowledge and experience rationing in South Asia (known as ‘load shedding’). We have
of emissions reduction and the farming conditions at each also improved the quality of our Energy Attribute Certificate
location. We have also tested a feed additive that has the (EAC) sourcing and continue to align with RE100 criteria,
potential to reduce total GHG emissions by 12-15% per meaning we only report electricity as ‘renewable’ when the
kilogram of milk. certificate is issued from the same market in which the energy
is used. In markets where EACs are not available, we purchase
the equivalent amount of EACs from neighbouring markets to
Chemical ingredients
cover the energy used.
Our Home Care Business Group relies on chemicals derived
from fossil fuels and is working to reduce emissions by
Renewable thermal energy This will allow us to begin reformulating some of our aerosol
In 2023, 37% of our thermal energy came from renewable products in the US and will be a priority action to deliver GHG
sources. We continue to switch to electric-powered heating emission reductions in the future.
technologies, such as heat pumps and to biofuels sourced in
line with our Biofuel Sourcing Principles. For example, in 2023,
we commissioned a new biomass-fuelled hot air generator at Product end of life
our Min Buri factory in Thailand which is expected to deliver The disposal of product residuals and packaging, including
a reduction in Scope 1 GHG emissions of over 8,000 tonnes the biodegradation of product formulations after their use,
per year. accounts for 6% of our GHG emissions. In 2023, our product
end-of-life emissions fell by 2% versus 2022. We remain focused
on increasing the use of renewable and recycled ingredients
Logistics which lower GHG emissions as our products biodegrade. See
Logistics emissions from upstream transport and distribution chemical ingredients and packaging on page 44.
accounts for 3% of our GHG emissions and decreased by 13%
versus 2022. In 2023 we reduced our total logistics emissions
by 14% versus 2020. We are working to minimise the number Indirect consumer use
and length of journeys, as well as maximising the number Around a half of our products’ full value chain GHG emissions
of pallets carried per truck – shipping directly to consumers are indirect emissions associated with consumer use of our
where possible. This has resulted in a 7% reduction in products. In 2023, indirect consumer use emissions decreased
kilometres travelled per tonne of products sold in 2023, by 18% from 2022, as a result of reductions in product volumes
versus 2022. We have reduced total kilometres travelled by for the period measured (1 October 2022 to 30 September
19% since 2020. We have started to transition the fuel used for 2023) and ongoing grid energy decarbonisation in the US, UK
some of our truck fleet in the US, UK, Netherlands, Italy and and European Union. In the run-up to COP28, we advocated for
the United Arab Emirates to alternatives such as biofuels. greater investment in renewable electricity generation to triple
current capacity by the end of the decade.
and reduce their running costs. carbon electricity grids and the introduction of market-
based renewable electricity mechanisms.
■ Commissioning research by the University of Oxford
Direct consumer use identifying the policy interventions needed to address the
carbon emissions of everyday cleaning, laundry, and home
In the majority of our markets, we use natural hydrocarbon
care products.
propellant gases with a low global warming potential (GWP)
■ Ahead of COP28, we endorsed a 'call to action' with other
– primarily in hairsprays, body sprays and spray deodorant.
organisations for the transition to include food systems
However, in the US and Canada, regulation on Volatile
in national climate plans. We also announced the Action
Organic Compounds (VOCs) restricts the use of these
Agenda on Regenerative Landscapes to accelerate the
propellants. Instead, hydrofluorocarbon (HFC) propellants with
transition of large agri-food businesses to regenerative
a higher GWP tend to be used by industry to lower VOC levels.
agriculture.
HFC propellant accounted for 3% of our GHG emissions in 2023,
and make up the majority of our GHG emissions from direct
consumer use of sold products.
Governance and disclosure
In 2023, GHG emissions from direct consumer use of sold Details on climate governance can be found in our TCFD
products increased by 1% versus 2022. This was driven by statement on page 48. In addition to the climate disclosures
product volume growth in the US and Canada, and the use of in our Annual Report and Accounts, we provide annual
a propellant system in our dry shampoo products, to comply submissions to CDP. In 2023, we received a rating of AAA- for
with 2023 reduction VOC regulation targets in the USA. After our CDP Forests, Water and Climate disclosures (based on
many years of working with the California Air Resources Board 2022 data).
to advocate for change, VOC regulations were updated in
the US in 2022 to include provisions permitting the use of
alternative propellant systems with lower GWPs.
■ Halve the full value chain emissions (Scope 1 to 3) of our products on a per consumer use basis by 2030 against a 2010
baseline.
In addition, we have an interim target to reduce in absolute terms our operational emissions (Scope 1 and 2) by 70% by 2025
against a 2015 baseline.
While our operational target is validated by the SBTi as aligned with the 1.5°C ambition of the Paris Agreement, our full value
chain target is validated by SBTi as aligned with limiting temperature increase to 2°C. This is because it was set in 2010 and
validated by the SBTi before the 1.5°C validation was introduced. We intend to retire this target in 2024 once our new, more
ambitious near-term 1.5°C-aligned Scope 3 targets have been validated by the SBTi. These are as follows:
■ Reduce absolute energy and industrial Scope 3 GHG emissions from Purchased Goods and Services (associated with
ingredients and packaging), Fuel and Energy Related Activities, Upstream Transport and Distribution, direct emissions from
Use of Sold Products (associated with HFC propellants), End-of-Life Treatment of Sold Products, and Downstream Leased
Assets (associated with ice cream retail cabinets) by 42% by 2030 from a 2021 baseline year.
■ Reduce absolute Scope 3 Forest, Land and Agriculture (FLAG) GHG emissions from Purchased Goods and Services (associated
† This metric was subject to independent limited assurance by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (‘PwC’) in 2023. For PwC's 2023 Limited Assurance report and the 2023
Unilever Basis of Preparation for assured metrics, see Independent Assurance in the Sustainability Reporting Centre on unilever.com.
Θ This metric was subject to independent limited assurance by PwC in 2022. For PwC's 2022 Limited Assurance report and the 2022 Unilever Basis of Preparation for
assured metrics, see Reporting Archive in the Sustainability Reporting Centre on unilever.com.
Δ This metric was subject to independent limited assurance by PwC in 2021. For PwC's 2021 Limited Assurance report and the 2021 Unilever Basis of Preparation for
assured metrics, see Reporting Archive in the Sustainability Reporting Centre on unilever.com.
(a) Measured for the 12-month period ended 30 September.
(b) Restated for 2021 and 2022. See Note 1 for further detail.
(c) These emissions exclude Scope 1 & 2 emissions related to small office and logistics sites, fuel consumption from company vehicles, methane and N2O from both fossil
fuels and biofuels, and SF6 from electrical insulators in grid connections.
(d) Excludes electricity related to small office and logistic sites.
(e) Excludes heat related to small office and logistic sites.
(f) Measured for the 12-month period ended 30 June.
(g) Deforestation-free refers to the meeting of Unilever's deforestation-free requirements.
(h) Measured for all commodity volumes ordered for the 3-month period October to December 2023 except for order volumes of palm oil for India measured only for
December 2023.
(i) Comprising 66% key agricultural crops purchased from suppliers that comply with the requirements set out in Unilever’s Sustainable Agriculture Code 2017 (71% in
2022, 69% in 2021) and, 13% purchased from non-sustainable suppliers but have been matched by Credits purchased for raw materials (10% in 2022, 10% in 2021).
(j) Scope of reporting on our plastic goals is 27 countries.
2023 – 2022
GHG emissions (million tonnes CO2e) 2023 2022 2021 % change
(a) (b) (b)
Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions: Unilever operations (Note 2) 0.73 0.81 0.91 -10%
(a) (b) (b)
Scope 3 GHG emissions in scope of our net zero ambition 52.13 52.82 55.34 -1%
Purchased goods and services 41.47 41.15 43.35 1%
Raw materials and ingredients – Forest Land and Agriculture (FLAG) 12.18 12.32 13.09 -1%
Raw materials and ingredients – Energy and Industrial (E&I) 15.35 15.71 16.93 -2%
Packaging materials 5.60 5.84 6.06 -4%
Indirect procurement 8.34 7.28 7.27 15%
Upstream transport and distribution (logistics) 1.57 1.81 1.91 -13%
Ice cream cabinets 2.30 2.93 3.09 -22%
Direct consumer use 1.48 1.46 1.23 1%
Product end of life 3.25 3.32 3.54 -2%
(c)
Others 2.06 2.15 2.22 -4%
Total Scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG emissions in scope of net zero ambition 52.86 53.63 56.25 -1%
Scope 3 GHG emissions – indirect consumer use 47.07 57.54 64.87 -18%
†
Total Scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG emissions 99.93 111.17 121.12 -10%
† This metric was subject to independent limited assurance by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (‘PwC’) in 2023. For PwC's 2023 Limited Assurance report and the 2023
Unilever Basis of Preparation for assured metrics, see Independent Assurance in the Sustainability Reporting Centre on unilever.com.
(a) Measured for the 12-month period ended 30 September.
(b) Restated for 2021 and 2022. See below for further detail.
(c) Includes Fuel and Energy related services, Capital goods, Waste generated in operations, Employee commuting, Business travel, Franchises, Downstream Transport
and Distribution.
In 2023, we implemented improvements in our GHG emissions measurement and restated our 2021 and 2022 GHG emissions
measurement to reflect these changes. The revised 2021 emissions are the baseline for our new 2030 Scope 3 emissions
reduction targets.
We improved our Scope 1 and 2 emissions measurement with more complete and accurate data related to small office and
logistics sites, fuel consumption from company vehicles, methane and N2O gases from both fossil fuels and biofuels and SF6 gas
from electrical insulators in grid connections. We also implemented a new measurement system for our most material Scope 3
emission categories which measures emissions from procured goods and services, using data on real volumes of procured raw
materials/packaging and services combined with standard emissions factors for these materials, applying the latest guidance
on the use of emissions factors (IPCC AR6) and the draft GHG Protocol Land Sector guidance.
As well as measuring emissions on a procurement basis, we are still using product footprint data – based on a representative
sample of products including the impact on indirect consumer use emissions – as part of our product innovation decisions. Over
time, we expect the new measurement system to be able to incorporate this data and provide product footprint information.
Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions (million tonnes CO2e) 2023 2022 2021
(a) (b) (b)
Scope 1 GHG emissions 0.62 0.66 0.73
Renewable energy 0.04 0.03 0.04
Non-renewable energy 0.56 0.61 0.67
(c)
Refrigerants and other gases 0.02 0.02 0.02
(a) (b) (b)
Scope 2 GHG emissions 0.11 0.15 0.18
Purchased renewable electricity 0 0 0
Purchased non-renewable electricity 0.03 0.06 0.09
Purchased renewable thermal energy 0 0 0
Purchased non-renewable thermal energy 0.08 0.09 0.09
Total Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions 0.73 0.81 0.91
△ This metric was subject to independent limited assurance by PwC in 2021. For PwC's 2021 Limited Assurance report and the 2021 Unilever Basis of Preparation for
assured metrics, see Reporting Archive in the Sustainability Reporting Centre on unilever.com.
(a) Measured for the 12-month period ended 30 June.
details the risks and opportunities arising from climate Provides strategic guidance on implementation of our
change, the potential impact on our business and the actions climate, nature and livelihoods goals within our extended
we are taking to respond. We also integrate climate-related supply chain. Chaired by our Chief Business Operations
disclosures throughout this Annual Report and Accounts, Officer, attended together with our Chief Sustainability
including in our Climate Transition Action Plan (CTAP) Annual
Officer (CSO), Chief Procurement Officer and Head
Progress Report on pages 43 to 47. A detailed breakdown of
of Sustainable Business and Reporting.
our emissions can be found on page 47. We have updated our
■ Climate and Nature Investment Committee: Evaluates and
CTAP, in advance of an advisory shareholder vote at our Annual
General Meeting in May 2024. See our website for the latest CTAP. approves investment proposals and reviews progress against
key milestones for the Climate & Nature Fund, our €1 billion
commitment to fund disruptive transformations across our
Governance value chain. Chaired by our Chief Business Operations Officer
The overall governance structure for managing Unilever’s together with our CSO, Chief R&D Officer, Head of Sustainable
climate risks and opportunities is the same as for any of Business and Reporting, and our five Business Group Presidents.
Unilever’s other key risks and opportunities i.e. all of the Each Business Group has a sustainability lead to ensure that
following play a key role in governance: the Board, the Board sustainability risks and opportunities are embedded into their
subcommittees, ULE, ULE subcommittees, Business Group strategies and performance is monitored.
leadership teams, specialist management governance groups
and specialist teams together with the support of relevant We also have a specialist corporate team, the Global
policies and procedures applied by everyone in the business Sustainability Function, led by our CSO. This team supports the
(see page 88). Business Group teams in developing their business strategies
whilst also driving transformational change across markets
Whilst the Board takes overall accountability for the through advocacy and partnerships.
management of all risks and opportunities, including climate
change (see page 70), our CEO is ultimately responsible for In addition, included within the Supply Chain, R&D and Finance
oversight of our climate change agenda. The Board delegates corporate functions, we have teams of experts who are
specific climate change matters to each of the Board focused on the sustainability agenda which includes climate-
subcommittees: related matters. Their activities include developing relevant
■ The Corporate Responsibility Committee – oversees the policies and procedures, e.g. responsible sourcing and metric
development of Unilever’s sustainability agenda (which definitions (scope and calculation methodologies).
includes climate matters), and the progress against that
We regularly engage with our investors on a wide range of
agenda, including performance against specific targets,
sustainability matters including our climate strategy. In 2021,
whilst also reviewing sustainability-related risks,
we achieved shareholder support for our CTAP through an
developments and opportunities (see page 114).
advisory vote at our AGM. During the fourth quarter of 2023, we
■ The Audit Committee – oversees the non-financial
commenced our engagement with investors on our updated
disclosures in our Annual Report and Accounts, which
CTAP. We engaged with more than 20 of our largest institutional
includes climate-related disclosures. This includes reviewing
investors and have used their feedback to help shape the
the scope and results of any internal and external assurance
updated CTAP.
activities obtained over the disclosures (see page 109).
■ The Compensation Committee – supports the sustainability Remuneration for management employees – up to and
strategy which includes the climate strategy through including the ULE – continues to be formally linked to
alignment of Unilever’s incentive plan to the sustainability performance against climate change goals. Their reward
agenda and ambitions (see page 128). packages include fixed pay, a bonus as a percentage of fixed
■ The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee – pay and eligibility to participate in a long-term Performance
is responsible for ensuring that the composition of the Share Plan (PSP).
Board provides sufficient skills and experience in
sustainability matters including climate change to deliver The PSP is linked to financial and sustainability performance,
on the sustainability agenda (see page 105). guided by our Sustainability Progress Index (SPI), which
■ The Board is supported by the ULE and the Sustainability
accounts for 25% of the total PSP award. The SPI in 2023 was
Advisory Council. The Council is made up of seven determined by considering performance against a number
independent external specialists in social and of sustainability goals – see page 136 for details.
environmental matters, and it convened in 2023 to guide See pages 136 to 137 for more on PSP including the role of
and critique our strategy. The ULE discuss key strategic the Board’s Compensation Committee and Corporate
sustainability matters at least quarterly. During 2023, Responsibility Committee in determining how the PSP
climate change matters were discussed at each meeting operates, and the SPI outcome each year.
including progress against our climate-related Compass
goals. The specific topics discussed included our GHG
emissions measurement and setting a new baseline for
our total emissions, GHG reduction plans for our Business
Groups, and implications of the changes in the SBTi
guidelines on setting new targets.
Strategy and risk management The IPCC also sets out multiple pathways that the world
could take to limit global warming to 1.5°C. The nature
Climate change is a principal risk to Unilever which has the
of the pathway taken significantly impacts the risks and
potential – to varying degrees – to impact our business in the
opportunities that a business will face.
short, medium and long term. We face potential physical
environment risks from the effects of climate change on our In assessing the material risks and opportunities Unilever
business, including extreme weather and water scarcity. would face in a world focused on achieving 1.5°C, we have
reviewed in detail two pathways, ‘proactive’ and ‘reactive’,
Potential regulatory and transition market risks associated with
that we assessed as more likely than other more extreme
the shift to a low-carbon economy include changing consumer
possible pathways. In the ‘proactive’ route, there is an early
preferences and future government policy and regulation. These
and steady reduction of emissions as a result of a fast
also present opportunities. The potential impacts of climate
response from all economic actors, meaning there is less
change are taken into account in developing the overall
dependence on technological advancements to remove
strategy, our Business Group strategies and financial plans.
carbon from the atmosphere in the second half of the century.
More detail on these risks, opportunities and the mitigating Conversely, in the ‘reactive’ route, significant action by
and adaptation actions we are taking can be found on pages economic actors is delayed to 2030, after which a very rapid
50 to 55. transition across all actors is required, accompanied by
deployment at a very large scale of low-carbon energy and
The process for assessing and identifying climate-related risks carbon removal activities and technology.
is the same for each of the principal risks and is described on
page 70. The risks are reviewed and assessed on an ongoing
basis and formally at least once per year. For each of our
principal risks, we have a risk management framework
detailing the controls we have in place, who is responsible for
managing both the overall risk and the individual controls
mitigating it. We monitor risks throughout the year to identify
changes in the risk profile.
We regularly, where appropriate, carry out climate-related risk
assessments at site level, supplier level, as well as innovation-
project level. Climate-related risks are managed by the team
relevant to where the risk resides. For example, climate risks in
relation to commodities in the supply chain are managed by
our procurement team.
Risks and opportunities assessed in creating our Key risks and opportunities
1.5°C scenario Out of all the risks and opportunities we assessed as part
In creating our 1.5°C scenario analysis, we took the two of our 1.5°C scenario assessment, there are 11 which we
pathways and considered the five broad types of risks and believe are significant and could at some time in the future
opportunities using the TCFD risk framework: Regulatory risks; be material to our business. We have combined the outputs
Market risks; Physical environment risks; Innovative products from the ‘proactive’ and ‘reactive’ analyses since the risks and
and services opportunities; and Resource efficiency, resilience, opportunities are similar, with the differences only being in the
and market opportunities. We identified approximately 40 size and timing of impact. Due to the nature of climate risks
specific risk and opportunity areas which could impact us in and opportunities we are monitoring them across a number
2030, 2039 and 2050, each of which we assessed qualitatively, of time horizons. Short term (up to three years) – this aligns
supported where possible with high-level quantitative with our three-year strategic plans, medium term (three to
assessments. The assessments are based on financial ten years) and long term (beyond ten years).
scenarios and do not represent financial forecasts. They
Where we have been able to quantify the risk, the ranges
exclude any actions that we might undertake to mitigate
represent potential impacts of the different pathways.
or adapt to these risks.
Actions to mitigate and adapt to the risks and to capitalise
The quantitative assessments were developed to understand
on the opportunities have been consolidated into our
high-level materiality and order of magnitude financial impact
sustainability goals (pages 65 to 66) and our CTAP progress
rather than perform detailed simulations or forecasts on the
update (pages 43 to 47).
long-term future of markets and products.
Below we summarise the 11 risks and opportunities. Given
The data used was from internal environmental, operational,
the nature of our products, all of the risks noted below are
and financial data and external science-based data, and
applicable to all our Business Groups and there are only
assumptions from reputable and broadly used sources such
modest variations in their relative significance for each
as the IPCC or the International Energy Agency (IEA).
Business Group. For more details on key targets and goals,
see pages 65 to 66.
Regulatory risks
Carbon tax
This includes carbon taxes and voluntary removal costs. Actions: We have a CTAP which sets out in detail activities to
Tightening regional or national regulations as well as reduce our carbon emissions. For example, our eco-design
climate commitments across individual businesses could programmes will reformulate our products with alternative
drive widespread implementation of these taxes or market less carbon-intensive ingredients and, through our Supplier
schemes. This could translate into rising direct and indirect Climate Programme, we are working with our largest suppliers
costs linked to carbon emissions, where the strongest impact to help them build plans to decarbonise the products they
would likely be on costs of sales linked to raw materials,
supply to us. We also aim to cut emissions from energy use
production, and distribution emissions. Carbon taxes on
in more than 3 million point-of-sale ice cream cabinets.
household emissions or costs passed through to our
consumers linked to household emissions may impact their In 2023, we submitted a new 2030 absolute emissions
disposable income and ultimately their purchasing power. reduction target to the SBTi which is awaiting approval.
Impact on Business Groups: All Business Groups could be We support the use of internal carbon pricing as a tool
impacted by carbon taxes or voluntary removal costs. Per unit to help us achieve our net zero emissions goal. We use
of consumption, our Ice Cream business has the highest an internal carbon price of €70 per tonne to inform our
carbon emissions from the use of dairy ingredients and the investment decision-making.
energy used in ice cream storage/transport/point-of-sale Key targets:
freezer cabinets. The highest absolute carbon emissions ■ Zero GHG emissions in our operations by 2030
from sourcing materials, production and distribution is in ■ Reduce absolute Scope 3 energy and industrial GHG
Home Care whereas it is lowest in Beauty & Wellbeing. emissions from Purchased Goods and Services (direct
Timeframe: Medium term to long term procurement), Fuel and Energy related activities, Upstream
Transport and Distribution, direct emissions from Use of
Sold Products (HFC propellants), End-of-Life Treatment
of Sold Products, and Downstream Leased Assets (ice
cream cabinets) by 42% by 2030 from a 2021 base year.
■ Reduce absolute Scope 3 FLAG (Forest, Land and
by 2039
Canada
Water scarcity
This could lead to increased droughts while limited resources to Actions: We mitigate physical environment risks by investing in
irrigate soils could reduce crop outputs. Water shortages could new products and formulations that work with less water, poor
also impact our manufacturing sites and our ability to supply quality water or no water. Many of our hair care products now
water-based products. Our consumers could also face water have fast-rinse technology as standard, using less water and
shortages in their everyday activities in certain regions, creating we have developed concentrated home care products which
a need for water-smart or waterless products or services. reduce water use at our sites but also contribute to reduced
Impact on Business Groups: All Business Groups could be packaging and distribution costs. We are working with local
impacted by water scarcity. Given the nature of our products, communities to develop water stewardship programmes.
the impact of drought on crop production would be equal We monitor changing weather patterns on a short-term
across all Business Groups. However, the impact of water basis and integrate weather system modelling into our
shortages on consumers would likely impact their washing forecasting process.
behaviours and hence impact the Personal Care and Home
Care businesses to a greater extent. Key goals:
■ Implement water stewardship programmes in 100 locations
Timeframe: Medium term to long term in water-stressed areas by 2030
Regulatory and Market Risks Key assumptions Sensitivity 2030 2039 2050
1. Carbon tax and voluntary carbon ■ Absolute zero Scope 1 and 2 emissions
removal costs by 2030
We quantified how high prices from ■ Scope 3 emissions taxes exclude
carbon regulations and voluntary removal indirect consumer use emissions
markets for our upstream Scope 3 ■ 90% reduction of emissions by 2050 from p -5.4 -10.4 -1.8
emissions might impact our raw and 2021 baseline
packaging materials costs, our ■ Carbon price would reach 250 USD/
distribution costs and the neutralisation tonne by 2050, rising more aggressively
of our residual emissions post-2039.
in early years in a proactive scenario
■ The price of carbon removals would
reach 88 USD/ tonne by 2050
■ Removal of 100% emissions on and after
2039 r -3.5 -9.3 -1.8
■ 100% of emissions on or after 2039
exposed to both removal costs and
carbon taxes
(a) These potential financial impacts are based on high-level quantitative assessments of certain risk and opportunity areas which could impact us in 2030, 2039 and
2050 and assume no actions to mitigate risk are taken and if no actions to capitalise on opportunities are taken.
(b) Refers to Asia, Africa, Middle East, Turkey, Ukraine and Belarus.
~16%
~21%
Next steps
The analysis suggests that policy interventions and changing socio-economic trends, such as regulations related to carbon
pricing, land use, product composition, sourcing transparency and product labelling, and EPR would have the most significant
impact on our value chain along the journey to a 1.5°C world. The next level of impact would be as a result of the transition of
the energy system with rising energy prices and market volatility. We would also experience the impact of physical environment
risks associated with a warmer climate, even in a 1.5°C world. While the potential risks and financial impact of limiting global
warming to 1.5°C are significant if no mitigating actions are taken, the impact of the potential risks that would exist if we were
not to reduce warming to 1.5°C is potentially even more significant.
The outcomes from our analysis provide us with initial high-level insights into these potential business and financial impacts.
These form an important input to our strategic planning process and updated CTAP.
In summary, the radical and disruptive system-wide transformation we could face in the journey to limit warming to 1.5°C by
2100, would present a significant range of material risks, where regulatory and economic risks would be the most disruptive.
However, many opportunities would also emerge, which we would be well placed to seize given our ambitious goals and targets
are aligned with a proactive route towards net zero by 2039.
There is still much to do to advance our understanding of the risks and opportunities facing our business and our industry, and
our strategic responses to such a radically different future. This analysis represents an important step to continue to engage
and challenge our business and our stakeholders to define how we can make sustainable living commonplace.
Our Performance
Financial performance
Unilever Group performance
Unilever 2023 2022 2021
Our Performance
Underlying sales growth, underlying volume growth, underlying operating margin and free cash flow are non-GAAP measures. For further information about these
measures, and the reasons why we believe they are important for an understanding of the performance of the business, please refer to our commentary on non-GAAP
measures on pages 59 to 64.
Our Performance
Cash flow Goodwill and intangible assets were €39.5 billion. This was
Cash flow from operating activities increased by €1.5 billion. a decrease of €(1.0) billion compared to the prior year. The
This included a €0.8 billion favourable working capital decrease was due to an adverse currency impact of €1.0
movement in 2023 compared to a €0.4 billion outflow in billion, with other movements from the acquisitions of Yasso
2022. This was partly driven by a reduction of inventories of and OZiva offset by the disposal of Suave and classification of
€(0.8) billion due to the disposal of Dollar Shave Club and Elida Beauty as held for sale. See note 21 on pages 220 to 222
Suave and an improvement in the average inventory days on and note 9 on pages 195 to 197 for more.
hand. Receivables also decreased by €(0.8) billion offset by Other non-current assets decreased by €(0.3) billion with a
reduced payables of €(0.3) billion. The drivers included the exit reduced net pension surplus mainly due to lower interest rates
of the TSA arrangement relating to the disposal of the global leading to increased pension liabilities, partly offset by the
tea business. increased value of bonds and similar assets. Current assets
decreased by €(1.3) billion led by trade and other current
€ million 2023 2022
receivables, inventories and cash and cash equivalents, partly
Operating profit 9,758 10,755
offset by an increase in other financial assets and assets held
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment 1,579 1,946 for sale following the announcement on the sale of the Elida
Changes in working capital 814 (422) Beauty business. Inventories decreased by €(0.8) billion due to
Pensions and similar obligations less payments (281) (119) currency movements, improved inventory days on hand and
Provisions less payments (185) 203 the impact of business disposals. Receivables decreased by
€(1.3) billion, including the impact of €(0.6) billion due to
Elimination of (profits)/losses on disposals (433) (2,335)
currency movements and €(0.7) billion due to the exit of the
Non-cash charge for share-based compensation 212 177 TSA relating to the disposal of our global tea business. Cash
Other adjustments 97 (116) and cash equivalents decreased by €(0.2) billion.
Cash flow from operating activities 11,561 10,089
Non-controlling interest was flat versus the prior year.
Income tax paid (2,135) (2,807)
Net capital expenditure (1,703) (1,627)
Net debt*
Net interest paid (632) (457)
Closing net debt was €23.7 billion, in line with 31 December
Free cash flow* 7,091 5,198
2022. Capital returns of €4.4 billion in dividends and €1.5 billion
Net cash flow (used in)/from investing activities (2,294) 2,453 in share buybacks to PLC shareholders, as well as net spend
Net cash flow (used in)/from financing activities (7,193) (8,890) on acquisition and disposal activity, were fully funded by the
free cash flow delivery of €7.1 billion. Net debt to underlying
Income tax paid decreased by €(0.7) billion compared to the earnings before interest, taxation, depreciation and
prior year due to tax refunds, lower tax on disposals, changes amortisation (UEBITDA) was 2.1 as at 31 December 2023, in line
in geographical profit footprint and other one-off items. with the prior year. Underlying EBITDA means operating profit
before the impact of depreciation, amortisation and non-
Net cash flow used in investing activities was €(2.3) billion underlying items within operating profit. This is primarily used
compared to €2.5 billion in the prior year. This variance was to assess our leverage level.
primarily due to the cash proceeds received from the disposal
of the global tea business in 2022 of €4.6 billion. The net cash
outflow in 2023 was primarily the result of capital expenditure, Movement in net pension liability/asset
purchase of financial assets and acquisitions, partly offset by The table below shows the movement in net pension liability/
proceeds from the disposals of Suave and Dollar Shave Club. asset during the year. Pension assets net of liabilities were
Capital expenditure was at a similar level as the prior year. in surplus of €2.4 billion at the end of 2023 compared with a
surplus of €2.6 billion at the end of 2022. The decrease was
Net cash flow used in financing activities was €(7.2) billion
primarily driven by reductions in interest rates increasing
compared to €(8.9) billion in the prior year primarily due to a
liabilities more than assets.
lower net repayment of borrowings of €1.7 billion. The impact
€ million 2023
from share buybacks was consistent with the prior year.
1 January 2,569
Gross service cost (128)
Balance sheet Employee contributions 11
Actual return on plan assets (excluding interest) 131
€ million 2023 2022
Net interest income/(cost) 110
Goodwill and intangible assets 39,466 40,489
Actuarial gain/(loss) (870)
Other non-current assets 17,898 18,175
Employer contributions 407
Current assets 17,902 19,157
Currency retranslation 186
Total assets 75,266 77,821 (a)
Other movements (15)
Current liabilities 23,507 25,427
31 December 2,401
Non-current liabilities 30,995 30,693
Total liabilities 54,502 56,120 (a) Other movements relate to special termination benefits, changes in asset
ceiling, past service costs including losses/(gains) on curtailment, settlements
Shareholders’ equity 18,102 19,021
and other immaterial movements. For more details see note 4B on pages 185
Non-controlling interest 2,662 2,680 to 190.
Total equity 20,764 21,701 * Certain measures used in our reporting are not defined under IFRS. For further
Total liabilities and equity 75,266 77,821 information about these measures, please refer to the commentary on non-
GAAP measures on pages 59 to 64.
Our Performance
Finance and liquidity Further details are set out in the following notes to the
Approximately €0.9 billion (or 21%) of the Group’s cash and consolidated financial statements: note 10 on pages 197 to
cash equivalents are held in central finance companies, for 199, note 15C on pages 206 to 207, and note 20 on pages 219
maximum flexibility. These companies provide loans to our and 220. We are satisfied that our financing arrangements
subsidiaries that are also funded through retained earnings are adequate to meet our short-term and long-term cash
and third-party borrowings. We maintain access to global debt requirements. In relation to the facilities available to the
markets through an infrastructure of short- and long-term Group, borrowing requirements do not fluctuate materially
debt programmes. We make use of plain vanilla derivatives, during the year and are not seasonal.
such as interest rate swaps and foreign exchange contracts,
to help mitigate risks. More detail is provided in notes 16, 16A, Guaranteed US debt securities
16B and 16C on pages 208 to 214. The remaining €3.3 billion At 31 December 2023, the Group had in issue US$11.2 billion
(or 79%) of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents are held in (2022: US$10.8 billion; 2021: US$12.1 billion) bonds in
foreign subsidiaries which repatriate distributable reserves connection with a US shelf registration. See page 255 for
on a regular basis. For most countries, this is done through more information on these bonds and related commentary
dividends which are in some cases subject to withholding or on guarantor information.
distribution tax. This balance includes €98 million (2022: €449
million, 2021: €83 million) of cash that is held in a few countries
where we face cross-border foreign exchange controls and/or Non-GAAP measures
other legal restrictions that inhibit our ability to make these
balances available in any means for general use by the wider Certain discussions and analyses set out in this Annual Report
business. The cash will generally be invested or held in the and Accounts (and the Additional Information for US Listing
relevant country and, given the other capital resources Purposes) include measures which are not defined by
available to the Group, does not significantly affect the ability generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) such as IFRS.
of the Group to meet its cash obligations. We closely monitor We believe this information, along with comparable GAAP
all our exposures and counter-party limits. Unilever has measurements, is useful to investors because it provides a
committed credit facilities in place for general corporate basis for measuring our operating performance, and our
purposes. The undrawn bilateral committed credit facilities ability to retire debt and invest in new business opportunities.
in place on 31 December 2023 were $5,200 million and €2,600 Our management uses these financial measures, along with
million. Further information on liquidity management is set the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, in
out in note 16A to the consolidated financial statements. evaluating our operating performance and value creation.
Non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in
isolation from, or as a substitute for, financial information
Material cash commitments from contractual and presented in compliance with GAAP. Wherever appropriate
other obligations and practical, we provide reconciliation to relevant
The following table shows the amount of our contractual and GAAP measures.
other obligations as at 31 December 2023. The material cash
commitments from contractual and other obligations arise
from our borrowings which include bonds, commercial paper, Explanation and reconciliation of non-GAAP
bank and other loans, interest on these borrowings and trade measures
payables and accruals.
Unilever uses ‘constant rate’ and ‘underlying’ measures
primarily for internal performance analysis and targeting
Due Due in purposes. We present certain items, percentages and
within 1 Due in Due in over 5 movements, using constant exchange rates, which exclude
€ million 2023 year 1-3 years 3-5 years years
the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.
Bonds 25,782 2,595 5,048 5,932 12,207
We calculate constant currency values by translating both the
Commercial paper, current and the prior period local currency amounts using the
bank and other prior year average exchange rates into euro, except for the
loans 1,973 1,972 1 — — local currency of entities that operate in hyperinflationary
Interest on economies. These currencies are translated into euros using
financial liabilities 4,268 607 1,032 805 1,824 the prior year closing exchange rate before the application
Trade payables of IAS 29.
and accruals 16,245 16,113 86 20 26
The table below shows exchange rate movements in our
Lease liabilities 1,691 407 576 346 362
key markets.
Other lease
commitments 291 64 42 37 148 Annual average Annual average
rate in 2023 rate in 2022
Purchase
(a)
obligations & Brazilian real (€1 = BRL) 5.405 5.414
other long-term Chinese yuan (€1 = CNY) 7.635 7.047
commitments 4,370 1,510 1,806 789 265
(b)
Indian rupee (€1 = INR) 89.232 82.303
Others 715 306 407 — 2
Indonesia rupiah (€1 = IDR) 16,457 15,535
Total 55,335 23,574 8,998 7,929 14,834
Philippine peso (€1 = PHP) 60.110 57.194
(a) For raw and packaging materials and finished goods.
UK pound sterling (€1 = GBP) 0.870 0.851
(b) Includes other financial liabilities and deferred consideration for acquisitions.
US dollar (€1 = US$) 1.081 1.050
Our Performance
In the following sections, we set out our definitions of the ■ underlying earnings per share;
following non-GAAP measures and provide reconciliation ■ underlying effective tax rate;
to relevant GAAP measures: ■ constant underlying earnings per share;
■ underlying sales growth;
■ free cash flow;
■ underlying price growth;
■ cash conversion;
■ underlying volume growth;
■ net debt;
■ non-underlying items;
■ underlying return on invested capital; and
■ underlying operating profit and underlying operating
■ underlying return on assets.
margin;
Beauty &
2023 vs 2022 (%) Wellbeing Personal Care Home Care Nutrition Ice Cream Group
(a)
Turnover growth 1.8 1.4 (1.8) (5.0) 0.5 (0.8)
Effect of acquisitions 1.9 — — — 0.9 0.5
Effect of disposals (1.7) (0.9) — (6.9) — (2.1)
Effect of currency-related items, (6.2) (6.1) (7.2) (5.2) (2.7) (5.7)
of which:
Exchange rate changes (7.5) (8.0) (10.3) (6.8) (5.4) (7.8)
(b)
Extreme price growth in hyperinflationary markets 1.5 2.1 3.4 1.7 2.8 2.2
(b)
Underlying sales growth 8.3 8.9 5.9 7.7 2.3 7.0
2022 vs 2021 (%)
(a)
Turnover growth 20.8 15.9 17.3 6.1 14.8 14.5
Effect of acquisitions 3.8 — — 0.3 — 0.8
Effect of disposals (0.1) — — (7.1) — (1.8)
Effect of currency-related items, 8.1 7.4 4.9 4.9 5.4 6.2
of which:
Exchange rate changes 6.9 6.2 2.6 3.6 3.9 4.7
(b)
Extreme price growth in hyperinflationary markets 1.0 1.1 2.2 1.2 1.5 1.4
(b)
Underlying sales growth 7.8 7.9 11.8 8.6 9.0 9.0
2021 vs 2020 (%)
(a)
Turnover growth 11.6 (2.3) 1.1 4.9 3.2 3.4
Effect of acquisitions 6.0 — — 1.3 — 1.4
Effect of disposals — — (0.1) (0.3) (0.1) (0.1)
Effect of currency-related items, (3.0) (2.6) (2.6) (1.5) (2.3) (2.4)
of which:
Exchange rate changes (3.1) (2.9) (2.9) (1.8) (2.6) (2.6)
(b)
Extreme price growth in hyperinflationary markets 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.3
(b)
Underlying sales growth 8.5 0.3 3.9 5.5 5.7 4.5
(a) Turnover growth is made up of distinct individual growth components, namely underlying sales, currency impact, acquisitions and disposals. Turnover growth is
arrived at by multiplying these individual components on a compounded basis as there is a currency impact on each of the other components. Accordingly, turnover
growth is more than just the sum of the individual components.
(b) Underlying price growth in excess of 26% per year in hyperinflationary economies has been excluded when calculating the underlying sales growth in the tables
above, and an equal and opposite amount is shown as extreme price growth in hyperinflationary markets.
Our Performance
The relationship between USG, UVG and UPG is set out below:
Non-underlying items
Several non-GAAP measures are adjusted to exclude items defined as non-underlying due to their nature and/or frequency
of occurrence:
■ Non-underlying items within operating profit are: gains or losses on business disposals, acquisition and disposal related costs,
restructuring costs, impairments and other items within operating profit classified here due to their nature and frequency.
■ Non-underlying items not in operating profit but within net profit are: net monetary gain/(loss) arising from hyperinflationary
economies and significant and unusual items in net finance cost, share of profit/(loss) of joint ventures and associates and
taxation.
■ Non-underlying items are both non-underlying items within operating profit and those non-underlying items not in operating
Our Performance
Underlying operating profit and underlying This measure reflects the underlying tax rate in relation to
operating margin profit before tax excluding non-underlying items before tax
and share of net (profit)/loss of joint ventures and associates.
Underlying operating profit and underlying operating margin
mean operating profit and operating margin before the Tax impact on non-underlying items within operating profit is
impact of non-underlying items within operating profit. the sum of the tax on each non-underlying item, based on the
Underlying operating profit represents our measure of applicable country tax rates and tax treatment.
segment profit or loss as it is the primary measure used for This is shown in the table:
making decisions about allocating resources and assessing
performance of the segments. € million 2023 2022
Underlying effective tax rate (a) See pages 59 to 61 for further details.
Our Performance
Free cash flow Net debt is defined as the excess of total financial liabilities,
excluding trade payables and other current liabilities, over
Free cash flow (FCF) is defined as cash flow from operating
cash, cash equivalents and other current financial assets,
activities, less income taxes paid, net capital expenditure
excluding trade and other current receivables, and non-
and net interest payments. It does not represent residual
current financial asset derivatives that relate to
cash flows entirely available for discretionary purposes; for
financial liabilities.
example, the repayment of principal amounts borrowed is not
deducted from FCF. FCF reflects an additional way of viewing € million 2023 2022
our liquidity that we believe is useful to investors because
Total financial liabilities (29,622) (29,488)
it represents cash flows that could be used for distribution
Current financial liabilities (5,087) (5,775)
of dividends, repayment of debt or to fund our strategic
initiatives, including acquisitions, if any. Non-current financial liabilities (24,535) (23,713)
Cash and cash equivalents as per
The reconciliation of cash flow from operating activities to balance sheet 4,159 4,326
FCF is as follows:
Cash and cash equivalents as per
cash flow statement 4,045 4,225
€ million 2023 2022 2021
Cash flow from operating activities 11,561 10,089 10,305 Add: bank overdrafts deducted
therein 116 101
Income tax paid (2,135) (2,807) (2,333)
Less: cash and cash equivalents
Net capital expenditure (1,703) (1,627) (1,239) held for sale (2) 0
Net interest payments (632) (457) (340) Other current financial assets 1,731 1,435
Free cash flow 7,091 5,198 6,393
Non-current financial assets
Net cash flow (used in)/from investing derivatives that relate to financial
activities (2,294) 2,453 (3,246) liabilities 75 51
Net cash flow (used in)/from financing Net debt (23,657) (23,676)
activities (7,193) (8,890) (7,099)
Our Performance
Underlying return on assets divided by the annual average of: property, plant and
equipment, net assets held for sale (excluding goodwill and
Underlying return on assets is a measure of the return
intangibles), inventories, trade and other current receivables,
generated on assets for each Business Group. This measure
and trade payables and other current liabilities for each
provides additional insight on the performance of the Business
Business Group. The annual average is computed by adding
Groups and assists in formulating long-term strategies with
the amounts at the beginning and the end of the calendar
respect to allocation of capital across Business Groups.
year and dividing by two.
Business Group underlying return on assets is calculated as
underlying operating profit after tax for the Business Group
€ million
Beauty &
2023 Wellbeing Personal Care Home Care Nutrition Ice Cream Total
Underlying operating profit before tax 2,331 2,792 1,496 2,460 852 9,931
Tax on underlying operating profit (597) (716) (383) (631) (218) (2,545)
Underlying operating profit after tax 1,734 2,076 1,113 1,829 634 7,386
Property plant and equipment 1,773 2,340 1,979 1,976 2,639 10,707
Net assets held for sale — (31) — 15 — (16)
Inventories 1,179 1,128 785 1,090 937 5,119
Trade and other receivables 1,208 1,340 1,180 1,279 768 5,775
Trade payables and other current liabilities (3,439) (3,746) (3,626) (3,646) (2,400) (16,857)
Period-end assets (net) 721 1,031 318 714 1,944 4,728
Average assets for the period (net) 880 1,164 420 866 1,910 5,241
Underlying return on assets (%) 197 178 265 211 33 141
2022
Underlying operating profit before tax 2,292 2,679 1,344 2,449 919 9,683
Tax on underlying operating profit (552) (644) (324) (590) (221) (2,331)
Underlying operating profit after tax 1,740 2,035 1,020 1,859 698 7,352
Property plant and equipment 1,775 2,259 2,112 2,196 2,428 10,770
Net assets held for sale — 2 — 20 — 22
Inventories 1,386 1,352 909 1,267 1,017 5,931
Trade and other receivables 1,439 1,601 1,457 1,632 927 7,056
Trade payables and other current liabilities (3,562) (3,918) (3,955) (4,095) (2,493) (18,023)
Period-end assets (net) 1,038 1,296 523 1,020 1,879 5,756
Average assets for the period (net) 979 1,403 558 1,295 1,780 6,015
Underlying return on assets (%) 178 145 183 144 39 122
Our Performance
Non-financial performance
Climate Goal 2023 2022 2021
Δ This table provides an overview of progress against the goals we set in 2021, aligned with our four sustainability focus areas announced as part of the Growth Action Plan.
See page 38 to 47 for progress commentary. Additional non-financial metrics can be found on page 66.
† This metric was subject to independent limited assurance by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (‘PwC’) in 2023. For PwC's 2023 Limited Assurance report and the 2023
Unilever Basis of Preparation for assured metrics, see Independent Assurance in the Sustainability Reporting Centre on unilever.com.
Θ This metric was subject to independent limited assurance by PwC in 2022. For PwC's 2022 Limited Assurance report and the 2022 Unilever Basis of Preparation for
assured metrics, see Reporting Archive in the Sustainability Reporting Centre on unilever.com.
Δ This metric was subject to independent limited assurance by PwC in 2021. For PwC's 2021 Limited Assurance report and the 2021 Unilever Basis of Preparation for
assured metrics, see Reporting Archive in the Sustainability Reporting Centre on unilever.com.
(a) Measured for 12-month period ended 30 September.
(b) These emissions exclude Scope 1 & 2 emissions related to small office and logistics sites, fuel consumption from company vehicles, methane and N2O from both fossil
fuels and biofuels, and SF6 from electrical insulators in grid connections.
(c) Measured for the 12-month period ended 30 June.
(d) Deforestation-free refers to the meeting of Unilever's deforestation-free requirements.
(e) Measured for all commodity volumes ordered for the 3-month period October to December 2023 except for order volumes of palm oil for India measured only for
December 2023.
(f) Comprising 66% key agricultural crops purchased from suppliers that comply with the requirements set out in Unilever’s Sustainable Agriculture Code 2017 (71% in
2022, 69% in 2021) and, 13% purchased from non-sustainable suppliers but have been matched by credits purchased for raw materials (10% in 2022, 10% in 2021).
(g) Scope of reporting on our plastic goals is 27 countries.
(h) Refers to ‘actual recyclability’ of plastic packaging, meaning that it is both technically possible to recycle the material; and that there are established examples to
recycle the material in the region where it is sold.
(i) Measured for the 3-month period October to December.
Our Performance
† This metric was subject to independent limited assurance by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (‘PwC’) in 2023. For PwC's 2023 Limited Assurance report and the 2023
Unilever Basis of Preparation for assured metrics, see Independent Assurance in the Sustainability Reporting Centre on unilever.com.
Θ This metric was subject to independent limited assurance by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (‘PwC’) in 2022. For PwC's 2022 Limited Assurance report and the 2022
Unilever Basis of Preparation for assured metrics, see Reporting Archive in the Sustainability Reporting Centre on unilever.com.
(a) Measured for 12-month period ended 30 September.
(b) Lifebuoy, Dove, Signal/Pepsodent and Vaseline contribute to this goal.
Our Performance
(a) Fleet and associated diesel use excluded as it is not material. Transportation is operated by a third party and accounted for under Scope 3.
(b) We report our emissions with reference to the latest Greenhouse Gas Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard (GHG Protocol). Our only material GHG
from energy is CO2, reported as required by the GHG Protocol. Other gases are immaterial. Energy use data is taken from meter reads and energy invoices from each
site and then converted to kWh using standard conversion factors as published by the IPCC.
(c) Carbon emission factors for grid electricity calculated according to the ‘market-based method’. Total Scope 2 emissions reported as zero as we now use 100%
renewable grid electricity across all our sites in the UK.
Employee diversity
As part of our disclosure to comply with the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 and the Companies Act 2006, the table below
shows our workforce diversity by gender and work level as at 31 December 2023.
2023 2022
(c)
Gender statistics Female Male Unspecified Female Male Unspecified
Board 5 7 0 5 8 0
42% 58% 38% 62%
Unilever Leadership Executive (ULE) 2 11 0 3 10 0
15% 85% 23% 77%
(a)
Senior management 29 52 0 27 60 0
36% 64% 31% 69%
(b)
Management 9,468 7,885 3 8,740 7,583 18
55% 45% 0.02% 54% 46% 0.1%
Total workforce 47,633 80,718 26 46,014 80,974 68
37% 63% 0.02% 36% 64% 0.06%
Employees who are statutory directors of the corporate entities included in this Annual Report and Accounts: 523 (63%) males and 309 (37%) females (see pages
234 to 244).
(a) Employees in senior management roles one work level below ULE (based on internal reporting definitions).
(b) Employees in management roles Including ULE and senior management.
(c) 'Unspecified' includes those who are not identified as male or female in our systems.
Our Performance
Environmental matters
Relevant sections of Annual Report and Accounts:
■ Climate ■ Policies and due diligence: pages 40 to 41 and 43 to 47
■ Plastics ■ Position and performance (including relevant non-
■ Nature financial KPIs): pages 46 to 47 and 65 to 66
■ Our Climate Transition Action Plan: Annual Progress Report ■ Risk: pages 48 to 55 and 72 and 73
■ Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures ■ Impact: pages 40 and 41 and 48 to 55
statement
■ EU Taxonomy disclosures
Employee matters
Relevant sections of Annual Report and Accounts:
■ Our People & Culture ■ Policies and due diligence: pages 34 to 37
■ Equity, diversity and inclusion ■ Position and performance (including relevant
■ Livelihoods non-financial KPIs): pages 34 to 37 and 65 and 66
■ Future of work ■ Risk: pages 34 to 37 and 74
■ Employee health and wellbeing ■ Impact: pages 34 to 37
■ Safety at work
Our Performance
EU Taxonomy disclosures
The EU Taxonomy sets out reporting obligations for certain European businesses. It outlines certain activities deemed to be
environmentally sustainable and refers to them as “eligible” and “aligned” activities. For financial year 2023, businesses need
to assess whether they have eligible activities within each of the six environmental objectives: i) climate change mitigation,
ii) climate change adaptation, iii) sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources, iv) transition to a circular
economy, v) pollution prevention and control, and vi) protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems. Eligibility
reporting for objectives iii) to vi) is a new requirement for the financial year 2023 reporting.
If the eligible activities are considered to make a substantial contribution and do no significant harm in accordance with the
criteria set out in the regulations, then the eligible activities are designated as “aligned” as long as the business also meets
a minimum set of criteria with respect to human rights, bribery and corruption, taxation and fair competition.
The EU Taxonomy remains a work in progress, and in creating the current list of environmentally sustainable activities, the
European Commission have not yet considered our industry, focusing instead on the more carbon intensive industries where
they believe there is the most potential for climate change mitigation or adaptation.
Using the current list of eligible activities and the alignment criteria, we have reviewed the Group’s turnover, capital expenditure
and operating expenditure (as defined by the EU Taxonomy) to identify the extent of any eligible and aligned activities within
our business. The outcome of our review is presented below.
As the EU Taxonomy is not yet applicable to us and we are providing these disclosures voluntarily, we have chosen to set out the extent
of our eligible and aligned activities in a simplified format instead of showing them in the tables prescribed by the EU Taxonomy.
Turnover
None of our turnover as detailed in our consolidated income statement (page 173) for the year ended 31 December 2023 is
derived from eligible activities. As a consequence, none of our turnover can be classified as aligned.
Operating expenditure
Operating expenditure as per the EU Taxonomy is defined as directly incurred, non-capitalised costs relating to research and
development, building renovations, short-term leases and the repair and maintenance of property, plant and equipment. None
of our operating expenditure for the year ended 31 December 2023 is in respect of eligible activities. As a consequence, none of
our operating expenditure can be classified as aligned.
a long-term basis.
Assurance and re-assurance
Our approach to risk management is designed to provide
Assurance on compliance with the Code of Business Principles
reasonable, but not absolute, assurance that our assets are
and our Code Policies is obtained annually from Unilever
safeguarded, the risks facing the business are being assessed
management via a formal Code declaration. In addition,
and mitigated, and all information that may be required to
there are specialist awareness and training programmes
be disclosed is reported to Unilever’s senior management
which are run throughout the year and vary depending on the
including, where appropriate, the CEO and CFO.
business priorities. These specialist compliance programmes
supplement the Code declaration. An integrated assurance
map is maintained across the principal risks to confirm the
Organisation mitigation in place through the three lines of defence. Our
The Board has overall accountability for the management Corporate Audit function plays a vital role in providing to both
of risk and reviewing the effectiveness of Unilever’s risk management and the Board an objective and independent
management and internal control systems. The Board has review of the effectiveness of risk management and internal
established a clear organisational structure with well-defined control systems throughout Unilever.
accountabilities for the principal risks that Unilever faces in
the short, medium and long term. In this structure, the Board
has delegated the overall accountability for risk management Board assessment of compliance with the risk
to both the CEO and CFO. The distribution of accountabilities
management frameworks
and responsibilities ensures that every segment (either
Business Group or country) through which we operate has The Board, advised by the Committees where appropriate,
specific resources and processes for risk reviews and risk regularly review the significant risks and decisions that could
mitigation. This is supported by the ULE, which takes active have a material impact on Unilever. These reviews consider the
responsibility for focusing on the principal areas of risk to level of risk that Unilever is prepared to take in pursuit of the
Unilever, including any emerging areas of risks. The Board business strategy and the effectiveness of the management
regularly review these risk areas, including consideration of controls in place to mitigate the risk exposure.
environmental, social and governance matters, and retain The Board, through the Audit Committee, has reviewed the
responsibility for determining the nature and extent of the assessment of risks, internal controls and disclosure controls
significant risks that Unilever is prepared to take to achieve and procedures in operation within Unilever. They have also
its strategic objectives. considered the effectiveness of any remedial actions taken for
the year covered by this Annual Report and Accounts and up
to the date of its approval by the Board.
Foundation and principles
Details of the activities of the Audit Committee in relation to
Unilever’s approach to doing business is framed by our
this can be found in the Report of the Audit Committee on
purpose and values (see page 4). Our Code of Business
pages 107 to 111.
Principles sets out the standards of behaviour that we
expect all employees to adhere to. Day-to-day responsibility Further statements on compliance with the specific risk
for ensuring these principles are applied rests with senior management and control requirements in the UK Corporate
management across Business Groups, geographies Governance Code (2018), the US Securities Exchange Act (1934)
and functions. and the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act (2002) can be found on
pages 100 to 101.
A network of Business Integrity Officers and Committees
supports the activities necessary to communicate the Code,
deliver training, maintain processes and procedures (including
support lines) to report and respond to alleged breaches, and
to capture and communicate learnings. We have a framework
of Code Policies that underpins the Code of Business Principles
and sets out the non-negotiable standards of behaviour
expected from all our employees.
Principal Risks
Our business is subject to risks and uncertainties. On the following pages we have identified the risks that we regard as the most
material to Unilever’s business and performance at this time.
Our principal risks include risks that could impact our business in the short term (i.e. the next two years), medium term (i.e. the
next three to ten years) or over the longer term (i.e. beyond ten years). As part of our process to review our principal risks, we also
consider any additional risks that could emerge in the future.
Our principal risks have remained consistent with previous years. We also reflect on whether we think the level of risk associated
with each of our principal risks is increasing or decreasing. There are three principal risks where we believe there is an increased
level of risk compared with last year:
■ Consumer preference: consumer choices and the manner in which they shop is rapidly evolving requiring us to be ahead of
our competition.
■ Climate change: this risk has further intensified during 2023, as actions to address global warming are not moving at the pace
anticipated and there has been an increase in physical climate risks seen by increased flooding and droughts together with
the ongoing global energy crisis.
■ Systems and information: technology is disrupting the way we do business and we need to accelerate innovation to keep pace
with the developments. The cyber threat landscape has increased in the recent past and continues to remain volatile.
Biodiversity loss continues to be monitored as an emerging risk. A loss of forests and soil due to potential physical and
regulatory risks could make future harvests more difficult and expensive in the long-term (see pages 51 to 53). Refer to our
Climate Transition Action Plan: Annual Progress Report (pages 43 to 47) for steps taken to improve biodiversity. Technological
advancements such as artificial intelligence, machine learning and augmented reality are disrupting the way we do business
and connect with consumers. We do not consider this as a principal risk yet but do acknowledge that it is both a risk and an
opportunity. We have an executive-level task force set up to identify the risks, opportunities and, at the same time, take
responsible action to keep pace with technology.
We set out below certain mitigating actions that we believe help us to manage our principal risks. However, we may not be
successful in deploying some or all of these mitigating actions. If the circumstances in these risks occur or are not successfully
mitigated, our cash flow, operating results, financial position, business and reputation could be materially adversely affected.
In addition, risks and uncertainties could cause actual results to vary from those described, which may include forward-looking
statements, or could impact on our ability to meet our targets or be detrimental to our profitability or reputation.
Consumer Our success depends on the value and We monitor external market trends and Increase
preference relevance of our brands and products to collate consumer, customer and shopper
consumers around the world and on our insights in order to develop brand strategies
ability to innovate and remain competitive. and build competitive advantage. We are
focused on developing superior products with
Consumer tastes, preferences and a particular focus on our Power Brands.
behaviours are changing more rapidly than
ever before. We see a growing trend for Our Research and Development function
consumers preferring brands which both actively searches for ways in which to
meet their functional needs and have an translate the trends in consumer preference
explicit social or environmental purpose. and taste into new technologies for
incorporation into future products. Our
Technological change is disrupting our innovation management process converts
traditional brand communication models. strategies into projects to launch new
Our ability to develop and deploy the right products in the market, scale technology
communication, both in terms of messaging across categories, and build up the multi-year
content and medium is critical to the innovation pipeline. This enables us to
continued strength of our brands. respond to rapidly changing consumer trends
with speed.
We are dependent on creating innovative
products that continue to meet the needs Our brand communication strategies are
of our consumers in times of economic designed to optimise digital communication
instability and volatility. We also need to be opportunities. We develop and customise
competitive, bringing innovation to market brand messaging content specifically to
with speed in areas such as personalised ensure that our brand messages reach our
and premium beauty offerings, health, target consumers, including social purpose
and hygiene. where appropriate.
Portfolio Unilever’s strategic investment choices will Our Business Group strategies and our No change
management affect the long-term growth and profits of business plans are designed to ensure
our business. that resources are prioritised towards
those categories and markets having the
Unilever’s growth and profitability are greatest long-term potential for Unilever.
determined by our portfolio of Business
Groups, geographies and channels and Our acquisition and disposal activity is
how these evolve over time. If Unilever does driven by our portfolio strategy with a clear,
not make optimal strategic investment defined evaluation process.
decisions, then opportunities for growth
and improved margin could be missed.
Climate change Climate change and governmental actions We monitor climate change and in 2021 Increase
to reduce such change may disrupt our we published our Climate Transition Action
operations and/or reduce consumer Plan (update on progress in 2023 included
demand for our products. on pages 43 to 47).
Climate change is already impacting our We are developing products with a lower
business in various ways. Government carbon footprint, decarbonising our
action to reduce climate change – such operations through eco-efficiency measures,
as the introduction of a carbon tax, land powering our factories with renewable
use regulations or product composition electricity, and replacing climate-harmful
regulations which restrict or ban certain refrigerants. We invest in new products and
GHG-intensive ingredients – could impact formulations so that our products work with
our business through higher costs or less water, poor quality water, or no water.
reduced flexibility of operations. We integrate weather system modelling
into our forecasting process to consider
Physical environment risks such as water the impact on raw material availability
scarcity could impact our operations or and pricing.
reduce demand for our products that
require water during consumer use. We also monitor government policy and
Increased frequency of extreme weather actions to combat climate change and
events such as high temperatures, advocate for changes to public policy
hurricanes or floods could cause increased frameworks consistent with the 1.5°C
incidence of disruption to our supply chain, ambition of the Paris Agreement.
manufacturing and distribution network.
If we do not take action, climate change
could result in increased costs, reduced
profit and reduced growth.
Customer and Successful customer relationships and We build and maintain trading relationships No change
channel expanding in channels of the future are across a broad spectrum of channels ranging
vital to our business and continued growth. from centrally managed multinational
customers through to small traders accessed
Maintaining strong relationships with via distributors in many emerging markets.
our existing customers and building We identify changing shopper habits and
relationships with new customers who have build relationships with new customers,
built new technology-enabled business such as those serving the digital commerce
models to serve changing shopper habits channel.
are necessary to ensure our brands are well
presented to our consumers and available We develop joint business plans with our key
for purchase at all times. Digital commerce customers that include detailed investment
continues to be a critical channel for growth. plans and customer service objectives and
we regularly monitor progress.
The strength of our customer relationships
also affects our ability to obtain pricing and We have developed capabilities for customer
competitive trade terms. Failure to maintain sales and outlet design which enable us
strong relationships with customers could to find new ways to improve customer
negatively impact our terms of business performance and enhance our customer
with affected customers and reduce the relationships. We invest in technology to
availability of our products to consumers. optimise order and stock management
processes for our distributive trade customers.
Business Our business depends on purchasing We have contingency plans designed to No change
Operations materials, efficient manufacturing and enable us to secure alternative key material
the timely distribution of products to supplies at short notice, to transfer or share
our customers. production between manufacturing sites and
to use substitute materials in our product
Our supply chain network is exposed formulations and recipes.
to potentially adverse events such as
geopolitical sanctions, physical disruptions, We have policies and procedures designed
environmental and industrial accidents, to ensure the health and safety of our
trade restrictions or disruptions at a key employees and the products in our facilities,
supplier, which could impact our ability and to deal with major incidents including
to deliver orders to our customers. business continuity and disaster recovery.
Geopolitical tensions have continued to Commodity price risk is managed through
challenge the continuity and cost of our forward buying of traded commodities,
supply chain in 2023. other appropriate hedging mechanisms and
Maintaining manufacturing operations product pricing. Trends are monitored and
whilst adhering to changing local modelled regularly and integrated into our
regulations and meeting enhanced health forecasting process.
and safety standards has proven possible
but has required significant management.
In addition, ensuring the operation of a
global logistics network for both input
materials and finished goods continues to
present challenges and requires continued
focus and flexibility.
The cost of our products is being affected
by the cost of the underlying commodities
and materials from which they are made.
Fluctuations in these costs cannot always be
passed on to the consumer through pricing
and will need to be carefully managed.
Systems and Unilever’s operations are increasingly To reduce the impact of cyber-attacks on our Increase
information dependent on IT systems and safeguarding business, we are following a defence in-depth
the confidentiality, integrity of data and the strategy, guided by industry standards
management of information. frameworks. We have many Protect, Detect
and Respond capabilities in place which are
The cyber-attack threat of unauthorised continuously being monitored and improved.
access and misuse of sensitive information
or disruption to operations continues to We have policies covering the protection of
increase with the level of incidents rising both business and personal information, as
year-on-year. Such an attack could inhibit well as the use of IT systems and applications
our business operations in a number of by our employees. Our employees are trained
ways, including disruption to sales, to understand these requirements.
production and cash flows, ultimately We also have a set of IT security standards
impacting our results. and closely monitor their operation to protect
In addition, increasing digital interactions our systems and information. Hardware that
with customers, suppliers and consumers runs and manages core operating data is fully
place ever greater emphasis on the need backed up with separate contingency systems
for secure and reliable IT systems and to provide real-time backup operations
infrastructure and careful management should they ever be required.
of the information that is in our possession We have standardised ways of hosting
to ensure data privacy. information on our public websites and have
systems in place to monitor compliance with
appropriate privacy laws and regulations,
and with our own policies.
We also maintain a global system for the
control and reporting of access to our critical
IT systems. This is supported by an annual
programme of testing of access controls.
Economic Adverse economic conditions may affect The breadth of Unilever’s portfolio and No change
and political one or more countries, regions or may our geographic reach help to mitigate our
instability extend globally. Unilever operates around exposure to any particular localised risk. Our
the world and is exposed to economic flexible business model allows us to adapt
and political instability that may reduce our portfolio and respond quickly to develop
new offerings that suit consumers’ and
consumer demand for our products, disrupt
customers’ changing needs during economic
sales operations and/or impact the
downturns.
profitability of our operations.
We regularly update our forecast of business
In 2023, organisations have continued to see results and cash flows and, where necessary,
geopolitical and economic volatility leading rebalance investment priorities.
to significant disruption and cost inflation
impacting parts of the business. Further We believe that many years of exposure to
potential trade and economic sanctions risk emerging markets have given us experience
global supply chain disruption and deep of operating and developing our business
recession. Risks associated with the global successfully during periods of economic and
energy crisis are leading to significantly political volatility.
higher energy prices and could disrupt our
operations.
Government actions such as trade and
economic sanctions, foreign exchange or
price controls can impact on the growth
and profitability of our local operations.
Unilever has more than half of its turnover
in emerging markets which can offer
greater growth opportunities but also
exposes Unilever to related economic and
political volatility.
Ethical Unilever’s brands and reputation are Our Code of Business Principles and our No change
valuable assets and the way in which we Code Policies govern the behaviour of our
operate, contribute to society and engage employees, suppliers, distributors and other
with the world around us is always under third parties who work with us. Our processes
scrutiny both internally and externally. for identifying and resolving breaches of our
Code of Business Principles and our Code
Acting in an ethical manner, consistent with Policies are clearly defined and regularly
the expectations of customers, consumers communicated throughout Unilever. Data
and other stakeholders, is essential for the relating to such breaches is reviewed by the
protection of the reputation of Unilever and ULE and by relevant Board Committees and
its brands. helps to determine the allocation of resources
for future policy development, process
A key element of our ethical approach to
improvement, training and awareness
business is to reduce inequality and promote
initiatives.
fairness. Our activities touch the lives of
millions of people and it is our responsibility
Our Responsible Partner Policy helps us
to protect their rights and help them live
to improve the lives of the people in our
well.
supply chains by ensuring human rights are
The safety of our employees and the people protected and makes a healthy and safe
and communities we work with is critical. workplace a mandatory requirement for our
Failure to meet these high standards could business partners. We have detailed safety
result in damage to Unilever’s corporate standards and monitor safety incidents at the
reputation and business results. highest level.
Through our Brands with Purpose agenda,
a number of our brands are taking action on
societal issues such as fairness and equality.
Viability statement
The Directors have reviewed the long-term prospects of the mitigation factors in respect of each principal risk. The risks and
Group in order to assess its viability. This review incorporated mitigating factors are summarised on pages 71 to 78.
the activities and key risks of the Group together with the
The viability assessment has three parts:
factors likely to affect the Group’s future development,
■ First, the Directors considered the period over which they
performance, financial position, cash flows, liquidity position
and borrowing facilities as described on pages 1 to 64. In have a reasonable expectation that the Group will continue
addition, we describe in notes 15 to 18 on pages 203 to 218 to operate and meet its liabilities;
the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for managing ■ Second, they considered the current debt facilities and debt
its capital, its financial risk management objectives, details headroom over the viability period, assuming that any debt
of its financial instruments and hedging activities and its maturing can be re-financed at commercially acceptable
exposures to credit and liquidity risk. terms; and
■ Third, they considered the potential impact of severe but
In order to report on the long-term viability of the Group, example the termination of our relationships with the
the Directors reviewed the overall funding capacity and three largest global customers; the loss of all material
headroom available to withstand severe events and carried litigation cases; a major IT data breach; the lost cost
out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the Group, and growth opportunities from not keeping up with
including those that would threaten its business model, future technological changes and increase in physical climate
performance, solvency or liquidity. This includes consideration of risks including its impact on operational costs; and
external factors such as rises in inflation and slowing GDP growth. ■ assessing scenarios that involve more than one principal
The assessment also included reviewing and understanding the risk including the following multi-risk scenarios:
access to the external debt markets; together with multi-risk scenarios. None of the scenarios
■ flexibility of cash outflow with respect to significant
reviewed, either individually or in aggregate would cause
marketing programmes and capital expenditure projects Unilever to cease to be viable.
which usually have a two-to-three year horizon; and
■ the Group’s diverse product and geographical activities
Conclusion
which are impacted by continuously evolving technology On the basis described above, the Directors have a reasonable
and innovation. expectation that the Group will be able to continue in
■ Secondly, the Group’s debt headroom and funding profile was operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the
assessed. None of the future outlooks considered resulted in three-year period of their assessment.
significant liquidity headroom issues, primarily because:
We have a continued
commitment to strong
corporate governance
Ian Meakins
Chair
I am pleased to present the Governance Report for 2023. In The culture of strong governance within Unilever is a
doing so I must give further thanks to Nils Andersen, as Chair strength that I will strive to maintain. Looking externally
of the Company until the end of November, for the legacy of we have consulted with shareholders this year on executive
strong corporate governance at Unilever that he passes on to me. remuneration, including the revised Remuneration Policy,
and the revised Climate Transition Action Plan and this has
The priority of the Board in relation to governance in the past informed the changes that are being put to shareholders at
year has been establishing effective succession and providing the 2024 AGM. In addition, our Code of Business Principles
support to the Board changes. As I mentioned in my Chair's establishes the foundation of our culture within the company,
statement, Hein Schumacher became CEO on 1 July 2023 and strengthened by our historical roots, and informs our way
I became Chair on 1 December 2023. We are also delighted of working in everything that we do. We are committed to
that Fernando Fernandez became CFO on 1 January 2024. I am diversity and inclusion as not only reflecting our values but
grateful for all the support that I have received and continue to also what is best for the business.
receive from the other Board members in my new role and the
Board gives its full support to Hein and Fernando. My responsibility as Chair is to provide the leadership to ensure
that the Board works effectively with the executive team to
Alongside succession, the Board has conducted a review focus on the forward looking strategy of the Company and
of strategy and approved the Growth Action Plan for the achieving high standards of corporate governance. I believe
business as already set out in this report. The Growth Action that the Board changes we have made together with the
Plan is designed to take Unilever on the next stage of its Growth Action Plan for performance provide a strong basis
growth journey. Alongside this our sustainability goals have for success. Our refocused work on sustainability is designed
been clarified which are key to good stewardship and these to support both our corporate governance and our Growth
are set out in our updated Climate Transition Action Plan which Action Plan.
we are putting to shareholders at the 2024 AGM.
Ian Meakins
Chair
The Board of Unilever has implemented standards of corporate governance and disclosure policies
applicable to a UK incorporated company, with listings in London, Amsterdam and New York.
Application of the provisions of the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code (the ‘Code’)
In respect of the year ended 31 December 2023, Unilever was subject to the Code (available from www.frc.org.uk). The Board is
pleased to confirm that Unilever applied the principles and complied with all the provisions of the Code throughout the year.
Further information on compliance with the Code can be found as follows:
Board leadership and Company purpose page Audit, risk and internal control page
Other stakeholder engagement 91 Internal controls and risk management 109, 110
Board of Directors
The Board has ultimate responsibility for the management, general affairs,
culture, direction, performance and long-term success of Unilever.
Board of Directors
1 2 3 1 Hein Schumacher
CEO
Nationality Dutch Age 52
Joined ULE July 2023
Joined Unilever October 2022
Current external appointments
None.
4 5 6 Additional biographical information
can be found on page 84.
2 Fernando Fernandez
CFO
Nationality Argentinian Age 57
Joined ULE January 2024
7 Joined Unilever 1988
Additional biographical information
can be found on page 84.
Board
The Board's primary role is to ensure the long-term sustainable success
of Unilever for the mutual benefit of all our stakeholders.
Nominating
and Corporate Corporate
Governance Audit Responsibility Compensation
Committee (NCGC) Committee (AC) Committee (CRC) Committee (CC)
Reviews the composition Responsible for Oversees Unilever's Determines the
of the Board and monitoring the integrity conduct as a responsible remuneration
Committees and makes of Unilever's financial and ethical global framework/policy for
recommendations to the statements and for business, reviews the Executive Directors
Board on suitable ensuring the sustainability-related and ULE. Considers
candidates for effectiveness of the risks and reputational alignment with
appointment to the internal audit function, matters and provides regulation, market
Board and Committees. internal controls and risk guidance and practice and principles
management processes, recommendations to the of good governance and
Assists the Board on
and managing the Board on sustainability ensuring remuneration
Board and senior
relationship with the and reputational is linked to corporate
management succession
external auditor. matters. and individual
planning including
performance. Also
appointments to the ULE,
reviews remuneration-
conflicts of interest and
related workforce
independence.
policies and practices.
Disclosure Committee
Responsible for overseeing the accuracy, materiality and timeliness of disclosure of financial
and other public announcements and evaluates and oversees the adequacy
of Unilever's disclosure controls and procedures.
The Board has ultimate responsibility for the development When there is a Board meeting, the Non-Executive Directors
of strategy, material acquisitions and divestments, material usually also meet without the Executive Directors present.
capital expenditure, the Company’s capital structure and The Chair, or in his absence the Senior Independent Director
other financing matters, oversight of policies, procedures (SID), chairs such meetings.
and internal controls, setting and monitoring the Group’s
Attendance during the year at each of the Committee
culture and promoting ethical behaviour.
meetings is also set out below. Further information is
A summary of the activities of the Board during the year is provided in the relevant Committee reports.
provided on the following pages. In addition, the schedule of
matters reserved for the Board, a comprehensive summary
of how the Board operates and the terms of reference for the
four principal Committees and the Disclosure Committee are Site visits
available in the Governance of Unilever on the Company’s
website (www.unilever.com/board-and-management- In addition to the formal Board meetings, several
committees). Non-Executive Directors visited Unilever sites in the UK,
The Chair leads the Board and is responsible for its overall Brazil and Argentina in order to better understand the
effectiveness in directing the Unilever Group. The Chair sets the businesses in these countries. These site visits allow the
Board’s agenda, ensures the Directors receive accurate, timely Non-Executive Directors to observe the Group's operations
and clear information, promotes and facilitates constructive in action, they reinforce their knowledge and enable
relationships and effective contribution of all the Executive them to experience first-hand the culture of the Group.
and Non-Executive Directors, and promotes a culture of The site visits involve intensive itineraries. The Non-
openness and debate. The Non-Executive Directors provide Executive Directors receive presentations on a variety
constructive challenge, strategic guidance, specialist advice of topics, including financial performance, strategy,
and hold management to account. The Group Secretary research and development, manufacturing, distribution
supports the Board to ensure that it has the policies, and marketing. The Non-Executive Directors meet with
processes, information, time and resources it needs to local management teams, they visit markets and stores
function effectively and efficiently. where Unilever products are sold, and meet, where
possible, with external stakeholders. Local workforce
engagement sessions are also organised wherever
Board and Committee meetings possible. Such sessions took place in the Netherlands
There were six scheduled Board meetings in 2023. Two and the UK in 2023 and others were held virtually.
scheduled Board meetings were held outside the UK in the
Netherlands and the US. Whilst the Board was in the US trade
visits were organised alongside the local management team.
The remainder of the meetings were held in the UK or virtually.
1. Joined the Board as a Non-Executive Director on 1 September 2023 and, on 1 December 2023, became Chair and was appointed to the NCGC and CC
2. Stepped down as Chair on 30 November 2023
3. Became an Executive Director on 1 June 2023
4. Stepped down as an Executive Director on 30 June 2023
5. Stepped down as a Non-Executive Director on 31 October 2023
■ the Company’s approach to research and development; and Society and sustainability
■ our supply chain.
■ considered and approved the Modern Slavery Act Statement;
The schedule below is not exhaustive and demonstrates ■ considered and supported preparation of the revised
the breadth of oversight provided by the Board. Some of the Climate Transition Action Plan to be put to shareholders
Board's key decisions in 2023 are discussed in more detail at the 2024 AGM; and
on pages 93 and 94. ■ reviewed the sustainability strategy and performance,
including review of the regulatory development of
Strategy and business plan sustainability reporting requirements and the Group's
■ Approved the Company’s Growth Action Plan to unlock sustainability KPIs.
potential through faster growth, productivity and simplicity
including a new reward framework to dial up our Political and regulatory environment
performance culture; ■ received updates from external speakers on the macro
■ Approved the acquisitions of Yasso Holdings, Inc., a environment from social and political perspectives and
premium frozen Greek yoghurt brand in the USA, the global security issues; and
premium haircare brand K18, and the disposals of Dollar ■ received updates on emerging legislation and regulation.
Shave Club and Elida Beauty;
reviewed the Unilever strategy at Business Group level; and
Risk and internal controls
■
Stakeholder engagement
Section 172: Company and Board engagement with stakeholders
The information set out below, together with the information on pages 93 and 94 of this Governance Report, explains how the
Board considers and engages with stakeholders. Together, these form our section 172 statement under the UK Companies Act
2006. Unilever at a glance on page 3 details the six stakeholder groups we have identified as critical to our future success:
shareholders, our people, consumers, customers, suppliers & business partners and planet & society. Throughout the Strategic
Report we have provided examples of how we engage with, and create value for, our stakeholders.
Unilever How Unilever engages with stakeholders How the Board interacts Further
stakeholders on stakeholder issues information
Our People ■ Through our UniVoice survey we engaged ■ Review of UniVoice survey See pages 34 to
Our 128,000 talented with around 106,000 office and factory-based 2023 results and feedback 37, and pages 96
people give their skills employees in 2023 on topics such as culture, to ULE on key issues and 97
and time in Unilever engagement, strategy, safety, careers and ■ The CEO, together with
offices, factories and sustainability. other senior members of
R&D laboratories – ■ Continued our ‘Unilever Live’ sessions with our management including
working in flexible CEO and ULE members to give our workforce the CFO and ULE members,
and agile ways. direct and regular access to our leadership provide direct answers on
team to ask questions on issues of concern the 'Unilever Live' open
to them as employees, such as financial Questions sessions
performance strategy and reward. ■ Metrics on our Code of
■ At a market level, we held regular local, Business Principles cases are
leader-led virtual townhall meetings to reviewed by the Corporate
engage with employees on locally relevant Responsibility Committee
topics and issues. and the Board as
■ Under our Code of Business Principles appropriate.
we maintain whistleblowing procedures
available to all employees wherever they
are and however they work including
anonymous helplines.
Consumers ■ We use consumer research from partners ■ Board papers and See pages 14 to 33
We aim to provide such as Kantar, NielsenIQ and Ipsos, who presentations capturing
superior-quality we engage through their regular surveys consumer trends
products and and panels as well as ad hoc research. ■ Regular updates from
purposeful brands that ■ We engage over three million consumers Business Groups on
take action on the through our various consumer engagement opportunities and portfolio
issues that matter to platforms annually. choices in line with
people and planet. consumer trends.
Unilever How Unilever engages with stakeholders How the Board interacts Further
stakeholders on stakeholder issues information
Customers ■ We are members of the Advantage Group ■ Business Group feedback See pages 14 to 33
Survey to help us understand how we can to the Board on customer
We partner with large improve our customers’ experience. landscape and priorities
and small retailers ■ Our customers across different channels and ■ Direct engagement with
across different trading trading environments partner with our key customers during region
environments around customer business development teams to and market visits by Board
the world to grow grow categories by meeting regularly on members
categories through turning shopper insights into growth action
market making plans. These relationships create Joint
innovations and Business Plans for mutual benefit.
brilliant execution to ■ We use an online platform to provide shopper
build our business insights and research for our smaller retailer
and theirs. customers.
Suppliers & Business ■ Through our Supply Chain and Procurement ■ The Board receives regular See pages 29, 39
Partners teams, we communicate with our suppliers reports in relation to supply to 42, 44 and 45
and business partners frequently. chain matters.
Around 57,000 supplier ■ We conduct an annual Partner with Purpose
partners in 150 countries survey to understand how our suppliers feel
source materials and about working with Unilever and areas for
provide critical services improvement.
for us. ■ We operate a Responsible Suppliers Policy
to define the mandatory requirements that all
our supply chain partners must confirm they
can meet.
Planet & Society ■ As part of our sustainability materiality ■ Our Chief Sustainability See pages 38 to 55
process, we analyse insights from our key Officer provides reports to
We aim to improve the stakeholders to make sure we’re focusing on the Board
health of the planet the most important sustainability issues and ■ The Board reviews updates
while contributing to a to inform our reporting – see our website for to the Climate Transition
fairer and more socially more details. Action Plan and progress
inclusive world. ■ We continued our partnerships with other with respect to it
businesses throughout the year, advocating ■ Our senior business leaders
for policy change on a range of sustainability attended COP28 in
topics, including increased levels of national November/December 2023
climate ambition and access to finance for ■ The Board reviews and
the vulnerable communities most affected approves the annual
by the impacts of climate change. modern slavery statement.
■ We produce an annual statement in relation
to modern slavery.
Background
A Strategic Review of Unilever’s business was carried out by the Board led by the CEO and announced to the markets on 26th
October 2023. The Strategic Review concluded that the business would implement an action plan for faster growth, greater
productivity and simplicity with a stronger performance culture. The Board also reviewed M&A activity and confirmed that the
approach of bolt-on acquisitions and strategic disposals of lesser performing businesses would continue.
Stakeholder considerations
The Strategic Review took into account the interests of shareholders in its aims to create value for shareholders. It also took in to
account customers, consumers and employees in unlocking the potential for the business and in the continued development of
a business model for long-term sustainable growth.
Faster growth will involve greater focus on Unilever’s top 30 Power Brands to drive brand superiority and increase brand investment
and returns. The move to greater productivity and simplicity will assist in the delivery of gross margin and a more focused
sustainability agenda. A stronger performance culture will involve clearer priorities and accountability and alongside this more
differentiated reward.
Together these measures are intended to deliver greater returns for shareholders both in the short to medium term and also assist in
building long-term sustainable brand positions through the investment in our brands.
Background
Unilever has a long standing commitment to being at the forefront of global leadership in sustainable business and this is at
the heart of what Unilever stands for. The Strategic Review by the Board looked at Unilever’s societal and climate approach as
an integral part of our way of doing business. Our Climate Transition Action Plan, first publicised and approved by shareholders
in 2021, has been updated and is being put again to shareholders at the 2024 AGM. The Strategic Review and the revised
Climate Transition Action Plan have been reviewed by and have the full support of the Board and the Unilever Leadership
Executive.
Stakeholder considerations
Climate change and environmental sustainability impact the lives and livelihoods of people all around the world and, as
such, impact on all of the stakeholders of the Company from suppliers to customers and consumers. As stakeholders our
employees wish to work in a company which values the environment and our shareholders benefit from best business practice
in the area of sustainability. As a result of the Strategic Review, the Company will focus its sustainability efforts on areas of
critical importance with the aim of achieving greater impact in a shorter time, the pillars of this focus being Climate, Nature,
Plastics and Livelihoods. All of our brands will participate in this with each brand focusing its efforts on what is most
meaningful for its brand purpose. Our approach to society and sustainability will therefore continue to assist, for example,
our suppliers in the development of sustainable agriculture and our customers and consumers will continue to benefit from
products that aim for the highest standards in sustainability. Ultimately we believe this will be good for our business with
shareholders benefiting as a result.
Appointments of new Non-Executive Director and Chair and new Chief Financial Officer
Background
The Board approved the appointment of Ian Meakins as a Non-Executive Director with effect from 1 September 2023 and Chair
of the Company with effect from 1 December 2023. The Board also approved the appointment of Fernando Fernandez as an
Executive Director and Chief Financial Officer of the Company with effect from 1 January 2024.
Stakeholder considerations
The Board considered Ian Meakins' significant global business experience leading companies as Chair and CEO across a
diverse range of industries. The Board concluded that Unilever would benefit from this experience and that Ian would bring
strong and effective leadership. The Board looked at Fernando Fernandez’s impressive track record in his Unilever career with
his deep financial and business experience. The strategic acumen and leadership qualities that Fernando would bring to the
role of CFO would be key in delivering the action plan that the Board had approved. Overall the Board concluded that both of
these appointments would be beneficial to Unilever, its shareholders and wider stakeholders.
Executive Pay
Background
At the 2023 AGM, the resolution to approve the advisory vote on the Directors’ Remuneration Report received 42% of the vote
and was not passed. In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018, the Company included in its AGM results
announcement a commitment to listen to shareholder feedback and to publish a further statement detailing the outcome
of such shareholder engagement and any actions taken as a result. The Company proceeded to conduct a wide ranging
consultation with shareholders to understand the reasons behind this vote and the views of shareholders on executive
remuneration. In addition further consultation with shareholders took place in relation to the proposed Directors'
Remuneration Policy.
Stakeholder considerations
Following the shareholder consultation it was decided that the fixed pay of the CEO would not be increased in 2024 and
2025 and this was announced on 30 October 2023. This is also included in the Directors' Remuneration Policy to be put to
shareholders at the 2024 AGM. The additional consultation with shareholders was also used in preparing the Directors'
Remuneration Policy.
Board leadership & The Board carries out an annual review of the performance
of the Directors in addition to a thorough review of the Non-
shareholder engagement Executive Directors’ and their related or connected persons’
relevant relationships in line with the best practice guidelines
in the UK and US. The criteria chosen by the Board to assess the
independence of the Non-Executive Directors, which is set out
Non-Executive Directors’ role and time commitment in detail in the Governance of Unilever, includes in summary:
The Non-Executive Directors exercise objective judgement in ■ no additional remuneration or other benefits from any
offer strategic guidance and specialist advice based on the years, including shareholder, customer, adviser and supplier
breadth of experience and knowledge they bring to the Board. relationships, with any Group company;
■ no cross-directorships or significant links with other Directors
On appointment, our Non-Executive Directors complete
an induction process including meetings with the Unilever through involvement in other companies or bodies;
Leadership Executive and senior members of management. ■ not more than nine years of service on the Board in normal
These include understanding key risk areas in the business and circumstances;
providing an understanding of the culture of the organisation. ■ not a former employee of any Group company within the last
Board appointment
The report of the Nominating and Corporate Governance
Committee on pages 102 to 106 describes the work of
the Committee including in relation to Board appointments
and recommendations for re-election. The procedure for the
nomination and appointment of Directors is also contained
within the document entitled ‘Appointment procedure for
PLC Directors' which is available on our website. Directors may
be appointed by a simple majority vote of shareholders at a
general meeting, or on an interim basis by the Board (in which
case they will offer themselves for election at the next AGM). Adrian Hennah, Chair of Audit Committee (centre)
Ruby Lu, member of the Audit Committee (left)
Unless authorised by the Board, together with compliance with any It was concluded that the Board operated effectively and that
restrictions that have been required of such a Director, a Director the Board processes on the provision of information worked
may not take part in the decision-taking process of the Board in well. The Board’s knowledge and assessment of financial
respect of any situation in which he or she has a conflict of interest. controls and key risks was strong and the processes for
The Board consider the procedures that have been put in place to succession planning and the execution of those plans had
deal with conflicts of interest operate effectively. been effective in 2023. With the ongoing development of the
business from a strategic and simplicity perspective and the
The interests of new Directors are reviewed during the recruitment
continued external challenges from digital commerce and
process and authorised (if appropriate) by the Board at the time
geopolitical events in key markets, there was the opportunity
of their appointment. Directors have a continuing duty to update
to develop Board composition further. An initial step on this
the Board on any changes to their external appointments which
was the enhancement of the skills and experience matrix for
are also reviewed by the Board on a regular basis.
directors which is included in the report of the Nominating and
Unilever recognises that the Executive Directors acting as Corporate Governance Committee on page 105. The Board
directors of other companies is beneficial from a personal would also like to focus more on the key performance
development perspective and therefore also beneficial to indicators used in the business to support the new
the Group. The number of external directorships of listed performance culture that has been introduced.
companies is generally limited to one per Executive Director
The evaluation of the Board’s principal Committees was
to reduce the risk of excessive commitment and prior approval
performed under the supervision of the respective Chairs and
is required from the Chair.
the Chief Legal Officer & Group Secretary, taking into account
the views of respective Committee members and the Board
members. The key actions arising from these Committee
evaluations can be found in each of the Committee Reports.
Additional disclosures
The following disclosures are made in compliance with the Financial Conduct Authority’s Listing Rule 9.8.4C R:
Listing Rule 9.8.4C R
Interest capitalised by the Group during the year None
Publication of unaudited financial information Not applicable
Details of any long-term incentive schemes See pages 116, 117, 130 to 132 and 135 to 144
Director waiver of emoluments Not applicable
Director waiver of future emoluments: Not applicable
Allotments for cash of equity securities made during the year None
Allotment for cash of equity securities made by a major unlisted Not applicable
subsidiary during the year
Details of participation of parent undertaking in any placing made Not applicable
during the year
Details of relevant material contracts in which a Director or controlling Not applicable
shareholder was interested during the year
Contracts for the provision of services by a controlling shareholder Not applicable
during the year
1
Details of any arrangement under which a shareholder has waived or Unilever PLC holds 16,181,572 ordinary shares of 3 /9p each as Treasury
agreed to waive any dividends shares. No dividends are payable on these shares. As at 1 March 2024
1
Fidelity held 507,462 ordinary shares of 3 /9p of Unilever PLC on behalf of
the Company to be used in satisfaction of employee share scheme
obligations. Fidelity has agreed to waive on an ongoing basis any
dividends payable in respect of such shares. As at 1 March 2024 the
Trustee of the Company's Employee Benefit Trust ('EBT') held 2,348,355
1
ordinary shares of 3 /9p of Unilever PLC. The Trustee of the Company’s
EBT has agreed to waive, on an ongoing basis,any dividends payable on
shares it holds in trust for use under the Company’s employee share
schemes. The practice of Fidelity and the Trustees of the EBT is to abstain
from voting on the shares that they hold. Details of the employee share
schemes can be found on pages 116, 117, 130 to 132 and 135 to 144.
Details of where a shareholder has agreed to waive future dividends See below
Statements relating to controlling shareholders and ensuring company Not applicable
independence
Results and dividends and should be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of
Section 418 of the Companies Act 2006.
Unilever PLC publishes financial information on a quarterly
basis and these reports can be found at www.unilever.com.
Details of the quarterly dividends for the financial year ended
31 December 2023 are provided on page 194.
Directors
The Company’s Directors who served during the financial year
ending 31 December 2023 are provided on pages 84 and 85.
Future developments Details of director changes in the year are provided in the
report of the Nominating and Corporate Governance
Information on likely future developments in our business and
Committee on pages 102 to 104.
an indication of our research and development activities is set
out in the Strategic Report on pages 6 to 55.
Appointment of Directors
Articles of Association The rules governing the appointment and retirement of
Directors are set out in the appointment procedure for PLC
The current Articles of Association (Articles) were approved by
Directors available on the Company’s website and are
shareholders at the 2021 AGM and adopted with effect from
summarised in the report of the Nominating and Corporate
5 May 2021. The Articles may only be amended by a special
Governance Committee.
resolution of the shareholders. The Articles can be found on
the Company's website at www.unilever.com. All Directors must submit themselves for election or re-election
as the case may be each year at the AGM. At the 2024 AGM,
seven Directors will offer themselves for election or re-election.
Disclosure of information to the external auditor Details of the Directors standing for election or re-election are
Each of the Directors who held office at the date of approval set out in the 2024 Notice of AGM. Information on the service
of this report confirm that, to the best of each of the Directors’ agreements of Executive Directors can be found in the
knowledge and belief, and having made appropriate enquiries, Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 116 to 118 and 129
all information relevant to enabling the auditors to provide their to 153. The letters of appointment of the Non-Executive
opinions on the Company’s consolidated and parent company Directors are available for inspection at the Company’s
accounts has been provided, and each of the Directors has taken registered office.
all reasonable steps to ensure their awareness of any relevant
audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditors
are aware of any such information. This confirmation is given
Powers of the Directors The Board members have each confirmed compliance with
Unilever's Code of Business Principles, as is required on an
The Board of Directors is responsible for the management of annual basis, and that there has been no political activity
the business of the Company and may exercise all powers of or payments by the Unilever Group.
the Company subject to applicable legislation and regulation
and the Company’s Articles.
The Board has delegated certain of its powers, authorities Shares
and discretions to the CEO, CFO and to the Board Committees. Share capital
Detailed information on the responsibilities and authorities Unilever’s issued share capital on 31 December 2023 was
of each of these is available in the Governance of Unilever made up of £78,294,139 split into 2,516,597,338 ordinary
on the Company's website. In addition, information on the 1
shares of 3 /9p each and each carrying one vote. A total of
Board's and the Committee's responsibilities and activities in 16,181,572 Unilever ordinary shares were held in treasury as
the year to 31 December 2023 are available on pages 90, 103, at 31 December 2023 representing 0.64% of Unilever’s issued
108 and 113. share capital. A total of 49,770,289 ordinary Unilever PLC
shares held in Treasury from share buy-backs were cancelled
on 2 August 2023.
Directors’ indemnities and Directors’ and
Officers' insurance Share issues and purchase of shares
The power to indemnify Directors, together with former At the 2023 AGM held on 3 May 2023, Unilever’s Directors were
Directors, the Company Secretary and the directors of authorised to:
subsidiary companies, is provided for in the Company's ■ issue new shares, up to a maximum of £26,226,666 nominal
Articles of Association. value (which at the time represented approximately 33% of
Unilever maintains appropriate D&O insurance to the extent Unilever’s issued ordinary share capital);
permitted by law. In addition, Unilever has granted indemnities ■ disapply pre-emption rights up to a maximum of £3,935,735
to each Director and the Group Secretary, together with former nominal value (which at the time represented approximately
Directors and Company Secretaries of Unilever and the 5% of Unilever’s issued ordinary share capital) for general
directors of subsidiary companies, whereby the Company corporate purposes and an additional 5% authority in
indemnifies these individuals in respect of any proceedings connection with an acquisition or specified capital
brought by third parties against them personally in their investment; and
capacity as Directors or Officers of the Company or any Group
■ make market purchases of its ordinary shares, up to a
company. These ''qualifying third party indemnity provisions''
maximum of 253,000,000 ordinary shares (which at the time
were in force during the course of the financial year ended 31
December 2023 and remained in force at the date of this represented just under 10% of PLC’s issued ordinary share
report. The Company would also fund ongoing costs in capital) and within the price limits prescribed in the resolution.
defending a legal action as they are incurred rather than after In 2022, Unilever commenced a €3bn share buyback
judgement has been given. In the event of an unsuccessful programme over two years. The purpose of the share buyback
defence in an action against them, individual Directors would programme was to reduce the capital of Unilever and in 2022
be liable to repay the Company for any damages and to repay Unilever bought back 34,217,605 Unilever ordinary shares of
defence costs to the extent funded by the Company. Neither 1
3 /9p each in two tranches, the total consideration for which
the indemnity, nor the D&O insurance cover provides cover was €1.5bn. Further in 2023, Unilever bought back 31,734,256
in the event a Director or Officer is proved to have acted 1
Unilever ordinary shares of 3 /9p each in two tranches, the
fraudulently or dishonestly. total consideration for which was €1.5bn to complete such
In addition, the Company provides indemnities (including, share buyback programme. The shares repurchased in 2023
where applicable, a qualifying pension scheme indemnity comprised 1.26% of Unilever's issued share capital as at
provision) to the Directors of three subsidiaries, each of 31 December 2023. Outside of this share buyback programme,
which acts or acted as trustee of a Unilever UK pension no other company within the Group purchased any Unilever
fund. Appropriate trustee liability insurance is also in place. ordinary shares or American Depositary Shares during 2023.
As above, these indemnities were in force during the course During 2023 there were 100,000 Unilever ordinary shares
1
of the financial year ended 31 December 2023 and remained of 3 /9p each issued in satisfaction of employee share
in place at the date of this report. scheme awards.
United States
Unilever is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE).
As such, Unilever must comply with the requirements of US
legislation, regulations enacted under US securities laws
and the Listing Standards of the NYSE, that are applicable
to foreign private issuers, copies of which are available on
their websites.
We comply with the Listing Standards of the NYSE applicable
to foreign private issuers.
Ian Meakins, Chair (third from the left)
We are required to disclose any significant ways in which our
corporate governance practices differ from those required of The Directors' Report has been approved by The Board, and
US domestic companies listed on the NYSE. Our corporate signed on its behalf by Maria Varsellona, Chief Legal Officer
governance practices are primarily based on the requirements and Group Secretary.
of the UK Listing Rules and the UK Corporate Governance Code
I am pleased to present the report of the Nominating and A number of changes to the Unilever Leadership Executive
Corporate Governance Committee for the year ended were also announced on 26 October 2023 and were
31 December 2023. effective on 1 January 2024. The Committee was involved
in the consideration of the candidates for the Unilever
It has been a busy year for the Committee overseeing a Leadership positions.
number of Board changes. The Committee itself was led by
Nils Andersen until my appointment on 1 December 2023 A diverse and inclusive workplace is a priority for the Board
and Nils will continue as a valued member of the Committee and Committee, and it underpins the appointment and
until he steps down from the Board at the AGM in 2024, as recruitment processes at all levels in Unilever. Diversity
previously announced. and inclusion metrics for the Board and ULE are included
in the report and, as at 31 December 2023, the Board was
In 2023, the Committee had overseen the appointment of 42% female with one third ethnic minority representation.
Hein Schumacher as CEO and this change became effective
on 1 July 2023 with the retirement of Alan Jope at that time. In 2024 the Committee will continue to embed the new
leadership and also continue to review Board succession
In May 2023, Graeme Pitkethly informed the Board of his in respect of independent Non-Executive Directors. The
intention to retire from Unilever. The Committee has therefore Committee will also monitor ongoing succession planning
also overseen the appointment of a new CFO, Fernando for the Unilever Leadership Executive.
Fernandez, whose appointment took effect on 1 January
2024. Fernando has an extensive track record in a variety I would like to thank the members of the Committee through
of financial, marketing and general management roles in the year for their commitment and contribution.
Unilever. His deep financial and business experience, strategic
acumen and leadership qualities will be critical in helping to
drive the step-up in Unilever’s performance that we are all
determined to deliver.
Graeme Pitkethly remained as CFO until 31 December 2023,
at which point he also stood down as a Director. Graeme is
assisting with the transition of Fernando in to his new role Ian Meakins
until the end of May 2024. Chair of the Nominating and Corporate
Governance Committee
At the end of October 2023, Feike Sijbesma stepped down
as a Non-Executive Director having served nine years on the
Board. On behalf of the Committee, I would like to thank
Feike for his service to Unilever.
Further details of these Board changes are provided in this
report on pages 103 and 104.
Committee members and attendance ■ appointed Russell Reynolds to support the Committee in the
search for a new Chief Financial Officer, culminating in the
Attendance
appointment of Fernando Fernandez;
Ian Meakins Chair - ■ assessed best practice guidelines and preferences of certain
Nils Andersen 6/6 institutional investors in relation to overboarding;
Judith Hartmann ■ reviewed the ULE succession plan and talent pipeline;
(member from 3 May 2023) 3/3 ■ conducted an annual review of the diversity policy
Andrea Jung 5/6 applicable to the Board and more widely, the workforce
Ruby Lu engagement activities in the year and the plan for the
(member up to and including 3 May 2023) 3/3 following year, the terms of reference for the Committee
Feike Sijbesma (stepped down as a Non- and the annual workplan for the Committee;
Executive Director on 31 October 2023) 5/5 ■ considered the process and timetable for the Board
evaluation and maintained oversight of the process (see
The Chair of the Board, Ian Meakins, chairs the Nominating
page 96 for further information on the Board evaluation);
and Corporate Governance Committee. Nils Andersen, Judith
received updates on current and emerging corporate
Hartmann and Andrea Jung are independent Non-Executive
■
Dircetors and members of the Committee. The Chief Legal governance legislation, regulation and best practice
Officer and Group Secretary is secretary to the Committee. guidelines including in relation to directors’ duties; and
Other attendees, including the CEO, the Chief People and ■ considered the Committee’s draft report for inclusion in the
Transformation Officer and Deputy Secretary, attend the 2022 Annual Report and Accounts.
meetings when invited to do so.
There were six meetings of the Committee in 2023 and the
Appointment and reappointment of Directors
table above shows attendance at meetings of the Committee
in the year. Given changes in the Committee membership this to the Board
year, attendance is expressed as the number of meetings All Directors (unless they are retiring) are nominated by the
attended out of the number able to be attended during each Board for election or re-election at the AGM each year on the
director’s respective tenure on the Committee during the year. recommendation of the Committee. The Committee takes into
consideration the outcomes of the Chair's discussions with
each Director on individual performance and the evaluation
Role of the Committee of the Board and its Committees. Non-Executive Directors
The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is normally serve for a period of up to nine years.
primarily responsible for: The Committee proposed the election or re-election of all
■ periodically assessing the structure, size and composition
Directors at the 2023 AGM.
of the Board;
■ evaluating the balance of skills, experience, independence,
Nelson Peltz and Hein Schumacher had been appointed by
the Board as independent Non-Executive Directors on 20 July
diversity and knowledge on the Board;
2022 and 4 October 2022 respectively and were therefore put
■ ongoing succession planning (including the development
forward for election by shareholders for the first time at the
of a diverse pipeline for succession); 2023 AGM.
■ drawing up selection criteria and appointment procedures
where relevant their independence, the Committee On 31 October 2023, Feike Sijbesma stepped down as a
recommended the election and re-election of all Directors Non-Executive Director of the Company, having served nine
years on the Board.
at the AGM in May 2023;
■ review of the composition of the Board and its Committees During the year, Graeme Pitkethly confirmed that he intended to
taking into account the experience, skills, knowledge, step down from the Board as a Director and CFO by the end of
diversity and attributes of the Directors and the length of 2023. The Committee appointed Russell Reynolds to assist it
tenure of the Non-Executive Directors resulting in changes to identify suitable candidates for the position of CFO. Russell
to the Committee memberships; Reynolds is an independent executive search firm which has
■ appointed Spencer Stuart to support the Committee in
undertaken several executive, non-executive and management
searches for the Group. Russell Reynolds do not have any
the search for a new Chair of the Board, culminating in the
connection to or provide any other services to the Directors
appointment of Ian Meakins;
or the Group except for normal course recruitment processes.
In January 2023, Unilever announced the appointment of Leadership Executive to 30% (excluding Executive Directors).
Fernando Fernandez as a director and CFO with effect from There is also a promising pipeline of talent, with 45% of
1 January 2024. Graeme Pitkethly stepped down from the Senior Management (direct reports to the Unilever
Board on 31 December 2023. Leadership Executive) being female as at 31 October 2023.
■ We have 33% ethnic minority Board membership (including
The process to search for and appoint a new CFO was
Executive Directors), exceeding the Parker Review
managed by the Committee, as summarised below:
recommendation of one ethnic minority Board member.
■ the Committee agreed the appointment of a search firm
Our ethnic minority membership of the ULE stands at 67%
which would be best placed to deliver a comprehensive (excluding Executive Directors). In accordance with the
candidate list; extended scope of the Parker Review for 2023, we carried out
■ a detailed candidate specification was agreed, setting out an anonymous survey of Senior Management (direct reports
key responsibilities, experience and personal attributes to the Unilever Leadership Executive) via an independent
together with a clearly defined search strategy; third-party company to determine ethnicity. 24% responded
■ a candidate longlist was mapped against the candidate as minority ethnic, 24% as white and 52% undisclosed
specification taking into account Unilever's Board Diversity (including those based in countries where there are legal
Policy; and or cultural restrictions on collecting ethnicity data). Under
■ candidates with the strongest fit were reviewed by the
the extended scope of the Parker Review, we set an ethnic
Committee and met with the Chair and SID and preferred minority target of 24% for the Board, Unilever Leadership
Executive and Senior Management by 31 December 2027.
candidates were nominated to meet with members of
This is based on our available baseline data, 2021 UK census
the Board.
statistics, the global nature of Unilever’s business and
benchmarking. We will keep this target under review and
disclose progress against, and any revision of, the target in
Overboarding future annual reports. Our focus for 2024 is to increase the
As part of the annual evaluation process for each Director, full response rate for ethnicity data from Senior Management.
consideration was given to the number of external positions
held to ensure that the time commitment required did not
compromise the Director’s commitment to Unilever. The Succession planning
Committee took into account the views of various investor Board
bodies and certain institutional investors to anticipate any
The Committee reviews the adequacy and effectiveness of
perception of overboarding.
succession planning processes and the Board reviews the
The Committee did not identify any instances of overboarding succession plan in conjunction with the Committee.
and concluded that all individual Directors had sufficient time
The succession plan is based on merit and objective criteria
to commit to their appointment as a Director of Unilever.
and is designed to promote diversity. The Board should
The full list of external appointments held by our Directors comprise a majority of Non-Executive Directors who are
can be found in their biographies on pages 84 and 85. independent of Unilever, free from any conflicts of interest
and able to allocate sufficient time to carry out their
responsibilities effectively. With respect to composition and
Board Diversity Policy capabilities, the Board should be in keeping with the size
of Unilever, its strategy, portfolio, consumer base, culture,
Unilever has long understood and actively promoted the
geographical spread and its status as a listed company and
importance of diversity and inclusion within our workforce.
have sufficient understanding of the markets and business
This commitment forms part of Unilever’s Code of Business
where Unilever is active in order to understand the key trends
Principles and is embedded in the way we do business and
and developments relevant for Unilever. The Board believes
conduct ourselves at all levels in the organisation.
that a diverse Board with a range of views enhances decision-
Unilever’s Board Diversity policy, which is reviewed by the making which is beneficial to the Company’s long-term
Committee each year, is available on the Company’s website. success and is in the interests of Unilever’s stakeholders.
The objective of the Board Diversity policy is to guide that the
The Board seeks to promote its diversity by objectively
composition and quality of the Board should be in keeping
considering candidates on the basis of their experience, skills,
with the size and geographical spread of Unilever, its portfolio,
knowledge, expertise, gender, race, ethnicity, cultural and
culture and status as a listed company. The Board Diversity
geographical background and age. As can be seen in the
policy is taken into account when making appointments to
biographies on pages 84 and 85 and the tables on page 105,
the Board by considering candidates on merit, on the basis
the Board meets this profile.
of wide-ranging experience, backgrounds, skills, knowledge
and insight with a continuing emphasis on diversity including,
but not limited to, factors set out by applicable regulation, ULE
guidance and industry and government best practice. In conjunction with the Committee, the Board reviews the
succession plan for the ULE. In line with the approach to the Board
The Board supports the recommendations of the FTSE Women
succession plan, the succession plan for the ULE is also based on
Leaders Review on gender diversity and the Parker Review on
merit and objective criteria and is designed to promote diversity.
ethnic diversity. Specifically:
Developing an internal talent pipeline for leadership roles is
■ As at 31 December 2023, we are proud to have a female
critical for Unilever. The succession plan identifies potential
Senior Independent Director and 42% female Board
successors who are considered able to fulfil the roles in the short
members (including Executive Directors). 11% of the Unilever
term and those in the longer term. Development initiatives for
Leadership Executive are female (excluding Executive
senior executives are put in place and usually include executive
Directors), due to two females stepping down from their
mentoring and coaching. Senior managers and executives are
roles prior to the end of 2023. However, as announced on
encouraged to take on a non-executive directorship role as part
26 October 2023, two females have been appointed to the
of their personal development.
Unilever Leadership Executive from 1 January 2024. These
appointments increase the female members of the Unilever
Nils Fernando Judith Adrian Andrea Susan Ruby Strive Ian Youngme Nelson Hein
Andersen Fernandez Hartmann Hennah Jung Kilsby Lu Masiyiwa Meakins Moon Peltz Schumacher
Business growth
and leadership
of large global • • • • • • • • • • •
corporations
• • • • • • • • • • • •
Strategy, corporate
transactions and
transformation
International
experience
including emerging • • • • • • • • • • • •
markets
Financial
expertise • • • • • • • • • •
FMCG and
consumer insights • • • • • • • • • • •
Technology, digital
and innovation • • • • •
Marketing and
sales channels • • • • • •
Risk management
and operational
excellence
(including • • • • • • • • • • •
sustainability and
community)
Society, politics
and geopolitics • • • • • • • • •
Science and
innovation • • • • •
People, culture
and reward • • • • • • • •
Corporate
governance • • • • • • • • • • • •
In compliance with the FCA Listing Rules, the tables set out We collect both gender and ethnicity data direct from
below show that as at 31 December 2023 we have 42% female Board and ULE members annually on a self-identifying basis
Board members against the target of 40%. The position of in a questionnaire. This data is used for statistical reporting
Senior Independent Director is held by a female and at least purposes and provided with consent. Board members are
one Board member is from a minority ethnic background. The asked to identify their gender and ethnicity based on the
changes to the ULE effective on 1 January 2024 resulted in a categories set out in the tables below.
12 member ULE of which 3 (25%) are women.
Ian Meakins
Chair of the Nominating and Corporate
Governance Committee
Nils Andersen
Judith Hartmann
Andrea Jung
On behalf of the Audit Committee, I am pleased to present We dedicated time and resources to enhancing our
the Committee’s report for the year ended 31 December 2023. understanding of the Group’s continuously evolving
regulatory and legal landscape, and how the Group is
In 2023, the Committee concluded the year with three adapting to it. The Committee also reviewed all significant
members. Hein Schumacher was appointed as CEO of Unilever, ethical and compliance matters.
Judith Hartmann moved to another committee, and we
welcomed Ruby Lu. Her insights and experiences especially in In addition to the formal meetings, the Committee members
evolving technology, are valuable additions to our Committee. have been engaging with the business through market
visits and during the year visited USA, Brazil, Argentina and
The Committee believes it has carried out its duties effectively the Netherlands.
throughout the year and to a high standard, providing
independent oversight. It has had good support from In 2024, our primary focus, beyond our core responsibilities,
management and the internal audit team. will remain on the evolving cyber security threat landscape
and strengthening our supply chain resilience. We will also
The core of the work of the Committee has been to ensure the oversee the preparation for new compliance requirements,
integrity of Unilever’s financial and non-financial reporting, in particular enhanced sustainability reporting pursuant to
the adequacy of its internal control framework and to oversee CSRD and the ESRSs.
how the company manages its principal and emerging risks.
The committee also participated in the selection of Fernando
Fernandez as Unilever’s new Chief Financial Officer.
In the area of risk management, we continued to focus this
year on cyber security, supply chain resilience, and data
privacy. The Committee commissioned an independent
assessment of our cyber security maturity to ensure
adequacy of our capabilities and controls. The Committee
Adrian Hennah
engaged on the organisational changes the company is going
Chair of the Audit Committee
through and their impact on reporting and the management
of controls. We also met with management to discuss
emerging developments in international taxation, pensions
and sustainability reporting including pursuant to the
Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) and the
new European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRSs).
Committee membership and attendance All relevant matters arising are brought to the attention
of the Board.
Attendance
Adrian Hennah Chair 8/8
Committee Reviews
Susan Kilsby 8/8
To help the Committee meet its oversight responsibilities,
Judith Hartmann (member up to and focused knowledge sessions are organised for committee
including 2 May 2023 ) 5/5
members throughout the year. In 2023, sessions were held
Hein Schumacher (member up to and to review the impact of cost inflation, a review of group litigation,
including 2 May 2023) 5/5 sustainability reporting and M&A performance and plans.
Ruby Lu (member from 3 May 2023) 3/3
In addition, Committee members visited the local businesses
in the US, Argentina, Brazil, and the Netherlands providing
The Audit Committee is comprised only of independent Non-
them with an insight into local market challenges and local
Executive Directors with a minimum requirement of three such
risk and control management. In Brazil special focus was given
members. The Audit Committee was chaired by Adrian Hennah.
to existing tax liabilities, please refer to note 19 and 20 on
The other Committee members are Susan Kilsby, and Ruby Lu
page 219-220. In Argentina management’s approach to the
who was appointed in July 2023 replacing Judith Hartmann
challenges arising from the hyperinflationary economic
who transitioned to another committee. Hein Schumacher
context was focused on, and in the Netherlands the
was appointed to become CEO of Unilever as of July 2023.
Committee spent time to understand the capabilities of the
The Board is satisfied that the members of the Audit new R&D center co-located within the local University campus
Committee are competent in financial matters and have in Wageningen.
recent and relevant experience. For the purposes of the US
The Committee also received presentations from management
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Adrian Hennah is the Audit
and held discussions on the business's risk management
Committee’s financial expert.
activities, the preparation of the financial statements, the
Other attendees at Committee meetings included the Chief overall control environment, and the operation of the financial
Financial Officer (CFO), Chief Auditor, Deputy CFO & Controller, reporting controls. Special focus has been given to critical IT
Chief Legal Officer & Group Secretary, Deputy Group Secretary systems and cyber security, data privacy, major transformation
& Head of Corporate Legal, General Counsel Corporate projects, management of manufacturing third parties as well
Governance and Group Corporate Legal, Head of Secretariat, as management of third-party service providers. In addition,
EVP Sustainable Business Performance and Reporting and the Committee has had engagements with management with
the external auditors. Throughout the year, the Committee regard to their assurance work on sustainability as well as the
members met periodically without others present and also work done in the areas of tax, treasury and pension matters.
held separate private sessions with the Chief Financial Officer,
Chief Auditor and the external auditors.
Reporting and Financial Statements
There were eight scheduled meetings of the Committee during
the year. Attendance at the scheduled meetings is shown The Committee reviewed, prior to publication, the quarterly
above. Given changes in the Committee membership this year, financial press releases together with the associated internal
attendance is expressed as the number of meetings attended quarterly reports from the Chief Financial Officer and the
out of the number able to be attended during each director’s Disclosure Committee and, with respect to the full-year results,
respective tenure on the Committee during the year. the external auditor’s report. It also reviewed the Annual
Report and Accounts and the Form 20-F 2023. These reviews
incorporated the accounting policies and significant
Role of the Committee judgements and estimates underpinning the financial
statements as disclosed within note 1 on page 178.
The role and responsibilities of the Audit Committee are set
out in written terms of reference which are reviewed annually Particular attention was paid to the following significant
by the Committee, considering relevant legislation, and matters in relation to the financial statements:
recommended good practices. The terms of reference are ■ indirect tax provisions and contingent liabilities related to
contained within the document entitled "The Governance of Brazil, refer to notes 19 and 20 on pages 219-220. The
Unilever" which is available on our website. Committee agreed that the tax provisions and judgements
The Committee’s responsibilities include, but are not limited around the likelihood as well as the disclosures are
to, the following matters: appropriate in the Annual Report and Accounts;
■ oversight of the integrity of Unilever’s financial statements; ■ revenue recognition. The Committee reviewed the adequacy
■ review of Unilever’s half-yearly and annual financial of the policy around the cut off and appropriateness of
statements (including clarity and completeness of discounts accruals;
disclosure) and of the quarterly trading statements for ■ impairment risk in Russia. The committee reviewed the
The Committee specifically discussed with the external Historically, reporting on environmental and social matters
auditor how management’s judgement and assertions has mostly been voluntary but this is rapidly changing and
were challenged and how professional scepticism was there is more and more mandatory reporting on these matters.
demonstrated during their audit of these areas; this included The UK has required premium listed companies to disclose
the disclosures for each matter noted above. The Committee climate-related information based on the Taskforce on
is satisfied that there are relevant accounting policies in place Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) framework for
in relation to these significant matters and management has the last couple of years. For the financial year beginning
correctly applied these policies. on 1 January 2024 we will also need to comply with the CSRD
and disclose material sustainability information in accordance
In addition to the matters noted above our external auditors,
with the European Sustainability Reporting Standards. This is
as required by auditing standards, also consider the risk of
an extensive suite of disclosures on a range of environmental,
management override of controls. Nothing has come to
social and governance matters which will be included in our
our attention or their attention to suggest any material
2024 Annual Report and Accounts. The Committee will be
misstatement with respect to suspected or actual fraud
responsible together with the Corporate Responsibility
relating to management override of controls.
Committee for overseeing compliance with these disclosure
At the request of the Board, the Committee undertook to: requirements. In future years there are also likely to be further
■ review the appropriateness of adopting the going concern mandatory non-financial reporting standards which will be
basis of accounting in preparing the annual and half-yearly applicable to the group as the International Sustainability
financial statements; Standards Board (ISSB) has issued a number of sustainability
■ assess whether the business was viable in accordance with
reporting standards and is working on additional ones, and
these are currently going through the endorsement process for
the requirement of the UK Corporate Governance Code. The
use in the UK. During 2023, the Committee reviewed the limited
assessment included a review of the principal and emerging
assurance work performed by PwC on certain sustainability
risks facing Unilever, their potential impact, how they were metrics and also reviewed the 2023 to 2026 sustainability
being managed, together with a discussion as to the assurance plan.
appropriate period for the assessment. The Committee
recommended to the Board that there is a reasonable
expectation that the Group will be able to continue in Risk Management & Internal Controls
operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the (Assurance)
three-year period (consistent with the period of the strategic
The Committee reviewed Unilever’s overall approach to risk
plan) of the assessment; and management and control, and its processes, outcomes, and
■ consider whether the Unilever Annual Report and Accounts
disclosure. The assessment was undertaken through
2023 was fair, balanced, and understandable, and whether a review of:
it provided the necessary information for shareholders to ■ the yearly report detailing the risk identification and
assess the Group’s year-end position and performance, assessment process, together with any emerging risks
business model and strategy. To make this assessment, identified by management;
the Committee received copies of the Annual Report and ■ reports from senior management on risk areas for which
financial statements to review during the drafting process the Committee had oversight responsibility: treasury, tax
to ensure that the key messages were aligned with the and pensions, information security, data privacy, legal
Company’s position, performance, and strategy. The and regulatory compliance, supply chain and key suppliers
Committee also reviewed the processes and controls and business transformation;
that are the basis for its preparation. The Committee was ■ the proposed risk areas identified by the ULE;
satisfied that, taken as a whole, the Unilever Annual Report ■ the Quarterly Risk and Control Status Reports, including
and Accounts 2023 is fair, balanced, and understandable. Code of Business Principles cases relating to frauds and
financial crimes;
Regulator Correspondence ■ a summary of control deficiencies identified through controls
In 2023, Unilever did not receive any formal notifications or testing activities together with action plans to address
communications from either the U.S. Securities and Exchange underlying causes;
Commission (SEC) or the UK Financial Reporting Council (FRC). ■ management’s improvements to reporting through further
The Committee has completed its review for 2023 on both risk The Committee discussed the views and conclusions of KPMG
management and internal control and was satisfied that the regarding management’s treatment of significant transactions
process had worked effectively and where specific areas for and areas of judgement during the year. The Committee
improvement were identified, there was adequate mitigation considered these and is satisfied with the treatment in the
or alternative controls and that processes were under way to financial statements.
ensure sustainable improvements. An area of focus has been
to ensure that the controls impacted by the transformation
programmes are appropriately designed and are being External Auditors
implemented effectively. Through its review, the Committee KPMG has been the Group’s auditors since 2014 and
also ensured that appropriate procedures are in place for shareholders approved their reappointment as the Group’s
the detection and prevention of fraud. external auditors at the 2023 AGM. On the recommendation
The Committee continued to prepare for legislative or of the Committee, the Directors will be proposing the
regulatory changes. Whilst many of the proposed audit and reappointment of KPMG at the AGM in May 2024.
corporate governance reforms in the UK are not going to The Committee confirms that the Group is in compliance with
proceed in the short-term, changes to the UK's Corporate The Statutory Audit Services for Large Companies Market
Governance, principally in relation to internal controls Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes
requirements, were published in January 2024 (with and Audit Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014, which
strengthened requirements relating to material internal requires Unilever to tender the audit every ten years.
controls coming into effect for financial years starting on/after
1 January 2026). The Committee will continue to monitor any The last tender for the audit of the Annual Report and
upcoming legislation and their impact to Unilever. Accounts was performed in 2022 where the decision to
reappoint KPMG was unanimously recommended by the
Committee and approved by the Board of Unilever. At present,
Internal Audit we are satisfied with the effectiveness of our current auditors
and hence have no plans to re-tender the external auditor
The Committee reviewed internal audit’s plan which is focused
appointment for an earlier period. This position is re-evaluated
on Unilever’s risk areas including sustainability, cyber security,
each year.
data privacy, financial control processes, product safety and
supply chain resilience. The Committee ensured the necessary Both Unilever and KPMG have safeguards in place to avoid
resources were in place to perform the audits effectively. the possibility that the external auditors’ objectivity and
Enhanced use of data and analytics has made the internal independence could be compromised, such as audit partner
audits more efficient and effective, increasing the coverage. rotation and the restriction on non-audit services that the
external auditors can perform as described below. KPMG has
The Committee reviewed quarterly and year-end summary
issued a formal letter to the Committee outlining the general
reports which included the results of audit activities and
procedures to safeguard independence and objectivity,
completion status of agreed actions. During the year, the Chief
disclosing the relationship with the Company, and confirming
Auditor and his team undertook business visits in person, in
their audit independence.
particular in a number of the Group's more strategic markets.
Most audits have been conducted as hybrid (combination of Each year, the Committee assesses the effectiveness of the
virtual and physical). external audit process which includes discussing feedback
from the members of the Committee and stakeholders at all
Every five years, the Committee engages an independent
levels across Unilever. Interviews are also held with key senior
third party to perform an effectiveness review of the function.
management within both Unilever and KPMG.
This was last completed in 2022 and is planned for 2026.
In 2023, the Committee evaluated the performance of the The Committee also reviewed the statutory audit, other audit
internal audit function through a questionnaire. The feedback and non-audit services provided by KPMG and compliance with
was reviewed, and the Committee was satisfied with the Unilever’s documented approach, which prescribes in detail
effectiveness of the internal audit function. During the year, the types of engagements, listed below, for which the external
the Committee also met independently with the Chief Auditor auditors can be used:
and discussed the results of the audits performed and any ■ statutory audit services, including audit of subsidiaries;
additional insights obtained from the Chief Auditor. ■ other audit services – audits that are not required by law or
regulation;
■ non-audit services – work that our external auditors are best
Audit of the annual accounts placed to undertake, which may include:
KPMG, Unilever’s external auditors and an independent ■ services required by law or regulation to be performed by
registered public accounting firm, reported in depth to the the audit firm; and
Committee on the scope and outcome of the annual audit, ■ services where knowledge obtained during the audit is
including their audit of internal controls over financial
relevant to the service such as bond issue comfort letters.
reporting as required by Section 404 of the US Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002. Their reports included audit and accounting Unilever has for many years maintained a policy which
matters, governance and control, and accounting prescribes in detail the types of engagements for which the
developments. external auditors can be used with all other engagements
being prohibited. The policy is aligned with both UK and SEC
The Committee held independent meetings with the external
regulations and is updated in line with these regulations.
auditors during the year and reviewed, agreed, discussed, and
challenged their audit plan, including the materiality applied,
scope and assessment of the financial reporting risk profile of
the Group.
Susan Kilsby
Ruby Lu
As a Committee, we
guide Unilever’s strategy
on sustainability,
from climate change
and plastics, to living
wage and human rights.
Strive Masiyiwa
Chair of the Corporate Responsibility Committee
On behalf of the Corporate Responsibility Committee (CRC), Throughout the year, it was clear Unilever’s leadership remains
I am pleased to present our report for 2023. committed to delivering resilient, sustainable and superior
performance. With the appointment of Hein Schumacher as
On reflection, this has been a year of progress despite an ever-
CEO, and sustainability a key tenet of the Growth Action Plan,
changing and increasingly complex operating environment.
there is no doubt that the company remains committed to
The CRC is responsible for the oversight of Unilever’s conduct being a leader in sustainable business.
regarding its corporate and societal obligations, its reputation
In 2024, with the sustainability focus areas defined, the
as a responsible corporate citizen and its culture. To execute
business is well positioned to use its scale and expertise
this duty, the Committee worked closely with Unilever and the
to make progress on its most material issues. The CRC will
Board on a range of topics including climate litigation, Human
continue to support the business to do so, by reviewing the
Rights, and Equity, Diversity, and Inclusion (ED&I), and non-
sustainability strategy and challenging management to
financial reporting, as well as Unilever’s performance against
remain focussed on long-term impact and resilience.
the Sustainability Progress Index (SPI), one of the performance
measures for our long-term incentive plans. Lastly, on behalf of the Committee, thank you to Feike
Sijbesma who retired from the CRC after eight years. I look
This year, external challenges reinforced the importance of
forward to welcoming a new Corporate Responsibility
the Committee’s role in protecting and enhancing Unilever’s
Committee member in 2024. My thanks also go to Unilever’s
reputation, a foundational element to the business's success.
leadership and the whole organisation for the commitment
The Committee and management discussed at length
and drive to deliver sustainable, responsible growth. I look
geopolitical tensions and conflict as well as rising activism,
forward to the year ahead and further honest and constructive
and Unilever’s position, ensuring the business had robust
engagements with my fellow Committee members.
processes in place to respond to such risks, especially those
that emerge quickly. From these discussions, the CRC made
recommendations to the Board to ensure that Unilever
maintains the highest level of oversight of material issues.
The Committee also focused on the Climate Transition Action
Plan (CTAP) and specifically the Business Group emissions
reduction roadmaps to 2030. With the external landscape
a challenging mixture of activism, disclosure and physical Strive Masiyiwa
climate risks, the Committee guided management ahead Chair of the Corporate Responsibility Committee
of the presentation of the CTAP to Unilever’s stakeholders.
Committee members and attendance During 2023, the Committee had detailed discussions
on occupational health, non-financial reporting, climate
Attendance litigation, the roadmap to net zero, CTAP 2.0, Human Rights,
Strive Masiyiwa Chair 5/5 and Equity, Diversity, and Inclusion (ED&I).
Youngme Moon 5/5
Feike Sijbesma 4/4
How the Committee has discharged its
This table shows the membership of the Committee together responsibilities
with their attendance at meetings up to and including In 2023, the Committee’s principal activities were as follows:
31 October 2023. If Directors are unable to attend a meeting,
they have the opportunity to discuss any agenda items
beforehand with the Committee Chair. Navigating an uncertain and volatile world
The world is an increasingly turbulent place, facing
The Corporate Responsibility Committee comprises three unprecedented and mutually reinforcing environmental
Non-Executive Directors: Strive Masiyiwa (Chair), Youngme and social risks that impact our business, both directly and
Moon and Feike Sijbesma. Feike Sijbesma retired from the indirectly. Campaigners are leveraging technology and
Committee in October 2023. diverse strategic approaches – from shareholder activism
The Chief Research & Development Officer, the Chief to litigation – to amplify messages and mobilise people in
Sustainability Officer and the Chief Business Integrity Officer support of their causes.
attend the Committee’s meetings. The Chief Legal Officer & Committee members closely scrutinised the processes for
Group Secretary, and Head of Communications may also join managing issues that present material risks to the reputation
the Committee's discussions. of the business, urging the business to remain proactive and
transparent. The Committee also reviewed the risks and
mitigating actions relating to climate activism, litigation and
Role of the Committee regulatory pressure, including the accuracy and completeness
The Corporate Responsibility Committee oversees Unilever’s of climate disclosure, and the adequacy of the business’s
conduct as a responsible global business. Core to this remit climate strategy. Meanwhile, both new and on going
is its governance of progress on Unilever’s sustainability geopolitical tensions and conflict created unique challenges
agenda. Part of this responsibility is reviewing and managing for Unilever in 2023. The Committee discussed matters ranging
sustainability-related risks, opportunities and trends material from the war in Ukraine, safety on tea plantations, and
to Unilever. The Committee also provides reviews and activism by Ben & Jerry’s. The Committee remained in close
recommendations to the Board about the CTAP which sets consultation with management on these matters, escalating
out the actions we intend to take to reduce emissions in our their recommendations to the Board when necessary.
business and progress on our net zero goal by 2039.
The Committee is charged with ensuring that Unilever’s Overseeing Code of Business Principles compliance
reputation is protected and enhanced, so it must consider the The Code and associated Code Policies set out the standards
Company’s influence and impact on stakeholders. Central to of conduct expected of all Unilever employees in their business
this is the need to identify any external developments that are endeavours. Compliance with these standards is an essential
likely to impact Unilever’s corporate reputation, and to ensure element of ensuring Unilever’s continued business success. Any
that appropriate and effective communication policies are in breach is identified as an ethical, legal, and regulatory risk to
place to support this. The Committee also oversees employee the business (see pages 77 and 78).
safety, security and wellbeing alongside Unilever’s Code of
Business Principles and third-party compliance with our The Corporate Responsibility Committee is responsible for
Responsible Partner Policy, ensuring that both Unilever’s direct oversight of the Code and Code Policies, ensuring that they
employees and those working within the Company’s value remain fit for purpose and are appropriately applied. It
chain comply with the expected standards of conduct. maintains scrutiny of the mechanisms for implementing the
Code and Code Policies. This is vital as compliance is essential
The Committee’s discussions are informed by the experience to promote and protect Unilever’s values and standards, and
of the Unilever Leadership Executive which is accountable hence the good reputation of the business.
for driving responsible and sustainable growth through
Unilever’s operations, Business Groups, value chain and At each meeting, the Committee reviews an analysis of
brands. Senior leaders are invited to the Committee to share investigations into non-compliance with the Code and Code
their perspectives and insights on key issues, challenges and Policies and discusses any trends or learnings arising from
external developments. these investigations.
Complementing the Committee’s role, the Audit Committee The Committee also considers litigation and regulatory
is responsible for reviewing the independent assurance matters which may have a reputational impact and reviews
programme of Unilever’s sustainability commitments, and a summary of any significant developments at each meeting.
significant breaches of the Code of Business Principles. These matters include anti-bribery and corruption measures
and competition law compliance. Human rights continued to
The Committee’s terms of reference are set out at: be a focus of the Committee’s Code oversight.
www.unilever.com/corporategovernance
Responsible Partner Policy (RPP) compliance Unilever is working to remove barriers to opportunity based
Extending Unilever’s values to third parties is essential if on factors that have been used to exclude people around the
Unilever is to generate responsible growth and a positive world: gender, race and ethnicity, disability, socioeconomic
social impact on the industry and wider society. Breaches of status, and sexual orientation. We are developing new
third-party compliance can pose a risk to the business, so initiatives across the business which impact a wide range
the Committee rigorously examines Unilever’s compliance of communities. The Committee encouraged continual
programmes to minimise risks. consultation to ensure a range of views on this work and
requested that they be kept up to date with the Equity
At each meeting, the Committee tracks compliance with Advancement Framework, an enterprise-wide tool to help
Unilever’s RPP. This policy sets out Unilever’s requirements that uncover systemic inequities within our business, identify
third parties conduct business with integrity and respect for their root causes, and understand how they are impacting
human rights and core labour principles. In 2023, particular our employees’ experiences, once this is finalised.
focus was given to compliance by some of our smaller
businesses which are on stand-alone systems. Overseeing the Climate Transition Action Plan
The impacts of climate change and nature loss are becoming
Promoting safety and security ever more apparent, and the imperative to reduce emissions
Safety, Health and Environment (SHE) are key priorities at in our societies and protect and restore nature increasingly
Unilever. urgent.
Unilever remains focused on promoting a safety-first culture, Unilever's first CTAP was approved by shareholders at the
evidenced by our UniVoice Survey where the top-rated 2021 AGM. The CTAP set out Unilever's suite of climate targets,
statement for the last several years is “Unilever is committed an analysis of our value chain emissions, and the actions we
to my safety”. Our employee-only TRFR was 0.58 accidents per intended to take to address them. It also covered aspects
million hours worked (1 October 2022 to 30 September 2023) such as portfolio evolution (e.g. plant-based foods), external
versus 0.67 in 2022, which shows continued improvement. advocacy and engagement, and governance. The Corporate
In 2023, we very sadly lost one contractor due to a steam Responsibility Committee is responsible for overseeing
exposure. The Committee oversaw Unilever’s approach to CTAP progress.
safety with particular emphasis on road safety, process safety
and contractor management risks. The Committee noted the The Board committed to develop the CTAP in line with
implementation of appropriate programmes to further reduce best practice, reflecting external guidance such as the
these risks. recommendations of the UK Transition Plan Taskforce and
considering the European Sustainability Reporting Standards
The Committee also examined Unilever’s approach to security. and International Financial Reporting Standards. An updated
As a global business, Unilever operates in many countries, CTAP will be presented to our shareholders at the 2024 AGM
some of which have a high degree of vulnerability given for an advisory vote.
their diminished capacity to absorb external shocks or tackle
domestic challenges. Accordingly, Unilever must remain agile The Committee also reviewed and approved the 2023 CTAP
to the increased market volatility created by geopolitics, Progress Report which is set out in the Annual Report and
conflict, inflation, and environmental and social crises. Accounts, as well as our two new Scope 3 emissions reduction
targets. As part of the Committee’s oversight of the CTAP,
members also reviewed the Business Groups’ roadmaps that
Improving the health and wellbeing of employees
aim to achieve interim 2030 targets aligned to our net zero
The Committee focused on the progress of the health and ambition.
wellbeing status of Unilever employees and commended
the actions taken by the business to support employees.
The Committee oversaw Unilever’s Healthier U programme
Complying with mandatory sustainability reporting
which focuses on chronic conditions and has engaged over Reporting on environmental and social matters is increasingly
13,000 frontline workers across different geographies. The becoming mandatory.
programme showed significant improvements in biomedical The UK has required premium listed companies to make
parameters, nutrition, quality of life, sleep, mental health, climate-related financial disclosures based on the TCFD
and work productivity. The programme is moving from pilot framework since 2021. From January 2024, we will also need to
to scale by expanding to office-based employees including comply with the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive
those in Western Europe and North America. (CSRD) and disclose material sustainability information in
Psychological safety remains a foundation for the accordance with the European Sustainability Reporting
organisation. The business actively monitors perceptions Standards (ESRS). This is an extensive suite of disclosures on
of psychological safety among the workforce. Programmes a range of environmental, social and governance matters
focused on psychological safety include a Mental Health which will be included in our 2024 Annual Report and Accounts.
Champion programme and team energy assessments. Together with the Audit Committee, the Committee will be
responsible for overseeing compliance with these disclosure
requirements.
Equity, diversity and inclusion
Our approach to equity, diversity and inclusion is focused on In future years, there are likely to be further mandatory non-
building a strong, inclusive culture with our own workforce; on financial reporting standards which will apply to the Group.
diversifying our supply chain and increasing our procurement The International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB) has
spend with diverse businesses; on ending harmful stereotypes issued a number of sustainability reporting standards which
through our brands with consumers; and on building stronger, are currently going through the endorsement process for use
more equitable communities through partnerships and in the UK.
advocacy.
Sustainability Progress Index In 2023, as part of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy review,
Unilever’s Reward Framework includes a Performance Share the Sustainability Progress Index (SPI) was revised to ensure it
Plan (PSP). This long-term incentive plan is linked to financial remains a relevant performance measure, in line with investor
performance, as well as performance against sustainability and best practice expectations, and drives the right internal
goals (see page 65). behaviours and decisions.
To come to a view on Unilever’s performance on its The Corporate Responsibility Committee, in collaboration with
sustainability goals for the purposes of reward, the Corporate the Compensation Committee, reviewed the compensation
Responsibility Committee and the Compensation Committee plans of our peers, and conducted an investor consultation,
jointly evaluate performance against a Sustainability Progress to inform the new SPI scheme. As a result, the Committees
Index (SPI). selected four metrics that align with Unilever’s four
sustainability focus areas. The targets and ranges are all
numeric and will drive the outcome; however, the Committee
2023 SPI outcome
will retain the ability to make a rounded assessment.
In 2023, as in years before, this included a selection of
eight equally weighted KPIs and targets, with one ‘anchor’ The outcome of the PSP 2024-2026 will be assessed using
KPI/target from each of the pillars which underpin Unilever’s 2026 actuals. In the meantime, for in-flight PSP schemes, the
sustainability commitments. In making their rounded Corporate Responsibility Committee and Compensation
assessment, the Committees review both qualitative and Committee will determine the annual SPI outcome using
quantitative progress across multiple elements of the pillar interim KPIs and targets aligned to the 2024-2026 scorecard
and delivery against the respective anchor KPI. and in-year data.
Strive Masiyiwa
Chair of the Corporate Responsibility Committee
Youngme Moon
On behalf of the Compensation Committee, I am pleased Our reported financial outcomes include a contribution from
to present Unilever’s Directors’ Remuneration Report 2023. our business operations in Russia. For remuneration purposes,
Unilever's Remuneration Policy is being presented for the Committee have excluded the impact of our Russia
shareholder approval at the 2024 AGM and therefore the business from performance outcomes resulting in lower
proposal is set out below. I have included the Committee’s payouts for Management Co-Investment Plan (MCIP) and
activities in 2023, a summary of Unilever’s business PSP for the Executive Directors, as outlined below.
performance in 2023 and how it links to key remuneration
outcomes for the year.
Incentive outcomes and wider stakeholder
considerations
Business performance and remuneration 2023 annual bonus
Unilever delivered an improving financial performance, with Under the formulaic outcomes, a bonus outcome of 150% of
the return to volume growth and margins rebuilding. However, target opportunity was determined for the Executive Directors,
our competitiveness remains disappointing, which we are as detailed in the chart on page 135.
working at speed to address.
However, after careful consideration, the Committee decided
We achieved underlying sales growth (USG) of 7.0% in 2023, to exercise discretion to adjust the formulaic outcome
with positive volumes, up 0.2% for the financial year. downwards to 115% of target. Each year, the Committee
Underlying operating margin (UOM) increased by 60bps carefully reviews performance in the round to determine
to 16.7%, significantly ahead of target of 16.3%. whether the formulaic outcome fully reflects performance.
Whilst the Committee believe that performance delivered in
Free cash flow (FCF) increased €1.9bn to €7.1bn (€6.7bn the year was strong, we believe there is scope to improve our
excluding €0.4bn linked to a tax refund in India), driven by competitiveness. The Committee considered numerous data
higher underlying operating profit (UOP) and significantly points when assessing our competitiveness performance and
improved working capital. €6.7bn is the figure used for concluded that we are not winning sufficient market share in
remuneration purposes. a number of key markets. The Committee also concluded that
Underlying earnings per share increased by 1.4% to €2.60, our share price performance was below expectations. Taking
despite a (9.6%) adverse currency impact. both factors into account led to the reduction from 150% of
target to 115% of target, which we believe is reasonable and
Underlying return on invested capital (ROIC) improved to aligns the experience of shareholders, stakeholders and the
16.2%, compared to 16.0% in the prior year. This reflected the Executive Directors. The annual bonus pool for eligible
working capital improvement achieved over the year. managers within the wider workforce will also be 115%.
Competitiveness expressed as % business winning market
share (% Business Winning) on a rolling 12-month basis was 2020-2023 MCIP
disappointing at 37%. % Business Winning measures the The formulaic outcome for the 2020-2023 MCIP was 88% of
aggregate turnover of the portfolio components (country/ target, as detailed in the chart on page 135.
category cells) gaining value market share as a percentage
After exercising discretion to adjust the formulaic outcome
of the total turnover measured by market data. As such, it
to remove the contribution of business operations in Russia,
assesses what percentage of turnover is being generated
the outcome was lowered to 87% of target for the Executive
in areas where we are gaining market share. For more
Directors. The formulaic outcome of 88% will apply to eligible
information on % Business Winning and how it is calculated,
managers within the wider workforce.
please see the remuneration section of our website.
The Committee considered whether any further discretion
The Committee agreed an outcome of 115% for the
was needed to reflect any windfall gains and determined that
Sustainability Progress Index (SPI) for 2023 in conjunction with
no such reduction was warranted. This was on the basis that
the Corporate Responsibility Committee. Please see page 136
the share price used to determine the 2020 award was not
to 137 for more information on the SPI outcome for 2023 and
materially below the equivalent share price used to determine
page 131 for the SPI targets for Performance Share Plan (PSP)
the 2019 award.
2024-2026.
The Committee also considered whether any further discretion ■ incorporate valued feedback received from shareholders
was needed to reflect any windfall gains and determined that during consultation.
no such reduction was warranted for the same reasons as for
the 2020-2023 MCIP. Having undertaken an extensive consultation exercise before
finalising the New Remuneration Policy, the Committee
Wider stakeholder considerations believes it can be fully supported by the great majority of
our shareholders.
When considering the annual bonus, MCIP and PSP outcomes,
the Committee carefully took into account the experiences As with our previous reward framework, Unilever will cascade
of our wider stakeholders in order to ensure that outcomes the same approach across our 15,000+ managers worldwide.
were aligned. These considerations directly led to the However, to focus on individual performance for our managers
discretionary adjustments as outlined above. at work levels 2 and 3, PSP will be replaced with restricted stock
units and the size of the award linked to in-year performance.
Executive Director fixed pay increases In November 2023, the proposed New Remuneration Policy
was shared with the European Works Council, followed by
The Committee considered investor feedback carefully and,
discussions with local works councils and trade unions where
as a result, the Board has decided to freeze the CEO’s fixed
applicable. We took on board feedback to ensure Unilever
pay for 2024 and 2025.
focuses on long-term goals like sustainability, remains
Given the announcement of Graeme to retire from competitive to attract and retain talent, and extends share
employment at the end of May 2024, the Committee decided ownership to employees below management level.
not to review his fixed pay for 2024. As outlined above, the
Along with another member of the Committee, I attended
Committee set the fixed pay for Fernando Fernandez as the
an engagement session with employees on the subject of
incoming CFO, effective from 1 January 2024.
reward and the proposed New Remuneration Policy in January
The average wider workforce pay increase in 2023 was 7.62%. 2024. Employees shared feedback on flexibility of variable
remuneration, reward structures during high inflation, reward
for work level 1 employees, communication of long-term
Non-Executive Director fees incentives and culture of rewarding performance. Employees
shared feedback that there has been an improvement in
Non-Executive Director fees are in line with market rate and
differentiation based on performance, which was a topic
given the increase in fees in 2023, the Board decided not to
raised in the previous engagement session on reward.
further increase fees in 2024. We will keep Non-Executive
Director fees under regular review. The Committee is periodically updated on matters impacting
the workforce, including operation of annual bonus schemes,
the talent review process, pay review budgets, distribution of
Engaging with shareholders performance ratings, diversity, living wage, the new long-term
As mentioned above, the Committee conducted incentive plan for work levels 2 and 3, and alignment of
comprehensive consultation with shareholders and proxy incentives and rewards with Unilever's culture.
advisers in 2023 in respect of the 2022 Directors' remuneration In light of the above, the Committee believes the
report and the renewal of the Remuneration Policy. The implementation of remuneration in 2023 is a fair reflection
Committee has taken into account their views, which have of employee experience.
been invaluable in developing the final proposals.
In particular, we took into account feedback in relation to
the fixed pay of the incoming CEO and CFO, simplification of Implementation report
the SPI performance measure for PSP, introduction of relative The annual report on remuneration describes 2023
TSR as a performance measure for PSP, UOP adjusted for remuneration in detail as well as the planned implementation
restructuring costs for Executive Directors for annual bonus, of the proposed New Remuneration Policy in 2024.
composition of the benchmarking peer group, and weightings
of performance measures. On behalf of the Committee and the entire Board, I thank all
shareholders and their representatives for their constructive
The Committee is committed to ensuring that remuneration engagement in 2023 and I hope we can rely on your vote at the
performance measures for the Executive Directors align 2024 Annual General Meeting.
with the interests of shareholders. The Committee hopes
that shareholders will be supportive of these changes and
would very much welcome any further engagement on
these proposals.
Andrea Jung
Engaging with employees Chair of the Compensation Committee
The Board shares the responsibility for workforce engagement
among all the Non-Executive Directors to ensure that all
Directors have a collective responsibility for bringing employee
views into relevant Board discussion. We continued these
engagements in 2023, see page 96 for a summary of the
discussions that took place.
Fixed pay
Purpose and link to strategy Opportunity
Supports the recruitment and retention of Executive Directors of the Any increases will normally be in line with or below the range of
calibre required to implement our strategy. Reflects the individual’s increases awarded to other employees within the Group.
skills, experience, performance and seniority within the Group and the
Increases may be above this level or applied more frequently in certain
size and complexity of the role.
circumstances, such as:
Operation ■ where there is, in the Committee’s opinion, a significant change in an
Set by the Board on the recommendation of the Committee and Executive Director’s scope or role;
generally reviewed once a year, with any changes usually effective from ■ where a new Executive Director has been appointed to the Board at a
1 January (although changes may be made at any other time if the rate lower than the typical market level for such a role and becomes
Committee considers that is appropriate). established in the role; and
■ where it is considered necessary to reflect significant changes in
Fixed pay is paid in cash and is generally paid monthly. Fixed pay is set
market practice.
at an appropriate level to attract and retain Executive Directors of the
required calibre, taking into account: The maximum aggregate increase for the current Executive Directors
■ our policy generally to pay total compensation at around the median during the time in which this policy applies will be no higher than 25%
of an appropriate peer group of other global consumer companies of for each Director.
(a)
a similar financial size and complexity to Unilever;
Supporting information
■ the individual’s skills, experience and performance;
There are no material changes relative to the previous Remuneration
■ the size and complexity of the role;
Policy.
■ individual’s time in role; and
■ pay and conditions across the wider organisation. The peer group used to benchmark pay has been updated to better
reflect the global footprint of the Group and to focus more narrowly on
Performance measures
consumer companies.
n/a
As previously communicated, the Committee has decided to freeze the
fixed pay of Hein Schumacher as the incoming CEO up to the end of
2025. The Committee will next review his fixed pay level in 2026.
(a) The proposed remuneration peer group for 2024 includes Anheuser-Busch InBev, Beiersdorf, British American Tobacco, Coca-Cola, Colgate-Palmolive, Danone, Diageo,
Haleon, Heineken, Henkel, Kimberly-Clark, Kraft Heinz, L’Oréal, LVMH, Mondelēz, Nestlé, PepsiCo, Pernod Ricard, Procter and Gamble, and Reckitt Benckiser. The peer
group used for pay benchmarking purposes is reviewed regularly and companies are added and/or removed at the Committee’s discretion to ensure that it remains
appropriate.
Benefits
Purpose and link to strategy Opportunity
Provides certain benefits on a cost-effective basis to aid attraction and Based on the cost to Unilever of providing the benefit and dependent
retention of Executive Directors. on individual circumstances.
Operation Relocation allowances – the level of such benefits would be set at an
Benefits include provision of death, disability and medical insurance appropriate level by the Committee, taking into account the
cover, Directors’ liability insurance and actual tax return preparation circumstances of the individual and typical market practice.
costs. Other benefits may be provided in the future where it is
Awards under the all-employee Unilever PLC Sharebuy Plan may be up
considered necessary by the Committee and/or required by legislation.
to HMRC-approved limits. The only change in the value of the current
In the event that Unilever were to require an existing or new Executive benefits (for single figure purposes) will reflect changes in the costs of
Director to relocate, Unilever may pay appropriate relocation providing those benefits.
allowances for a specified time period of no more than three years. This
There is no separate benefit or allowance provided in respect of
may cover costs such as (but not limited to) relocation, cost of living,
pension which is deemed to be included in fixed pay.
housing benefit, home leave, tax and social security equalisation and
education assistance. Performance measures
n/a
Executive Directors are entitled to participate on the same terms as all
UK employees in the Unilever PLC Sharebuy Plan. Supporting information
There are no changes relative to the previous Remuneration Policy.
Annual bonus
Purpose and link to strategy Performance measures
Incentivises year-on-year delivery of rigorous short-term financial, The business performance multiplier is based on a range of business
strategic and operational objectives selected to support our annual metrics set by the Committee on an annual basis to ensure that they
business strategy and the ongoing enhancement of shareholder value. are appropriately stretching for the delivery of threshold, target and
maximum performance. These performance measures may include
The ability to recognise performance through annual bonus enables
underlying sales growth (USG), underlying operating profit (UOP)
us to manage our cost base flexibly and react to events and market
growth (adjusted for restructuring costs for the Executive Directors)
circumstances.
and free cash flow (FCF), along with any other measures chosen by the
Operation Committee, as appropriate. The Committee also sets the weightings of
Each year, the Executive Directors may have the opportunity to the respective metrics on an annual basis.
participate in the annual bonus plan. The Executive Directors are set a
The Committee has discretion to adjust the formulaic outcome of the
target opportunity that is assessed against the business performance
business performance multiplier, if it believes this better reflects the
multiplier of up to 150% of target opportunity at the end of the year.
underlying performance of Unilever. In any event, the overall business
Directors are required to defer 50% of their bonus into shares or share performance multiplier will not exceed 150%. The use of any discretion
awards for three years. Deferred bonus awards can earn dividends or will be fully disclosed in the Directors’ remuneration report for the year
dividend equivalents during the vesting period and may be satisfied in to which discretion relates.
cash and/or shares. Deferral may be effected under the Unilever Share
The Committee may introduce non-financial measures in the future,
Plan 2017, or by such other method as the Committee determines.
subject to a minimum of 70% of targets being financial in nature.
Recovery, discretion, ultimate remedy, malus and claw-back provisions
Performance is normally measured over the financial year.
apply (see details on page 121).
Supporting information
Opportunity
There are no changes relative to the previous Remuneration Policy.
The maximum annual bonus opportunity under this Policy is 225% of
fixed pay. Performance measures for 2024 have been updated to replace
underlying operating margin (UOM) with UOP growth (adjusted for
The normal target bonus opportunity for the CEO is 150% of fixed pay,
restructuring costs for the Executive Directors).
and for the CFO is 120% of fixed pay. This results in normal maximums
of 225% and 180% respectively. The proposed changes to measures are to ensure we use the most
strategically aligned measures, see page 123.
Achievement of threshold performance results in a payout of 0% of the
maximum opportunity.
■ corporate failure.
Claw-back may apply to all or part of a participant’s payment or award and may be effected, among other means, by reducing
outstanding awards, or requiring the return of the net value of vested awards to Unilever.
Malus: Malus is the adjustment of bonus, unvested deferred bonus awards or unvested LTIP awards. The Committee may apply
malus to reduce an award or determine that it will not vest or only vest in part. Malus applies to deferred bonus awards during
the three-year deferral period and to unvested LTIP awards during the vesting period and retention period, in the event of:
■ a significant downward restatement of the financial results of Unilever;
■ material breach of Unilever’s Code of Business Principles or any of the Unilever Code Policies;
■ breach of restrictive covenants by which the individual has agreed to be bound, or conduct by the individual which results in
The annual bonus will also be subject to malus on the same grounds as apply for deferred bonus awards and unvested LTIP
awards. This power is an addition to the normal discretion to adjust awards and the additional sustainability test outlined in
the policy table.
Recovery: Recovery applies to payments of variable remuneration which have been made in error as a result of a required
accounting restatement.
The Committee may require repayment of any amount of erroneously awarded variable remuneration in the event Unilever is
required to prepare an accounting restatement due to material non-compliance with a financial reporting requirement under
securities law in the United States. Any recovery will be in accordance with the Unilever Recovery Policy.
Ultimate remedy: LTIP awards are subject to ultimate remedy. Upon vesting of an award, the Committee shall have the
discretionary power to adjust the value of the award if the award, in the Committee’s opinion taking all circumstances into
account, produces an unfair result. In exercising this discretion, the Committee may take into account Unilever’s performance
against non-financial measures.
These powers are in addition to the normal discretion to adjust awards.
Ultimate remedy/malus and claw-back will not apply to an award which has been exchanged following a change of control and
claw-back will not apply where an award vests on a change of control.
Committee discretion to amend targets/measures: For LTIP awards and annual bonus, the Committee may change a
performance measure or target (including replacing a measure) in accordance with the award’s terms or if anything happens
which causes the Committee reasonably to consider it appropriate to do so. The Committee may also adjust the number or class
of shares subject to MCIP, PSP and deferred bonus awards if certain corporate events (e.g. rights issues) occur.
The Committee will continue to review targets on all unvested awards in the event of any material acquisitions or disposals
that were not included in the financial plan, or were not anticipated at the time of target setting. The Committee may make
adjustments if deemed appropriate to ensure that all targets remain relevant and equally stretching in light of any M&A activity,
other corporate events, or any other event that the Committee considers to be material, that was not foreseen at the time of
target setting.
Legacy arrangements
For the duration of this New Remuneration Policy, entitlements arising before the adoption of this New Remuneration Policy will
continue to be honoured in line with the approved remuneration policy under which they were granted, or their contractual
terms.
Awards granted under a previous remuneration policy will continue to operate under the terms of that policy and the relevant
plan rules. Further details of the terms of the awards made are included in the Directors’ remuneration reports for their
respective years. This provision will cease to apply once all of these awards have vested, been exercised or been forfeited as
appropriate, as per the relevant policy and plan rules. Additional details are set out below.
The Committee reserves the right to make any remuneration payments and payments for loss of office (including exercising any
relevant discretions) notwithstanding that they are not in line with the New Remuneration Policy where the terms of the payment
were agreed before the New Remuneration Policy came into effect or at a time when the relevant individual was not a Director of
Unilever and, in the opinion of the Committee, the payment was not in consideration for the individual becoming a Director of
Unilever. For these purposes, ‘payments’ include the Committee satisfying awards of variable remuneration and, in relation to an
award over shares, the terms of the payment are ‘agreed’ at the time the award is granted.
Details of fixed elements of remuneration for CEO and CFO and assumptions for scenario charts
Fixed remuneration Assumptions as follows (for actual Executive Director pay details, please see the Directors’
Remuneration Report below):
■ Fixed pay for CEO effective from 1 January 2024 = €1,850,000.
■ Benefits assumed to be around €310,000 for CEO and €300,000 for CFO.
Variable remuneration Below threshold No 2024 annual bonus payout and no vesting
under the PSP.
Maximum with 50% share price increase As per maximum above, and in addition shows the
impact of a share price increase of 50% from the
date of grant to the date of vesting of the PSP
award.
(a) Proposed remuneration peer group for 2024 includes Anheuser-Busch InBev, Beiersdorf, British American Tobacco, Coca-Cola, Colgate-Palmolive, Danone, Diageo,
Haleon, Heineken, Henkel, Kimberly-Clark, Kraft Heinz, L’Oréal, LVMH, Mondelēz, Nestlé, PepsiCo, Pernod Ricard, Procter and Gamble, and Reckitt Benckiser.
Underlying operating profit (UOP) growth at Provides a focus on absolute profitability as an indicator of
current FX rates (30%) (adjusted for restructuring driving shareholder value.
costs for annual bonus for the Executive Directors)
Free cash flow (FCF) at current FX rates (30%) Provides clear focus on the achievement of Unilever’s cash
generation ambition.
Long-term: PSP Underlying sales growth (USG) at constant FX The primary driver of value creation in our multi-year
rates (25%) financial growth model.
USG is the principal growth metric in the long-term
incentive programme as delivering consistently higher
growth will be a key unlocker of shareholder value. While
the USG measure in the annual bonus ensures focus on in-
year delivery, the PSP measure focuses on cumulative and
sustained importance. To avoid a dependency or focus on
a single metric, the weightings have been rebalanced.
Relative total shareholder return (TSR) versus a Aligns remuneration with shareholders' experience and
(a)
bespoke peer group (30%) allows us to measure relative performance. The proposed
vesting schedule is in line with UK norms, with threshold
vesting (50% of par) for median performance (Unilever
ranked 10th), rising to maximum vesting (200% of par) for
upper quartile performance (Unilever ranked 5th)
Average underlying return on invested capital Supports disciplined investment of capital within the
(ROIC) (30%) business and encourages acquisitions which create long-
term value (an especially relevant measure for members
of the Unilever Leadership Executive (ULE) who make
investment decisions).
Unilever Sustainability Progress Index (SPI) (15%) Unilever remains committed to demonstrating that
our purpose-led, future-fit strategy drives superior
performance, which protects our shareholders, people,
consumers, customers, suppliers and business partners,
and planet and society. To ensure focused progress on
key areas in relation to SPI, the Corporate Responsibility
Committee and Compensation Committee agree a
number of key performance indicators (KPIs) to assess
progress towards sustainability goals (see page 131).
These KPIs illustrate how Unilever aims to address a
number of its principal risks such as climate change and
plastic packaging (see our risks on page 72 and 73).
For the 2024 PSP award, progress will be measured
against one social and three environmental KPIs and
targets. We are moving from annualised SPI targets,
disclosed retrospectively, to SPI targets set over a
three-year period and disclosed prospectively, to align
with the other PSP performance measures.
(a) The proposed TSR peer group for 2024 includes Beiersdorf, Church & Dwight, Coca-Cola, Colgate-Palmolive, Danone, Estée Lauder, General Mills, Haleon, Henkel,
Kenvue, Kimberly-Clark, Kraft Heinz, L’Oréal, Mondelēz, Nestlé, PepsiCo, Procter and Gamble, and Reckitt Benckiser.
Stakeholders’ considerations
Guided by our purpose-led and future-fit business model, the Committee has applied a multi-stakeholder approach in
reviewing the current reward framework in view of the 2024 policy renewal. The Committee has therefore engaged with
various stakeholders, both internally and externally as set out below.
Fixed pay Fixed pay would be set at an appropriate level to attract and retain Executive Directors of the required
calibre, in line with our remuneration policy.
Benefits Benefits provision would be in line with the approved relevant remuneration policy. Where
appropriate, the Executive Director may also receive relocation benefits or other benefits reflective
of normal market practice in the territory in which the Executive Director is employed. In addition, the
Committee may agree that Unilever will pay certain allowances linked to repatriation on termination
of employment.
Incentive awards Incentive awards would be made under the annual bonus and PSP in line with the relevant
remuneration policy and off-cycle PSP awards may be made on joining for the year of joining. All
incentive awards are subject to the normal maximum as set out in the relevant remuneration policy,
excluding any buy-out awards (see below).
Buy-out awards The Committee may grant awards to compensate Executive Directors hired from outside Unilever
for any awards they lose by leaving previous employers broadly on a like-for-like basis. Incoming
Executive Directors will be required to retain all shares vesting from any share awards until their
minimum shareholding requirements have been met in full.
If a buy-out award is required, the Committee would aim to reflect the nature, timing, and value of
awards forgone in any replacement awards. Awards may be made in cash, shares or any other method
as deemed appropriate by the Committee. Where possible, share awards will be replaced with share
awards. Where performance measures applied to the forfeited awards, performance measures will be
applied to the replacement award or the award size will be discounted accordingly. In establishing the
appropriate value of any buy-out, the Committee would also take into account the value of the other
elements of the new remuneration package. The Committee would aim to minimise the cost to
Unilever, although buy-out awards are not subject to a formal maximum. Any awards would be
broadly no more valuable than those being replaced.
Service contracts
Policy in relation to Executive Director service contracts and payments in the event of loss of office
Service contracts and notice period Current Executive Directors’ service contracts are not for a fixed duration but are terminable upon
notice (12 months’ notice from Unilever, six months’ notice from the Executive Director), and are
available for shareholders to view at the AGM or on request from the Group Secretary. Starting dates
of the service contracts for the current CEO and CFO:
■ CEO: 1 June 2023 (signed on 29 January 2023); and
Termination payments A payment in lieu of notice can be made, to the value of no more than 12 months’ fixed pay and other
benefits (unless dictated by applicable law).
Other elements ■ The Executive Directors may, at the discretion of the Board, remain eligible to receive an annual
bonus for the financial year in which they cease employment. Such annual bonus will be determined
by the Committee taking into account time in employment and performance.
■ Treatment of share awards is as set out in the section on leaver provisions below.
■ Any outstanding all-employee share arrangements will be treated in accordance with HMRC-
approved terms.
■ Other payments, such as legal or other professional fees, repatriation or relocation costs and/or
who are considered by the Board to be otherwise leaving in good standing (e.g. those leaving
office for any reason other than termination by Unilever or in the context of misconduct). If the
value of any gift for any one Executive Director exceeds £5,000, it will be disclosed in the relevant
Directors’ remuneration report. Where a tax liability is incurred on any such a gift, the Committee
has the discretion to approve the payment of such liability on behalf of the Executive Director in
addition to the value of the gift.
Deferred bonus awards Unvested deferred bonus awards will continue in effect and vest on Unvested deferred bonus awards
the normal timescale unless the Executive Director is terminated for vest in full.
misconduct or breach of the terms of their employment, unless the
Committee decides otherwise.
* An Executive Director will usually be treated as a good leaver if they leave due to ill health, injury or disability, retirement with Unilever’s agreement, redundancy, or
death in service. The Board may decide to treat an Executive Director who leaves in other circumstances as a good leaver. An Executive Director will not be treated as
a good leaver if they choose to leave for another job elsewhere unless the Board determines otherwise, if they are summarily dismissed or leave because of concerns
about performance. In deciding whether or not to treat an Executive Director as a good leaver, the Board will have regard to their performance in the role.
If Unilever is affected by a demerger, special distribution or other transaction which may affect the value of awards, the Committee may allow PSP awards and/or
deferred bonus awards to vest early over such number of shares as it shall determine (to the extent any performance measures have been met) and awards may be
pro-rated to reflect the acceleration of vesting at the Committee’s discretion.
Non-Executive Directors
Key aspects of Unilever’s 2024 fee policy for the Non-Executive Directors
Approach to setting fees The Non-Executive Directors receive annual fees from Unilever. The Board determine Non-Executive
Director fee levels, which are limited to the aggregate amount permitted by the Company’s articles of
association, as approved by shareholders from time to time (which is currently €5 million per year).
Unilever’s policy is to set fees at a level which is sufficient to attract, motivate and retain high-class talent
of the calibre required to direct the strategy of the business without paying more than necessary. The fees
are set taking into account:
■ the commitment and contribution expected by the Group;
Operation Unilever applies a modular fee structure for the Non-Executive Directors to ensure we fairly reflect the
roles and responsibilities of chair and committee membership. Our basic philosophy is to pay the Chair
an all- inclusive fee. Other Board members receive a basic fee and additional fees for being Senior
Independent Director and chairing or membership of various committees. The Board may decide to pay
fees in any other currency based on such foreign exchange rates as the Board shall determine, provided
total Non-Executive Director fees stay within the annual limits as approved by shareholders from time
to time. The 2024 fee structure can be found in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 145. The fee
structure may vary from year to year within the terms of this Remuneration Policy.
Fees are normally reviewed annually but may be reviewed less frequently.
Additional allowances are made available to the Non-Executive Directors where appropriate, to reflect
any additional time commitment or duties.
Other items The Non-Executive Directors are encouraged to build up a personal shareholding of at least 100% of their
total annual fees over the five years from appointment.
The Non-Executive Directors are not entitled to participate in any of the Group’s incentive plans.
All reasonable travel and other expenses incurred by the Non-Executive Directors in the course of
performing their duties are considered to be business expenses and are reimbursed together with any tax
payable. The Non-Executive Directors also receive expenses relating to the attendance of the Director’s
spouse or partner, when they are invited by Unilever. Other benefits or additional payments may be
provided in the future if, in the view of the Board, this is considered appropriate. Such benefits and/or
payments would be within the total annual limits as approved by shareholders as described above.
The Committee reserves the discretion to approve gifts to Non-Executive Directors who are retiring or who
are considered by the Board to be otherwise leaving in good standing (e.g. those leaving office for any
reason other than termination by Unilever or in the context of misconduct). If the value of any gift for any
one Non-Executive Director exceeds £5,000, it will be disclosed in the relevant Directors’ remuneration
report. Where a tax liability is incurred on any such gift, the Committee has the discretion to approve the
payment of such liability on behalf of the Non-Executive Director in addition to the value of the gift.
Judith Hartmann (member since 3 May 2023) 2/2 CFO and the ULE;
Ruby Lu (member until 3 May 2023) 4/4 ■ consultation with investors in respect of the directors'
Ian Meakins (member since 1 December 2023) 0/0 remuneration report vote at the 2023 AGM and renewal of
Nelson Peltz 6/6 the Directors' Remuneration Policy;
■ considering and approving the proposed New Remuneration
Policy;
This table shows the membership of the Compensation ■ setting the 2023 annual bonus and Performance Share Plan
Committee together with their attendance at meetings during (PSP) 2023-2025 performance measures and targets;
2023. Attendance is expressed as the number of meetings ■ setting fixed pay for the CEO and CFO;
attended out of the number eligible to attend. ■ tracking external developments and assessing their impact
The Committee is comprised of five Non-Executive Directors, on Unilever’s Remuneration Policy and its implementation,
including Andrea Jung as the Chair. Ruby Lu stepped down in particular in the context of geopolitical tensions, inflation,
from the Committee at the AGM in May 2023 and was replaced and regulatory requirements;
by Judith Hartmann. Ian Meakins joined the Committee on ■ retirement of CFO and CFO succession planning;
1 December 2023, although there were not any Committee ■ approving introduction of a Recovery Policy to comply with
meetings between then and 31 December 2023. Ian attended New York Stock Exchange listing requirements;
a Committee meeting in November 2023 to observe as part of ■ reviewing pay gap data;
his onboarding. Nils Andersen and Judith Hartmann will step
■ considering progress on the living wage commitment that
down from the Committee when they retire from Unilever's
is now extended to the wider supply chain; and
Board at the AGM in May 2024.
■ assessing SPI performance outcomes and setting measures
Other attendees at Committee meetings in 2023 included the and targets along with the Corporate Responsibility
CEO, Chief Legal Officer & Group Secretary, Chief Counsel Committee (CRC).
Executive Compensation & Employment, Chief Employment
Law Counsel, Chief People & Transformation Officer, Head of
Expertise & Innovation, Chief R&D Officer, Chief Sustainability Advisers
Officer, Global Head of Sustainable Business Performance &
Reporting, Global Head of Sustainability Compass & Markets, While it is the Committee’s responsibility to exercise
Deputy Chief Financial Officer & Controller, and advisers to the independent judgement, the Committee requests advice from
Committee (see below). management and professional advisers, as appropriate, to
ensure that its decisions are fully informed given the internal
No individual Executive Director was present when their own and external environment.
remuneration was being determined to ensure there was no
conflict of interest. The Committee has separately sought and Fiona Camenzuli of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC) was
obtained Executive Directors’ own views when determining appointed by the Committee to provide independent advice
the amount and structure of their remuneration before on various matters it considered. During 2023, the wider PwC
recommending individual packages to the Board for approval. network firms have also provided other tax and consultancy
services to Unilever including tax compliance and other tax-
related services, cyber security services, internal audit advice,
Role of the Committee secondees, third-party risk and compliance advice, and
merger and acquisition support. PwC is a member of the
The Committee reviews and makes a proposal to the Board Remuneration Consultants Group and, as such, voluntarily
on the remuneration of the Executive and Non-Executive operates under the code of conduct in relation to executive
Directors. It also has responsibility for the design and terms of remuneration consulting in the UK, which is available online at
Executive and all employee share-based incentive plans and www.remunerationconsultantsgroup.com (Code of Conduct:
the remuneration policy for the ULE and senior managers. The Executive Remuneration Consulting).
Committee is also involved in the performance evaluation and
remuneration of the ULE. The Committee is satisfied that the advice of the PwC
engagement partner and team, which provide remuneration
The Committee's terms of reference are contained within advice to the Committee, was objective and independent. They
'The Governance of Unilever' which is available on our website. do not have connections with Unilever that might impair their
As part of the Board evaluation carried out in 2023, the Board independence. The Committee reviewed the potential for
evaluated the performance of the Committee. The Committee conflicts of interest and judged that there were appropriate
also carried out an assessment of its own performance in safeguards against such conflicts. The fees paid to PwC in
2023. Overall, the Committee members concluded that the relation to advice provided to the Committee in the year to
Committee is performing effectively. 31 December 2023 were £277,557. This figure is calculated
based on time spent and expenses incurred for the majority of
advice provided, but on occasion, for specific projects, a fixed
fee may be agreed.
Elements of remuneration
Fixed Pay
Purpose and link to strategy Supports the recruitment and retention of Executive Directors of the calibre required to implement our strategy.
Reflects the individual’s skills, experience, performance and role within the Group. Provides a simple competitive
alternative to the separate provision of salary, fixed allowance and pension.
At a glance Details of the rationale for our Executive Directors’ fixed pay amounts can be found on page 118.
Implementation in 2023 ■ CEO (Alan Jope): €1,560,780 (effective 1 January 2023)
■ CEO (Hein Schumacher): €1,850,000 (pro rata from 1 June 2023)
■ CFO (Graeme Pitkethly): €1,246,262 (effective 1 January 2023)
Planned for 2024 Effective from 1 January 2024:
■ CEO (Hein Schumacher): €1,850,000 (no change)
Annual Bonus
Purpose and link to strategy
Incentivises year-on-year delivery of rigorous short-term financial, strategic and operational objectives selected
to support our annual business strategy and the ongoing enhancement of shareholder value.
50% of the net annual bonus is deferred into shares or share awards to link to long-term performance.
At a glance ■ Target annual bonus of 150% of fixed pay for the CEO and 120% of fixed pay for the CFO.
■ Maximum annual bonus is 225% of fixed pay for the CEO and 180% for the CFO.
■ Business performance multiplier of between 0% and 150% based on achievement against business targets over
the year.
■ Performance target ranges are considered commercially sensitive and will be disclosed in full with the
corresponding performance outcomes retrospectively following the end of the relevant performance year.
■ Requirement to defer 50% net annual bonus into shares, which vest after 3 years.
■ The annual bonus is subject to claw-back, malus, recovery, ultimate remedy and discretion provisions, as set
out in the Remuneration Policy.
Implementation in 2023 Implemented in line with the Remuneration Policy:
■ Underlying sales growth: 50%
(a) The proposed TSR peer group for 2024 includes Beiersdorf, Church & Dwight, Coca-Cola, Colgate-Palmolive, Danone, Estée Lauder, General Mills, Haleon, Henkel,
Kenvue, Kimberly-Clark, Kraft Heinz, L’Oréal, Mondelēz, Nestlé, PepsiCo, Procter and Gamble, and Reckitt Benckiser.
25%
(a)
Underlying sales growth 3% 6%
50% 200%
USG is the primary driver of value creation in our multi-year financial growth model. As such, the Committee
believes that the target range of a threshold of 3% and a maximum of 6% to be appropriate. The Committee
have set the payout for threshold at 50% of par for USG to reflect the level of stretch required, and that no
payout is considered appropriate for performance below this level.
Relative TSR aligns remuneration with shareholders' experience and allows us to measure relative performance.
The proposed vesting schedule is in line with UK norms, with threshold vesting (50% of par) for median
performance (Unilever ranked 10th), rising to maximum vesting (200% of par) for upper quartile performance
(Unilever ranked 5th). The TSR peer group consists of: Beiersdorf, Church & Dwight, Coca-Cola, Colgate-
Palmolive, Danone, Estée Lauder, General Mills, Haleon, Henkel, Kenvue, Kimberly-Clark, Kraft Heinz, L’Oréal,
Mondelēz, Nestlé, PepsiCo, Procter and Gamble, and Reckitt Benckiser.
Underlying ROIC measures the return generated on capital invested by the Group and is calculated as
underlying operating profit after tax divided by the annual average of: goodwill, intangible assets, property,
plant and equipment, net assets held for sale, inventories, trade and other current receivables, and trade
payables and other current liabilities. Underlying ROIC will be calculated over a three-year average. The target
range of a threshold of 15.5% and maximum of 17.5% expresses our commitment to deliver underlying ROIC at a
level of mid to high teens, whilst continuing to reshape our portfolio through acquisitions and disposals.
The SPI is an assessment made jointly by the CRC and the Committee. The 2024-26 SPI will be evaluated on
progress against four core metrics, rather than the eight metrics used for the previous PSP schemes. Targets
will be set for a three-year period and disclosed prospectively. KPIs will be subject to external review, or internal
review where this is not possible. Each KPI will be subject to formulaic assessment, whilst retaining the ability
to make a rounded assessment of overall progress. The SPI KPIs for the 2024-2026 PSP will be as follows with
a threshold of 0% and maximum of 200%:
(a) Climate: The percentage change in greenhouse gas emissions from energy and refrigerant use in our
operations, in comparison to the same period in 2015. Target: 80% (threshold 79%, maximum 81%).
(b) Plastics: The percentage change in the total tonnes of virgin plastics used in the packaging for our
products, in comparison to the same period in 2019. Target: 30% (threshold 28%, maximum 32%).
(c) Nature: The total hectares of land, forests, and oceans (as measured by ocean floor area) that Unilever
programmes help protect and/or regenerate. Target: 1 million hectares (threshold 900,000 hectares,
maximum 1.1 million hectares).
(d) Living wage: the percentage of our procurement spend which is with suppliers who have signed the Living
Wage Promise. Target: 50% (threshold 45%, maximum 55%).
For in-flight PSP schemes (PSP 2022-2024 and PSP 2023-2025), there will continue to be annual SPI KPIs and
targets with outcomes based on in-year results. The overall outcome will be an average of each annual score,
and disclosed in the directors' remuneration reports for 2024 and 2025 as applicable.
In addition to the three elements mentioned above, our Executive Directors are provided with non-monetary benefits.
These include medical insurance cover, actual tax return preparation costs and provision of death-in-service benefits
and administration.
(a) Fixed pay for Alan Jope was not increased in 2023 due to his announcement to retire from employment on 31 December 2023. Alan's fixed pay is from 1 January to
30 June 2023 and fixed pay after this date is set out in the payments on loss of office table on page 144. Hein Schumacher's fixed pay was set at €1,850,000 on
appointment as CEO. Hein's fixed pay is from 1 June to 31 December 2023. CFO pay for Graeme Pitkethly was increased by 6% from 1 January 2023.
(b) Alan Jope's benefits are from 1 January to 30 June 2023 and benefits after this date are set out in the payments on loss of office table on page 144. Hein Schumacher's
benefits are from 1 June to 31 December 2023 and include relocation, as detailed on page 133.
(c) In line with the Remuneration Policy, 50% of the 2023 net annual bonus will be deferred into Unilever shares that must be held for a period of three years. Alan Jope's
annual bonus is from 1 January to 30 June 2023. Hein Schumacher's annual bonus is from 1 June to 31 December 2023.
(d) Data for 2023 includes 2020-2023 MCIP match shares, which vested on 15 February 2024 for Graeme Pitkethly. Alan Jope's 2020-2023 MCIP match shares, which vested
on 15 February 2024, are shown in the payments on loss of office table on page 144. Hein Schumacher was not eligible for 2020-2023 MCIP match shares as he was
appointed on 1 June 2023.
(e) Data for 2023 includes the first vesting of the PSP for 2021-2023 for Graeme Pitkethly, which takes place on or around 7 May 2024. The share price is based on the
average for Q4 2023 of £38.69 and translated into euros using the average FX rate for Q4 2023 of €1 = £0.8668. Alan Jope's PSP 2021-2023, which vests on or around
7 May 2024, is shown in the payment on loss of office table on page 144. Hein Schumacher is not eligible for PSP 2021-2023 as he was appointed on 1 June 2023.
(f) Data for 2023 includes the long-term incentive buy-out award for Hein Schumacher, as disclosed in the 2022 directors' remuneration report and detailed on page 140,
which vests on or around 7 May 2024. The share price is based on the average for Q4 2023 of £38.69 and translated into euros using the average FX rate for Q4 2023
of €1 = £0.8668 and totals €417,161 (rounded). This figure also includes the cash buy-out award for Hein Schumacher of €230,572 (rounded), as disclosed in the 2022
directors' remuneration report, which vested on 15 February 2024 and detailed on page 140.
(g) Total remuneration for CEO for 2023 is €6,070,000 rounded (total single figure of remuneration for Alan Jope and Hein Schumacher for 2023 totalled together).
Unless stated otherwise, amounts for 2023 have been translated into euros using the average exchange rate over 2023
(€1 = £0.8700), excluding amounts in respect of MCIP, which have been translated into euros using the exchange rates at the
vesting date at 15 February 2024 (€1 = 0.8539 and €1 = $1.0729).
Amounts for 2022 have been translated into euros using the average exchange rate over 2022 (€1 = £0.8510), excluding amounts
in respect of MCIP, which have been translated into euros using the exchange rates at the vesting date on 9 February 2023
(€1 = £0.8879 and €1 = $1.0733).
We do not grant our Executive Directors any personal loans or guarantees.
Alan Jope
Hein Schumacher
Graeme Pitkethly
50% of the net annual bonus earned is deferred into shares (€356,736 for Alan Jope, €511,930 for Hein Schumacher and €455,758
for Graeme Pitkethly). Shares are deferred for three years and not subject to performance or service conditions, in line with the
Remuneration Policy.
The annual bonus measures and performance against targets are set out below. All performance ranges are straight-line
between threshold and maximum.
Discretion was applied to adjust the formulaic outcome down to 115% for all eligible management employees including the
Executive Directors, as described in the Committee Chair's letter on page 116, along with further details of the annual bonus
outcome.
(a) Underlying earnings per share growth excludes the benefit from share buyback of €3bn in 2021. 2022 share buyback of €1.5bn was executed to return ekaterra Tea
Business proceeds, hence considered. Similarly, €1.5bn share buyback in 2023 has been included and contributed 1.1% to underlying earnings per share growth.
Discretion was applied to adjust the formulaic outcome down to 87% (i.e. 44% of maximum) for the Executive Directors, as
described in the Committee Chair's letter on page 116, along with further details of the MCIP outcome. Further detail on the SPI
outcome is set out on pages 136 to 137.
Discretion was applied to adjust the formulaic outcome down to 63% (i.e. 32% of maximum) for the Executive Directors, as
described in the Committee Chair's letter on page 117, along with further details of the PSP outcome. Further detail on the
SPI outcome is set out below.
Outcome of SPI for MCIP cycle 2020-2023 and PSP 2021-2023 (Unaudited):
The SPI is an assessment of the business’s sustainability performance by the CRC and the Committee that captures quantitative
and qualitative elements. The CRC and the Committee agree on an SPI achievement level against the SPI metrics, taking into
account performance across all the targets in each of the eight sustainability pillars. Please note the changes to SPI for
performance periods from 1 January 2024, as set out on page 131.
The 2023 SPI performance is set out on page 137. The SPI index for the MCIP and PSP performance period is calculated by taking a
simple average and is set out at the bottom of the table for MCIP 2020-2023 and PSP 2021-2023. From 2022, the SPI indicators are
based on progress made against Unilever's sustainability goals, as 2021 marked the final year of reporting against the Unilever
Sustainable Living Plan (USLP). Therefore, the performance years 2020 and 2021 for MCIP 2020-2023 and performance year 2021
for PSP 2021-2023 is based on the USLP and the outcome for the remaining performance years is based on Unilever sustainability
goals. For the first time, SPI 2023 includes two metrics (Positive Nutrition and Health & Wellbeing) that are evaluated on ‘in-year’
progress i.e. progress in 2023, rather than year-in-arrears.
The average SPI outcome for MCIP 2020-2023 and PSP 2021-2023 is set out at the bottom of the table and in note (b).
Sustainability priority area: Contribute to a fairer and more socially inclusive world
Equity, Spend €2 billion annually with Monetary value (euros) of all invoices €657m Over- €818m €445m
diversity & diverse businesses worldwide received from tier 1 suppliers that are achieved
inclusion by 2025 either verified as a diverse business by
an approved certification body or have
self-declared as a diverse business from
1 January to 31 December 2022
†
Raise living Ensure that everyone who The estimated total monetary value of 80% Over- 90% 78%
standards directly provides goods and Dedicated Collaborative Manufacturing achieved
services to Unilever will earn contracts signed with a requirement to
at least a living wage or pay a living wage from 1 January 2021
income by 2030 to 31 December 2022, expressed as
a percentage of the estimated total
monetary value of all unexpired
Dedicated Collaborative Manufacturing
contracts
Future of Reskill or upskill our % of employees with a future-fit skills set 15% Achieved 15% 7%
work employees with future-fit from 1 January to 31 December 2022
skills by 2025
Annual SPI 115% 125%
outcome
Average SPI 124%
outcome
for MCIP
(b)
2020-2023
Average SPI 122%
outcome
for PSP
(b)
2021-2023
(a) Judgement of the Committee and CRC.
(b) SPI outcomes for the years 2020 and 2021 were based on the USLP and are set out in detail on page 92 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2021. SPI 2020 outcome
(based on 2019 actuals) was 130%, SPI 2021 outcome (based on 2020 actuals) was 125% and SPI 2022 outcome (based on 2021 actuals) was 125% (as above), making
an average SPI outcome for MCIP 2020-2023 of 124% (rounded) and for PSP 2021-2023 of 122% (rounded).
† This metric was subject to independent limited assurance by PwC in 2023. For PwC's 2023 Limited Assurance report and the 2023 Unilever Basis of Preparation for
assured metrics see Independent Assurance in the Sustainability Reporting Centre on unilever.com.
(a) The conditional number of shares awarded (including decimals) at the share price on the award date at target performance.
(b) The business performance ratio applied to the original conditional share award (including decimals) at the share price on the award date.
(c) The dividends accrued on the original conditional share award (including decimals) at the share price on the award date.
(d) The nominal movement in share price between the award date and the vesting date applied to the original conditional share award plus accrued dividends
(including decimals) multiplied by the business performance ratio. The value attributable to share price growth over the vesting period is -€30,859 for the CFO
(using exchange rate on day of vesting of €1 = £0.8539).
(e) The final value of the award on the vesting date using the exchange rate on the day of vesting of €1 = £0.8539. The actual number of vested shares can be found
on page 142.
(f) Share price growth for Alan Jope's MCIP 2020-2023 can be found in the payments on loss of office table on page 144.
(a) The conditional number of shares awarded (including decimals) at the share price on the award date at target performance.
(b) The business performance ratio applied to the original conditional share award (including decimals) at the share price on the award date.
(c) The dividends accrued up to 31 December 2023 on the original conditional share award (including decimals) at the share price on the award date.
(d) The nominal movement in share price between the award date and Q4 2023 average share price applied to the original conditional share award plus accrued
dividends (including decimals) up to 31 December 2023 multiplied by the business performance ratio. The value attributable to share price growth is -€120,257 for the
CFO (using Q4 2023 average exchange rate of €1 = £0.8668).
(e) The final value of the award using Q4 2023 average share price of £38.69 and Q4 2023 average exchange rate of €1 = £0.8668. The actual number of vested shares will
be reported in the 2024 directors' remuneration report.
(f) Share price growth for Alan Jope's PSP 2021-2023 can be found in the payments on loss of office table on page 144. Hein Schumacher's cash buy-out award had an
original value of €233,962, dividends of €4,458 and share price growth of -€7,848 resulting in an award of €230,572 (rounded) on vesting (using exchange rate on day
of vesting of €1 = £0.8539). Share price growth for Hein Schumacher's long-term buy-out award is detailed below.
Value of long-term incentive buy-out award vesting for Hein Schumacher (Audited)
Based on the performance outcome of 63% of target, share price using Q4 2023 average share price of £38.69 and Q4 2023
average exchange rate of €1 = £0.8668, and dividends accrued up to 31 December 2023 of the value of €8,300, the final value of
the award is €417,161 and share price growth is -€26,732. The actual number of vested shares will be reported in the 2024
directors' remuneration report.
(c)
Competitiveness: % business winning
25%
45% 60%
0% 200%
200%
Sustainability progress index (Committee
25%
assessment of SPI progress) 0% 200%
0% 200%
(a) The 2023-2025 PSP award for Alan Jope and Hein Schumacher is pro-rated to reflect their time in service over the performance period.
(b) Face values are calculated by multiplying the number of shares granted on 10 March 2023 or 1 June 2023 (including decimals) by the share price on that day of PLC
£40.69 or PLC £40.18 respectively, assuming maximum performance and therefore maximum vesting of 200% and then translating into euros using an average
exchange rate over 2023 of €1 = £0.8700 (rounded).
(c) Competitiveness measured by % Business Winning was 37% on a Moving Annual Total basis as per 31 December 2023. See the Chair Letter on page 116 for more
information on % Business Winning.
(b)
Face value of awards CEO (Alan Jope): €834,858 CFO: €503,146
(a) Hein Schumacher did not receive an annual bonus deferral award in 2023 as he did not receive an annual bonus for 2022.
(b) Face values are calculated by multiplying the number of shares granted on 22 March 2023 (including decimals) by the share price on that day of PLC £42.03 and then
translated into euros using an average exchange rate over 2023 of €1 = £0.8700 (rounded).
Threshold vesting Four equally weighted long-term performance measures. 0% of the target award vests for threshold performance.
(% of target award)
Performance period 1 January 2021 – 31 December 2023 (also conditional upon continued employment on the date of vesting).
Details of performance Same performance measures and targets as for PSP 2021-2023, as set out on page 136.
measures
(a) As disclosed in the 2022 directors' remuneration report, to replace the 2021-2023 cash long-term incentive that Hein forfeited from his previous employment, he was
given a share award with grant value of €697,500 that will vest on or around 7 May 2024, subject to the conditions set out above and capped at a maximum of 120%
of performance outcome. The final vesting of this award has been determined as 63% of target as disclosed on page 136.
(b) Face values are calculated by multiplying the number of shares granted on 1 June 2023 (including decimals) by the 5-day average share price prior to 1 June 2023
of PLC £41.17, assuming maximum performance and therefore maximum vesting of 120% and then translated into euros using an average exchange rate over 2023
of €1 = £0.8700 (rounded).
(a) As disclosed in the 2022 directors' remuneration report, to replace the 2023 cash bonus that Hein forfeited from his previous employment, he was given a share award
with grant value of €232,500 that vested on 15 February 2024.
(b) Face values are calculated by multiplying the number of shares granted on 1 June 2023 (including decimals) by the 5-day average share price prior to 1 June 2023
of PLC £41.17 and then translated into euros using an average exchange rate over 2023 of €1 = £0.8700 (rounded).
■ shares in PLC will qualify provided they are personally owned by the Executive Director, by a member of their immediate family
or by certain corporate bodies, trusts or partnerships, as required by law from time to time (each a ‘connected person’);
■ shares purchased under the legacy MCIP, whether from the annual bonus or otherwise, will qualify as from the moment of
purchase as these are held in the individual’s name and are not subject to further restrictions;
■ shares or entitlements to shares that are subject only to the Executive Director remaining in employment will qualify on a net
of acquisition.
The share price for the relevant measurement date will be based on the average closing share prices and the euro/sterling/US
dollar exchange rates from the 60 calendar days prior to the measurement date.
Executive Directors are required to maintain at least 100% of their minimum shareholding requirement for two years after
leaving (or if less, their actual shareholding on the date of leaving). ULE members are required to build a shareholding of
400% of fixed pay (500% for the CEO). This requirement is 250% of fixed pay for the management layer below ULE.
Executive Directors’ shareholdings are ring-fenced to ensure they meet the minimum shareholding requirement, including
for two years after leaving employment. This means that even if the shares are vested, they are blocked until the end of the
minimum shareholding requirement period (excluding any shares above the minimum shareholding requirement).
Executive Directors’ and their connected persons’ interests in shares and share ownership (Audited)
During the period between 1 January and 22 February 2024, the following changes in interests have occurred:
■ Graeme Pitkethly purchased 6 PLC shares under the Unilever PLC ShareBuy Plan: 3 on 9 January 2024 at a share price of £38.34,
■ Alan Jope acquired 20,924 PLC EUR shares following the vesting of his 2020 MCIP award;
■ Hein Schumacher acquired 2,621 PLC GBP shares following the vesting of his cash buy-out award; and
■ Graeme Pitkethly acquired 12,581 PLC GBP shares following the vesting of his 2020 MCIP award.
Effective as of 1 January 2024, Fernando Fernandez was appointed as CFO replacing Graeme Pitkethly, who remained as CFO
until 31 December 2023. As at 22 February 2024, Fernando Fernandez holds 84,496 PLC EUR shares and 190,072 PLC GBP shares.
The voting rights of the Directors (Executive and Non-Executive) and members of the ULE who hold interests in the share
capital of PLC are the same as for other holders of the class of shares indicated. As at 22 February 2024, none of the
Directors’ (Executive and Non-Executive) or other ULE members’ shareholdings amounted to more than 1% of the issued shares
in that class of share (except Nelson Peltz who owns 1.5% of the PLC issued share capital including via Trian Fund Management
as a connected person). All shareholdings in the table above are beneficial. On page 99, the full share capital of PLC has been
described. Pages 190 and 191 set out how many shares Unilever held to satisfy the awards under the share plans.
Balance of Balance of
bonus deferral Bonus deferral bonus deferral
shares at 1 Bonus deferral shares with shares at 31
January shares granted restrictions December
(a)(b) (c) (d)
Share type 2023 in 2023 Price at award removed 2023
Alan Jope PLC 17,763 17,283 £42.03 — 35,046
Graeme Pitkethly PLC 10,705 10,416 £42.03 — 21,121
(a) Alan Jope: This includes a grant of 5,743 of PLC shares made on 7 May 2021 (vesting on or around 7 May 2024), and a grant of 12,020 PLC shares on 22 March 2022
(vesting on or around 22 March 2025).
(b) Graeme Pitkethly: This includes a grant of 3,461 of PLC shares made on 7 May 2021 (vesting on or around 7 May 2024), and a grant of 7,244 PLC shares on 22 March
2022 (vesting on or around 22 March 2025).
(c) Grant made on 22 March 2023 and vesting on or around 22 March 2026.
(d) Annual bonus deferral shares accrue dividends, which are included in the share ownership table above where applicable. Hein Schumacher does not have any
outstanding annual bonus deferral shares as at 31 December 2023 as he was appointed on 1 June 2023.
PSP (Audited)
The following conditional shares were outstanding at 31 December 2023 under the Unilever Share Plan 2017 and are subject to
performance conditions:
Balance of Conditional
conditional shares Balance of
shares at 1 awarded conditional shares
January 2023 in 2023 at 31 December 2023
Performance
period Dividend
1 January shares Additional
No. of 2023 to accrued shares
(a)
Share shares 31 December Price at during the Vested in Price at earned in
(b) (c) (d) (e)
type 2025 award year 2023 vesting 2023 Shares lapsed No. of shares
Alan Jope PLC 145,054 11,354 £40.69 5,857 — £— — — 162,265
Hein
Schumacher PLC — 68,135 £40.18 1,298 — £— — — 69,433
Graeme
Pitkethly PLC 87,414 43,516 £40.69 4,580 — £— — — 135,510
(a) Alan Jope: This includes a grant of 61,233 of PLC shares made on 7 May 2021 (vesting on or around 7 May 2024), a grant of 77,427 PLC shares made on 11 March 2022
(vesting on or around 13 February 2025), and 6,394 PLC shares from reinvested dividends accrued in prior years in respect of awards.
(b) Graeme Pitkethly: This includes a grant of 36,901 of PLC shares made on 7 May 2021 (vesting on or around 7 May 2024), a grant of 46,660 PLC shares made on
11 March 2022 (vesting on or around 13 February 2025), and 3,853 PLC shares from reinvested dividends accrued in prior years in respect of awards.
(c) Alan Jope and Graeme Pitkethly: These grants were made on 10 March 2023 (vesting on or around 12 February 2026). Hein Schumacher: This grant was made on
1 June 2023 (vesting on or around 1 June 2026).
(d) Reflects reinvested dividend equivalents accrued during 2023, subject to the same performance conditions as the underlying PSP shares.
(e) The first vest will take place on or around 7 May 2024.
MCIP (Audited)
The following conditional shares vested during 2023 or were outstanding at 31 December 2023 under the Unilever Share Plan 2017:
Balance of
conditional
shares at 1
January 2023 Balance of conditional shares at 31 December 2023
Dividend
shares
accrued Additional
Share No. of shares during the Vested in Price at shares earned
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f)
type year 2023 vesting in 2023 Shares lapsed No. of shares
Alan Jope PLC 62,754 1,637 13,309 €46.47 — 5,704 45,378
Graeme Pitkethly PLC 48,154 1,002 15,309 £41.09 — 6,561 27,286
(a) Alan Jope: This includes a grant of 16,668 PLC shares on 23 April 2019 (vested on 9 February 2023) and a grant of 39,594 PLC shares on 24 April 2020 (vested on
15 February 2024) and 6,492 PLC shares from reinvested dividends accrued in prior years in respect of awards.
(b) Graeme Pitkethly: This includes a grant of 19,196 PLC shares on 23 April 2019 (vested on 9 February 2023) and a grant of 23,795 PLC shares on 24 April 2020
(vested on 15 February 2024), and 5,163 PLC shares from reinvested dividends accrued in prior years in respect of awards.
(c) Reflects reinvested dividend equivalents accrued during 2023 and subject to the same performance conditions as the underlying matching shares.
(d) The 23 April 2019 grant vested on 9 February 2023 at 70% for both Alan Jope and Graeme Pitkethly.
(e) This includes any additional shares earned and accrued dividends as a result of a business performance multiplier on vesting above 100%.
(f) Hein Schumacher does not have any outstanding MCIP shares as at 31 December 2023 as he was appointed on 1 June 2023.
Dividend
Conditional shares Additional
shares accrued shares
Share No. of awarded Price at during the Vested in Price at earned in
(a) (b)
type shares in 2023 award year 2023 vesting 2023 Shares lapsed No. of shares
Hein
Schumacher PLC — 4,853 £41.17 93 — £— — — 4,946
(a) This grant was made on 1 June 2023 (vested on 15 February 2024).
(b) Reflects dividend equivalents accrued during 2023.
Service contracts are available to shareholders to view at the AGMs or on request from the Group Secretary, and can be
terminated with 12 months’ notice from Unilever or six months’ notice from the Executive Director. A payment in lieu of notice can
be made of no more than one year’s fixed pay and other benefits. Other payments that can be made to Executive Directors in the
event of loss of office are disclosed in our Remuneration Policy. See the remuneration topics section of our website for a copy of
the Remuneration Policy.
(a) Note: Hein Schumacher began employment with Unilever on 1 June 2023 as CEO Designate and Executive Director and became CEO on 1 July 2023.
Paul Polman
(€'000)
(a)
Benefits 30
Total remuneration 30
(a) This includes tax preparation fees.
There have been no other payments to former Directors during the year.
Alan Jope
(€'000)
(a)
Fixed pay 780
(b)
Benefits 75
(c)
LTI: MCIP match shares 1,838
(d)
LTI: PSP performance shares 1,909
Total remuneration 4,602
(a) Alan Jope's fixed pay from 1 July to 31 December 2023 (being the end of his contractual notice period). Alan's fixed pay from 1 January to 30 June 2023 is set out in the
single figure table on page 132.
(b) Alan Jope's benefits from 1 July to 31 December 2023 and includes tax preparation fees, medical insurance cover and death-in-service benefits. Alan's benefits from
1 January to 30 June 2023 are set out in the single figure table on page 132.
(c) Data for 2023 includes 2020-2023 MCIP match shares, which vested on 15 February 2024 for Alan Jope, as set out on page 135. Alan Jope's MCIP award had an original
value of €1,792,420, performance of -€233,015 dividends of €227,800 and share price growth of €50,335 resulting in an award of €1,837,541 (rounded) on vesting.
(d) Data for 2023 includes the first vesting of the PSP for 2021-2023 for Alan Jope, which takes place on or around 7 May 2024, as set out on page 136. The share price is
based on the average for Q4 2023 of £38.69 and translated into euros using the average FX rate for Q4 2023 of €1 = £0.8668. Alan Jope's PSP award had an original
value of €3,018,513, performance of -€1,116,850, dividends of €206,865 up to 31 December 2023 and share price growth of -€199,553 resulting in an award of
€1,908,975 (rounded) on vesting. The actual number of vested shares will be reported in the 2024 Directors' remuneration report.
Alan Jope received a retirement gift worth £7,950 (€9,138 rounded), which is disclosed in accordance with the Directors'
Remuneration Policy for retirement gifts worth over £5,000.
There have been no other payments for loss of office during the year.
Unless stated otherwise, amounts for 2023 have been translated into euros using the average exchange rate over 2023
(€1 = £0.8700), excluding amounts in respect of MCIP, which have been translated into euros using the exchange rates at the
vesting date at 15 February 2024 (€1 = £0.8539 and €1 = $1.0729).
■ remains eligible to receive a discretionary bonus of up to 180% fixed pay in respect of the 2023 financial year (as detailed on
page 134) with 50% of the net annual bonus deferred into shares with a three-year holding period in accordance with the
Remuneration Policy;
■ remains eligible for vesting of his 2020-2023 MCIP and 2021-2023 PSP awards, as outlined on pages 135 and 136;
■ will be treated as a good leaver on retirement under the PSP long-term share incentive plans, meaning that his outstanding
awards will remain capable of vesting in accordance with the rules of the relevant plan on its vesting date, subject to
Company performance. PSP awards will remain subject to a two-year post-vesting holding period and MCIP awards remain
subject to a one-year post-vesting holding period;
■ will continue to be eligible for vesting and release of any annual bonus deferral shares in accordance with their terms; and
■ will continue to receive contractual benefits through to the Retirement Date, including annual leave, medical insurance cover,
death-in-service benefits and tax return preparation services (in respect of all Unilever source income).
Details of all payments made to and received by Graeme will be disclosed on the Company’s website and in the Directors’
remuneration reports as required going forward.
2024 2023
Roles and responsibilities Annual Fee € Annual Fee £ Annual Fee € Annual Fee £
Basic Non-Executive Director Fee € 109,197 £95,000 € 109,197 £95,000
Chair (all-inclusive) € 758,629 £660,000 € 758,629 £660,000
Senior Independent Director (modular) € 45,978 £40,000 € 45,978 £40,000
Member of Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee € 17,242 £15,000 € 17,242 £15,000
Member of Compensation Committee € 22,989 £20,000 € 22,989 £20,000
Member of Corporate Responsibility Committee € 22,989 £20,000 € 22,989 £20,000
Member of Audit Committee € 28,736 £25,000 € 28,736 £25,000
Chair of Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee € 34,483 £30,000 € 34,483 £30,000
Chair of Compensation Committee € 40,230 £35,000 € 40,230 £35,000
Chair of Corporate Responsibility Committee € 40,230 £35,000 € 40,230 £35,000
Chair of Audit Committee € 45,978 £40,000 € 45,978 £40,000
All reasonable travel and other expenses incurred by Non-Executive Directors in the course of performing their duties are
considered to be business expenses and so are reimbursed. Non-Executive Directors also receive expenses relating to the
attendance of their spouse or partner, when they are invited by Unilever.
2023 2022
Total Total
(a) (b)
Fees Benefits remuneration Fees(a) Benefits(b) remuneration
Non-Executive Director €'000 €'000 €'000 €'000 €'000 €'000
(c)
Nils Andersen 708 37 745 764 29 793
(d)
Laura Cha — — — 50 — 50
(e)
Judith Hartmann 146 21 167 127 1 128
(f)
Adrian Hennah 155 22 177 140 — 140
(g)
Andrea Jung 213 — 213 200 — 200
(h)
Susan Kilsby 138 2 140 127 27 154
(i)
Ruby Lu 142 — 142 139 15 154
(j)
Strive Masiyiwa 149 — 149 135 — 135
(k)
Ian Meakins 91 — 91 — — —
(l)
Youngme Moon 132 — 132 118 41 159
(m)
Nelson Peltz 132 — 132 54 — 54
(n)
John Rishton — — — 51 — 51
(o)
Hein Schumacher 57 2 59 31 — 31
(p)
Feike Sijbesma 125 — 125 135 1 136
Total 2,188 84 2,272 2,071 114 2,185
(a) This includes fees received from Unilever for 2022 and 2023 respectively. Includes basic Non-Executive Director fee and committee chairship and/or membership.
Where relevant, amounts for 2022 have been translated into euros using the average exchange rate over 2022 (€1 = £0.8510). Amounts for 2023 have been translated
into euros using the average exchange rate over 2023 (€1 = £0.8700).
(b) The only benefit received relates to travel by spouses or partners where they are invited by Unilever.
(c) Chair, Chair of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and member of the Compensation Committee. From 1 December 2023, member of the
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and Compensation Committee.
(d) Retired from the Board at the May 2022 AGM.
(e) Member of the Audit Committee until 3 May 2023 and then Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and Compensation Committee.
(f) Chair of the Audit Committee from 4 May 2022.
(g) Vice Chair, Senior Independent Director, member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and Chair of the Compensation Committee.
(h) Member of the Audit Committee.
(i) Member of the Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee until 3 May 2023 and then Member of the Audit Committee.
(j) Chair of the Corporate Responsibility Committee.
(k) Appointed to the Board from 1 September 2023 and Chair, Chair of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and member of the Compensation
Committee from 1 December 2023.
(l) Member of the Corporate Responsibility Committee.
(m) Appointed to the Board and member of the Compensation Committee from 20 July 2022.
(n) Retired from the Board at the May 2022 AGM.
(o) Appointed to the Board and member of the Audit Committee from 4 October 2022 to 31 May 2023, following which he was appointed as an Executive Director.
(p) Retired from the Board on 31 October 2023.
We do not grant our Non-Executive Directors any personal loans or guarantees or any variable remuneration, nor are they
entitled to any severance payments.
Actual share
ownership as a %
Shares held at of NED fees
31 December Shares held at (as at 31
Non-Executive Director Share type 2023 Share type 1 January 2023 December 2023)
Nils Andersen PLC 21,014 PLC 21,014 131
(a)
Judith Hartmann PLC 2,500 PLC 2,500 76
(a)
Adrian Hennah PLC 4,000 PLC 4,000 114
(a)
Andrea Jung PLC 4,576 PLC 4,576 95
(b)
Susan Kilsby PLC 2,250 PLC 2,250 72
Ruby Lu PLC — PLC — 0
(a)
Strive Masiyiwa PLC 3,530 PLC 3,530 104
(c)
Ian Meakins PLC 26,036 n/a n/a 1,268
(b)
Youngme Moon PLC ADS 3,500 PLC ADS 3,500 117
(d)
Nelson Peltz PLC 36,619,370 PLC 39,167,999 1,221,706
(e)
Feike Sijbesma PLC 10,000 PLC 10,000 354
(a) Decrease in share ownership as a percentage of fee from 2022 to 2023 is due to increase in fee, as set out on page 147.
(b) Decrease in share ownership as a percentage of fee from 2022 to 2023 is due to increase in fees for Non-Executive Directors, as set out on page 145.
(c) Appointed to the Board from 1 September 2023, hence the large share ownership as a percentage of fee for 2023.
(d) Share ownership also includes shares held by Trian Fund Management as a connected person. Appointed to the Board from 20 July 2022, hence the large share
ownership as a percentage of fee for 2023.
(e) Stepped down from the Board effective from 31 October 2023. Shares held as at 31 October 2023.
CEO/CFO Pay Ratio Comparison (split by fixed pay and benefits)/variable pay)
The year-on-year comparison reflects an increase in fixed pay for the Executive Directors in 2023 following a pay increase for
Graeme Pitkethly as CFO from 1 January 2023 and a higher fixed pay on the appointment of Hein Schumacher as CEO from 1 July
2023. Also, fixed pay for Alan Jope and Hein Schumacher are both counted for June 2023. Benefit costs increased for CEO due to
the inclusion of Hein Schumacher's relocation and a slight increase for the CFO due to higher benefit costs and legal fees. The
proportion of variable pay for CEO is lower in 2023 than 2022 because of the lower annual bonus outcome compared to 2022.
Also, Hein Schumacher is not eligible for MCIP 2020-2023 and PSP 2021-2023 as he was appointed on 1 June 2023. Therefore,
Hein's variable pay includes his buy-out share awards only and Alan Jope's MCIP and PSP awards are not included for the
purposes of the single figure table (as they are set out in the payment on loss of office table on page 144). Executive Directors
have a higher weighting on performance-related pay compared to other employees. The numbers are further impacted by
fluctuation in the exchange rates used to convert pay elements denominated in pounds sterling to euros for reporting purposes.
Where relevant, amounts for 2022 have been translated using the average exchange rate over 2022 (€1 = £0.8510), and amounts
for 2023 have been translated using the average exchange rate over 2023 (€1 = £0.8700).
Annual bonus and LTI for the UK employees were not calculated following the statutory method for single figure pay. Instead,
variable pay figures were calculated using:
■ target annual bonus values considered for the respective year;
■ MCIP values calculated at an appropriate average for the relevant work level of employees, i.e. an average 20% investment
of bonus for WL2 employees; 45% for WL3 employees; 60% for WL4-5 employees; and 100% for WL6 employees; and
■ PSP values calculated at target for the relevant work level of employees, i.e. 50% of target bonus for WL2 employees; 100%
Median
Year 25th percentile percentile 75th percentile Mean pay ratio
Year ended 31 December 2023 Salary: £40,968 £49,224 £67,565
Pay and benefits: £52,551 £65,305 £103,527
Pay ratio (Option A): 100:1 81:1 51:1 66:1
Year ended 31 December 2022 Salary: £36,802 £44,478 £60,788
Pay and benefits: £49,868 £61,553 £93,612
Pay ratio (Option A): 92:1 75:1 49:1 63:1
Year ended 31 December 2021 Salary: £34,560 £42,668 £58,869
Pay and benefits: £48,229 £60,306 £90,335
Pay ratio (Option A): 87:1 70:1 47:1 63:1
Year ended 31 December 2020 Salary: £34,298 £41,010 £55,000
Pay and benefits: £45,713 £55,751 £80,670
Pay ratio (Option A): 67:1 55:1 38:1 50:1
Year ended 31 December 2019 Salary: £38,510 £45,154 £59,988
Pay and benefits: £50,689 £61,086 £87,982
Pay ratio (Option A): 83:1 69:1 48:1 51:1
Option A was used to calculate the pay and benefits of the 25th percentile, median and 75th percentile UK employees because
the data was readily available for all UK employees of the Group and Option A is the most accurate method (as it is based on
total full-time equivalent total reward for all UK employees for the relevant financial year). Figures are calculated by reference
to 31 December 2023 (full-time equivalent), and the respective salary and pay and benefits figures for each quartile are set out
in the table above. Benefits for UK employees include any pension, but pension is excluded for Executive Directors as they are not
entitled to pension benefits under the Remuneration Policy. The data disclosed excludes employees who are not integrated into
Unilever’s global reward structure and human resources information system.
Variable pay figures for the UK employees are calculated on the basis set out in the paragraph for other work levels below
the ‘CEO/CFO pay ratio comparison’ table on page 149. The reason for this is it would be unduly onerous to recalculate these
figures when, based on a sample, the impact of such recalculation is expected to be minimal.
The mean pay ratio has slightly increased in 2023 due to a higher fixed pay on the appointment of Hein Schumacher as CEO from
1 July 2023. Also, fixed pay and annual bonus for Alan Jope and Hein Schumacher are both counted for June 2023. Benefit costs
increased for CEO due to the inclusion of Hein Schumacher's relocation. The annual bonus outcome was higher in 2023 than
2022 and variable pay makes up a higher proportion of remuneration for the CEO compared to other employees. The pay,
reward and progression policies within Unilever are consistent as the Remuneration Policy is applicable across our 15,000+
managers throughout the whole business worldwide.
We are also required to show additional disclosures on the rates of change in pay year-on-year. The pay ratios set out above
are more meaningful as they compare to the pay of all of our UK employees. By contrast, the regulations require us to show
the percentages below based on employees of our PLC top company only, which forms a relatively small and unrepresentative
proportion of our total UK workforce. So, whilst operationally we may pay greater attention to our internal pay ratios (included
above in the ‘CEO/CFO pay ratio comparison’ table on page 149), these required figures are set out on page 151.
Other benefits
(not including
Fixed pay pension) Bonus
(a)
% change from 2022 to 2023 CEO: Alan Jope -50.0% -56.9% -56.8%
(b)
CEO: Hein Schumacher 3480.6% n/a n/a
(c)
CFO 6.0% 31.3% -8.3%
(d)
PLC employees 0.2% -12.1% -19.2%
(e)
% change from 2021 to 2022 CEO 1.8 % 34.2 % 67.0 %
CFO 1.7 % 2.1 % 67.0 %
PLC employees -4.3 % 7.4 % 57.0 %
(e)
% change from 2020 to 2021 CEO 1.7 % 35.7 % 71.6 %
CFO 1.8 % 23.7 % 71.7 %
PLC employees -19.3 % -2.2 % -10.6 %
(e)
% change from 2019 to 2020 CEO 4.0% 36.6% -39.1%
CFO 3.0% 40.7% -39.7%
PLC employees 1.7 % 30.2% -3.0%
(e)
% change from 2018 to 2019 CEO -9.5% -92.3% -7.4%
CFO 4.2% 4.8% 7.9%
PLC employees 15.0% -5.2% 9.7%
(a) The decrease in fixed pay, benefits and bonus for Alan Jope is because he stepped down as CEO on 30 June 2023 and therefore his remuneration in the single figure
table is pro-rated from 1 January to 30 June 2023. See page 144 for details of Alan Jope's remuneration from 1 July 2023.
(b) The increase in fixed pay for Hein Schumacher is because he was appointed on 1 June 2023 and became CEO on 1 July 2023, whereas he was a Non-Executive Director
from 4 October 2022 to 31 May 2023. As a Non-Executive Director, Hein was not eligible for an annual bonus and did not receive any benefits in 2022. See page 146
for Non-Executive Director single figure of remuneration in 2022 and 2023 and page 147 for percentage change in remuneration of Non-Executive Directors.
(c) The increase in fixed pay for the CFO in 2023 reflects a 6% pay increase awarded to Graeme Pitkethly from 1 January 2023, as disclosed in the 2022 Directors'
remuneration report. The increase in benefits is due to increased insurance premiums, legal fees and fluctuation in exchange rates. The decrease in annual bonus
reflects a performance outcome of 133% for 2022 compared to 115% for 2023.
(d) For the PLC employees, fixed pay numbers include cash-related benefits employees receive as part of their total compensation, to ensure we can accurately
compare fixed pay for them against that of the CEO and CFO. Such cash-related benefits include acting-up allowance, transport allowance, and fixed pay protection
allowance. The decrease in annual bonus reflects a performance outcome of 133% for 2022 compared to a bonus pool of 115% for 2023. Figures are also affected by
changes in the average sterling: euro exchange rates, as well as changes in the number of employees, including changes in ULE membership. The data disclosed
excludes employees who are not integrated into Unilever’s global reward structure and human resources information system.
(e) Please see the relevant Directors' remuneration report for details of the percentage change in remuneration of Executive Directors from previous years.
(a) In calculating underlying profit attributable to shareholders, net profit attributable to shareholders is adjusted to eliminate the post-tax impact of non-underlying
items in operating profit and any other significant unusual terms within net profit but not operating profit (see note 7 on page194 for details).
(b) Includes share buyback of €1,507m in 2023 and €1,509m in 2022.
2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023
CEO single figure of total remuneration
(a)
(€‘000) 9,561 10,296 8,370 11,661 11,726 4,894 3,447 4,890 5,395 6,070
Annual bonus award rates against
maximum opportunity 66% 92% 92% 100% 51% 55% 32% 54% 89% 77%
GSIP performance shares vesting rates
against maximum opportunity 61% 49% 35% 74% 66% 60% n/a n/a n/a n/a
MCIP matching shares vesting rates against
maximum opportunity 81% 65% 47% 99% 88% n/a 42% 44% 35% 44%
PSP performance shares vesting rates
against maximum opportunity n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 32%
(a) Based on combined single figure of remuneration for Alan Jope and Hein Schumacher, as set out on page 132.
Shareholder voting
Unilever remains committed to ongoing shareholder dialogue and takes an active interest in voting outcomes. In the event of a
substantial vote against a resolution in relation to Directors’ remuneration, Unilever would seek to understand the reasons for
any such vote and would set out in the following Annual Report and Accounts any actions in response to it, as we did in 2023
following the vote on the Directors' remuneration report at the AGM, as set out in the Chair letter on page 116. For more
information, see the remuneration section of our website.
The following table sets out actual voting in respect of this and the previous report:
The Directors' Remuneration Report has been approved by the Board, and signed on its behalf by Maria Varsellona, Chief Legal
Officer and Group Secretary.
■ have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
We have audited the Group and Parent Company financial statements of Unilever PLC (“the Company”) for the year ended 31 December 2023
(FY23) included in the Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2023, which comprise:
Group (Unilever PLC and its subsidiaries) Parent Company (Unilever PLC)
■ Consolidated income statement ■ Income statement,
■ Consolidated statement of comprehensive income; ■ Statement of comprehensive income;
■ Consolidated statement of changes in equity; ■ Statement of changes in equity;
■ Consolidated balance sheet; ■ Balance sheet;
■ Consolidated cash flow statement; and ■ Statement of cash flows; and
■ Notes 1 to 27 to the consolidated financial statements, including the ■ Notes 1 to 15 to the Company Accounts, including the accounting
accounting information and policies in note 1. information and policies.
Going concern
We used our knowledge of the Group, its industry, and the general Our conclusions
economic environment to identify the inherent risks to its business model ■ We consider that the directors’ use of the going concern basis
and analysed how those risks might affect the Group’s and Company’s of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is
financial resources or ability to continue operations over the going appropriate;.
concern period. The risks that we considered most likely to adversely affect ■ We have not identified, and concur with the directors’
the Group’s and the Company’s available financial resources over this assessment that there is not, a material uncertainty related to
period were: events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast
■ Commodity inflation and pricing significant doubt on the Group’s or Parent Company's ability to
■ Landing Pricing and Volume Sensitivity continue as a going concern for the going concern period;.
■ We have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation
We also considered realistic second order impacts, such as business
to the directors’ statement on page 156 on the use of the going
transformation and portfolio management failure and the loss of all
concern basis of accounting with no material uncertainties that
material litigation cases which could result in a rapid reduction of
may cast significant doubt over the Group and Parent
available financial resources. We considered whether these risks could
Company’s use of that basis for the going concern period, and
plausibly affect the liquidity in the going concern period by assessing the
we found the going concern disclosure on page 177 and 230 to
degree of downside assumptions that, individually and collectively, could
be acceptable; and
result in a liquidity issue, taking into account the Group’s current and
■ The same statement under the Listing Rules set out on page 156
projected cash and facilities and the outcome of their reverse stress
is materially consistent with the financial statements and our
testing. We considered whether the going concern disclosure in note 1
audit knowledge.
to the financial statements gives a full and accurate description of the
Directors’ assessment of going concern. However, as we cannot predict all future events or conditions and
as subsequent events may result in outcomes that are inconsistent
with judgements that were reasonable at the time they were made,
the above conclusions are not a guarantee that the Group or the
Parent Company will continue in operation.
assessed the prospects of the Group, over what period they have done
so and why they considered that period to be appropriate, and their
statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that
the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities
as they fall due over the period of their assessment, including any
related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications
or assumptions.
We are also required to review the Viability Statement set out on page 79
under the Listing Rules.
What we mean
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements and
include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by us, including those which had
the greatest effect on:
■ the overall audit strategy;
We include below the Key Audit Matters in decreasing order of audit significance, together with our key audit procedures to address those matters
and our results from those procedures. These matters were addressed, and our results are based on procedures undertaken, for the purpose of our
audit of the financial statements as a whole. We do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
This is considered to be an area which had a significant effect on our 31 December 2023 and assessed whether the original accrual was
overall audit strategy and allocation of resources in planning and recorded in the appropriate period.
completing our audit as significant effort was required in evaluating ■ Journals: We critically assessed manual journals recorded to revenue
the contractual arrangements and the related off-invoice rebate to identify unusual or irregular items and obtained underlying
accrual. documentation for those identified as unusual or irregular.
■ Evaluating Transparency: We evaluated the adequacy of the Group’s
There is a risk that revenue may be materially overstated due to fraud
disclosures in respect of rebate accrual.
through manipulation of the off-invoice rebate accrual recognised
resulting from the pressure management may feel to achieve
performance targets.
■ A retrospective review on the prior year-end accruals in markets we considered contains higher risk
■ Our conclusions on the appropriateness of the methodology and value of the off-invoice rebate accrual as at year-end
Further information in the Annual Report and Accounts: See the Report of the Audit Committee on page 107 for details on how the Audit Committee
considered revenue recognition as an area of significant attention, page 180 for the accounting policy on revenue recognition, and note 2, 13 and
14 for the financial disclosures.
FY23 FY22
Contingent liabilities Our assessment of the risk FY23: Acceptable
disclosed (regarding
↔ is similar to FY22 FY22: Acceptable
to a 2001 corporate
reorganisation) €3,757m €3,292m
reorganisation. The total amount of the tax assessments received in effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the indirect tax
respect of this matter is €3,757 million as of 31 December 2023. There process including controls related to the assessment of the outcome
also remains the possibility of further material tax assessments related of investigations if a liability exists and around evaluating exposure
to the same matter for periods not yet assessed. to possible material tax assessments for periods not yet assessed.
■ Our Tax Expertise: We involved local indirect tax professionals with
We identified the evaluation of the indirect tax contingent liabilities in
specialised skills and knowledge who assisted in:
Brazil related to a 2001 corporate reorganisation as a key audit matter.
■ assessing the appropriateness of the classification as contingent
In Brazil, there is a high degree of complexity involved in the local
liabilities compared to the nature of the exposures, applicable
indirect tax regimes (both state and federal) and jurisprudence. Due to
regulations and related correspondence with the tax authorities;
these complexities, there is a high degree of judgement applied by the
and
Group with respect to the uncertainty of the outcome of this matter.
■ assessing the confirmation received from the Group’s external
Complex auditor judgement and specialised skills were required in
lawyers, considering any impact of legal precedent, case law and
evaluating the possible future outcomes of investigations by the
any historical and recent judgements passed by the court
authorities, for assessments received to ascertain if a liability exists
authorities which could impact likelihood of outflow of economic
and in evaluating if the exposure of possible material tax assessments
resources.
related to the same matter for periods not yet assessed can be
■ Retrospective review: We inspected assessments received from tax
estimated.
authorities and compared their consistency, occurrence and
amounts retrospectively over time to previous management
estimates made in the periods this matter was not yet assessed.
■ Evaluating Transparency: We evaluated the adequacy of the Group’s
■ The adequacy of the disclosure of the contingent liabilities disclosed related to the Brazil indirect tax dispute
Our results
The results of our testing were satisfactory (FY22: satisfactory) and we considered the Brazilian indirect tax contingent liability disclosures to be
acceptable (FY22: acceptable).
Further information in the Annual Report and Accounts: See the Report of the Audit Committee on page 107 for details on how the Audit Committee
considered indirect tax provisions and contingent liabilities as an area of significant attention, page 219 and 220 for the accounting policy on
provisions and contingent liabilities respectively, and note 19 and 20 for the financial disclosures.
Further information in the Annual Report and Accounts: See page 230 for the accounting policy on Investments in subsidiaries, and note 4 to the
Company Accounts for the financial disclosures.
Group’s high-level policies and procedures to prevent and detect fraud, including the internal audit function, and
the Group’s channel for “whistleblowing”, as well as whether they have knowledge of any actual, suspected or
alleged fraud.
■ Reading Board and Audit Committee minutes.
■ Using our own forensic professionals with specialised skills and knowledge to assist us in identifying the fraud
and
■ the risk that revenue is materially overstated due to fraud through manipulation of the off-invoice rebate accrual
recognised.
The fraud risk in relation to revenue recognition – rebates is included as a Key Audit Matter as per item 4.1.
Link to KAMs Further detail in respect of fraud risks identified over the risk that revenue may be overstated due to fraud through
manipulation of the off-invoice rebate accrual is contained within the Key Audit Matter disclosures in item 4.1 of this
report.
Procedures to address In determining the audit procedures, we took into account the results of our evaluation and testing of the operating
fraud risks effectiveness of the Group-wide fraud risk management controls. For further details in respect to the Group-wide
risk management controls refer to the report of the Audit Committee on page 107.
We also performed procedures including:
■ Identifying manual journal entries to test for all in-scope components based on risk criteria, such as
management postings and timing being after the closure of the sales ledger, and comparing the identified
entries to supporting documentation.
■ Evaluating the business purpose of significant unusual transactions.
competition authorities)
■ Employment legislation (reflecting the Group’s significant and geographically diverse work force)
■ Health and safety regulation (reflecting the nature of the Group’s production and distribution processes)
■ Consumer product law such as product safety and product claims (reflecting the nature of the Group’s diverse
product base)
■ Contract legislation (reflecting the Group’s extensive use of trademarks, copyright and patents)
■ Environmental regulation (reflecting nature of the Group’s production and distribution processes)
■ Compliance with sanctions (reflecting the Group’s dealings in various geographies with active sanctions)
Auditing standards limit the required audit procedures to identify non-compliance with these laws and regulations
to enquiry of the directors and other management and inspection of regulatory and legal correspondence, if any.
Therefore if a breach of operational regulations is not disclosed to us or evident from relevant correspondence, an
audit will not detect that breach.
Link to KAMs Laws and Regulations are linked to the Brazil Indirect Tax Key Audit Matter identified in item 4.2 of this report. Tax
legislation is noted as a law that directly affects the financial statements.
Indirect tax contingent liabilities in Brazil are disclosed in note 20 to the Group financial statements on page 220.
Context
Context of the ability of Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an unavoidable risk that we may not have detected some
the Audit to detect fraud material misstatements in the financial statements, even though we have properly planned and performed our
or breaches of law or audit in accordance with auditing standards. For example, the further removed non-compliance with laws and
regulation regulations is from the events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, the less likely the inherently
limited procedures required by auditing standards would identify it. In addition, as with any audit, there remained a
higher risk of non-detection of fraud, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions,
misrepresentations, or the override of internal controls. Our audit procedures are designed to detect material
misstatement. We are not responsible for preventing non-compliance or fraud and cannot be expected to detect
non-compliance with all laws and regulations.
■ Using technology to perform a 4-way sales match over invoices (3-way invoice to order and delivery document,
plus on-invoice rebate deductions) to verify the accuracy and timeliness of revenue recorded;
■ For some components, using technology to perform a line-by-line analysis of the unwind of prior year rebate
accruals to retrospectively test accuracy and identify risks for some countries;
■ Indefinite life intangibles (trademarks) and goodwill impairment testing;
The Group team communicated, to the component teams, the results of certain audit procedures performed
centrally but relevant to component teams.
In addition, we have performed Group level analysis on the remaining components to determine whether further
risks of material misstatement exist in those components.
None of the out-of-scope entities individually represented more than 2% total Group revenue or total Group assets,
or more than 5% of total profits and losses making up Group profit before taxation.
Impact of controls on our Group audit
Unilever relies on the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting at the Group level, in various shared
services centres (‘operating centres’) and at country level, and operates both automated and manual controls.
We identified a number of key finance IT systems relevant to our Group audit including the main ERP finance system,
the consolidation system, and other specific IT systems that support automated controls across the Group. The
majority of these finance IT systems are maintained centrally and are used by many of the 37 in scope components.
Our central IT auditors assisted us in evaluating general IT controls for these systems, as well as automated controls
and system generated reports relied upon by management in financial reporting. For finance IT systems, automated
controls and system generated reports maintained at country level, our country IT auditors assisted component
auditors in their evaluation.
Our central testing audit teams evaluated the design and operating effectiveness of key manual process level
controls in the Group’s central operating centres. Component auditors further evaluated the design and operating
effectiveness of key manual controls that operate at country level to address specific local financial reporting risks
that could impact the group audit opinion. This controls testing covered the key transactional processes of the
Group. Results from all testing were communicated to the group audit team and considered as part of our audit.
At the Group level, we evaluated the design and operating effectiveness of key controls in processes operated
centrally at the Group.
identified, compensating controls were identified and evaluated and, where relevant, relied upon.
■ The control deficiencies identified did not lead to significant changes to our planned audit approach.
independence, data analytics, controls and group team’s involvement with components.
■ In September, the Group audit team held a virtual conference to provide a further update on risk assessment, the
Group’s year-to-date results, reminders for controls reporting and an overview of data and analytics tools used in
the Unilever audit.
Site visits
The Group audit team visited the following component teams during the year:
■ Operating Centres: India, Mexico, Poland
■ Other component auditors: China, Egypt, Germany, India, Mexico, Poland, United Kingdom, United States and
Vietnam and conducted a virtual site visit to Argentina, Brazil, Canada, France, Indonesia, Netherlands, Nigeria,
Philippines, South Africa and Thailand.
Review of work papers
The Group audit team also inspected selections of the component team’s key work papers related to significant
risks and assessed the appropriateness of conclusions and consistencies between reported findings and work
performed.
We deem our oversight of component auditors was appropriate.
■ in our opinion the information given in those reports for the financial year is consistent with the
significant issues that the Audit Committee considered in relation to the financial statements, and
how these issues were addressed; and
■ the section of the annual report that describes the review of the effectiveness of the Group’s risk
We are also required to review the part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to the We have nothing to report in this respect.
Group’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified by the
Listing Rules for our review.
be audited are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or
■ certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
■ we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.
9. Respective responsibilities
Directors’ responsibilities
As explained more fully in their statement set out on page 156, the directors are responsible for: the preparation of the financial statements
including being satisfied that they give a true and fair view; such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of
financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In addition, the Directors are responsible for
assessing the Group and Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern; and
using the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have
no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement,
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue our opinion in an auditor’s report. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but does not
guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise
from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic
decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial statements.
A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on the FRC’s website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.
The Company is required to include these financial statements in an annual financial report prepared under the Disclosure Guidance and
Transparency Rules (“DTR”) 4.1.17R and 4.1.18R. This auditor’s report provides no assurance over whether the annual financial report has been
prepared in accordance with those requirements.
10. The purpose of our Audit work and to whom we own our responsibilities
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit
work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report
and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and
the Company’s members, as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.
€ million € million
Notes 2023 2022
Assets
Non-current assets
Goodwill 9 21,109 21,609
Intangible assets 9 18,357 18,880
Property, plant and equipment 10 10,707 10,770
Pension asset for funded schemes in surplus 4B 3,781 4,260
Deferred tax assets 6B 1,113 1,049
Financial assets 17A 1,386 1,154
Other non-current assets 11 911 942
57,364 58,664
Current assets
Inventories 12 5,119 5,931
Trade and other current receivables 13 5,775 7,056
Current tax assets 427 381
Cash and cash equivalents 17A 4,159 4,326
Other financial assets 17A 1,731 1,435
Assets held for sale 22 691 28
17,902 19,157
Total assets 75,266 77,821
Liabilities
Current liabilities
Financial liabilities 15C 5,087 5,775
Trade payables and other current liabilities 14 16,857 18,023
Current tax liabilities 851 877
Provisions 19 537 748
Liabilities held for sale 22 175 4
23,507 25,427
Non-current liabilities
Financial liabilities 15C 24,535 23,713
Non-current tax liabilities 384 94
Pensions and post-retirement healthcare liabilities:
Funded schemes in deficit 4B 351 613
Unfunded schemes 4B 1,029 1,078
Provisions 19 563 550
Deferred tax liabilities 6B 3,995 4,375
Other non-current liabilities 14 138 270
30,995 30,693
Total liabilities 54,502 56,120
Equity
Shareholders’ equity 18,102 19,021
Non-controlling interests 2,662 2,680
Total equity 20,764 21,701
Total liabilities and equity 75,266 77,821
Note references in the consolidated income statement, consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity, consolidated
balance sheet and consolidated cash flow statement relate to notes on pages 177 to 226, which form an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
These financial statements have been approved by the Directors and signed on their behalf by Fernando Fernandez.
The cash flows of pension funds (other than contributions and other direct payments made by the Group in respect of pensions and similar
obligations) are not included in the Group cash flow statement.
policies
into euros. Apart from the financial statements of group companies in
hyperinflationary economies (see below), the income statement, the cash
flow statement and all other movements in assets and liabilities are
translated at average rates of exchange as a proxy for the transaction rate,
or at the transaction rate itself if more appropriate. Assets and liabilities are
Basis of consolidation translated at year-end exchange rates.
Group companies included in the consolidated financial statements for The financial statements of group companies whose functional currency
2023 are PLC and all subsidiary undertakings, which are those entities is the currency of a hyperinflationary economy are adjusted for inflation
controlled by PLC. Control exists when the Group has the power to direct and then translated into euros using the balance sheet exchange rate.
the activities of an entity so as to affect the return on investment. Amounts shown for prior years for comparative purposes are not
The net assets and results of acquired businesses are included in the modified. To determine the existence of hyperinflation, the Group
consolidated financial statements from their respective dates of assesses the qualitative and quantitative characteristics of the
acquisition, being the date on which the Group obtains control. economic environment of the country, such as the cumulative inflation
rate over the previous three years.
The results of disposed businesses are included in the consolidated
financial statements up to their date of disposal, being the date As at 31 December 2023, the ordinary share capital of PLC was translated to
control ceases. euro using the historical rate at the date the shares were issued (see note
15B on page 204).
Intra-group transactions and balances are eliminated.
The effect of exchange rate changes during the year on net assets of
foreign operations is recorded in equity. For this purpose, net assets
include loans between group companies and any related foreign
Company legislation and accounting standards exchange contracts where settlement is neither planned nor likely
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in to occur in the foreseeable future.
accordance with international financial reporting standards (IFRS) The Group applies hedge accounting to certain exchange differences
as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), arising between the functional currencies of a foreign operation and
and UK-adopted international accounting standards. The consolidated the functional currency of the parent entity, regardless of whether the
financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. net investment is held directly or through an intermediate parent.
These financial statements are prepared under the historical cost Differences arising on retranslation of a financial liability designated as
convention unless otherwise indicated. a foreign currency net investment hedge are recorded in equity to the
extent that the hedge is effective. These differences are reported within
profit or loss to the extent that the hedge is ineffective.
Going concern Cumulative exchange differences arising since the date of transition to
IFRS of 1 January 2004 are reported as a separate component of other
These financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis.
reserves. In the event of disposal or part disposal of an interest in a
The Group has considerable financial resources together with established
group company either through sale or as a result of a repayment of
business relationships with many customers and suppliers in countries
capital, the cumulative exchange difference is recognised in the income
throughout the world. The Directors also consider the Group's overall
statement as part of the profit or loss on disposal of group companies.
financial position, exposure to principal risks and future business forecasts.
We describe in notes 15 to 18 on pages 203 to 218 the Group’s objectives,
policies and processes for managing its capital; its financial risk
management objectives; details of its financial instruments and hedging Hyperinflationary economies
activities and its exposures to credit and liquidity risk. As a consequence, The Argentinian economy was designated as hyperinflationary from
the Group is well placed to manage its business risks successfully for at 1 July 2018 and the Turkish economy was designated as hyperinflationary
least twelve months from the date of approval of the financial statements. from 1 July 2022. As a result, application of IAS 29 ‘Financial Reporting in
Hyperinflationary Economies’ has been applied to all Unilever entities
whose functional currency is the Argentinian peso or the Turkish lira. The
Accounting policies application of IAS 29 includes:
■ adjustment of historical cost non-monetary assets and liabilities for
The accounting policies adopted are the same as those which were
the change in purchasing power caused by inflation from the date of
applied for the previous financial year except as set out below under
initial recognition to the balance sheet date;
the heading ‘Recent accounting developments’.
■ adjustment of the income statement for inflation during the
Accounting policies are included in the relevant notes to the reporting period;
consolidated financial statements. These are presented as text ■ translation of income statement at the period-end foreign exchange
highlighted in grey on pages 177 to 226. The accounting policies rate instead of an average rate; and
below are applied throughout the financial statements. ■ adjustment of the income statement to reflect the impact of inflation
the potential to be significantly impacted by climate-related risks and approximately 1% of the Group's turnover and net profit, and as at
our plans to mitigate against these risks. Those line items that have the 31 December 2023 had approximately €600 million of net assets.
potential to be significantly impacted have then been reviewed in detail While the potential impacts of the war remain uncertain, there is a
to confirm: risk that the operations in Russia are unable to continue, leading to a
■ that the growth rates and projected cash flows, used in assessing loss of turnover, profit and a write-down of assets.
whether our goodwill and indefinite-life intangibles are impaired,
The following judgements are those that management believe have the
are consistent with our climate-related risk assumptions and the
most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the Group’s
actions we are taking to mitigate against those risks and
financial statements:
■ that the useful lives of our property, plant and equipment are
■ Utilisation of tax losses and recognition of other deferred tax assets
appropriate given the potential physical and obsolescence risks
– the Group operates in many countries and is subject to taxes in
associated with climate change and the actions we are taking to
numerous jurisdictions. Management uses judgement to assess the
mitigate against those risks.
recoverability of tax assets such as whether there will be sufficient
In addition it should be noted that climate-related risks could affect future taxable profits to utilise losses – see note 6B.
the financial position of our defined benefit pension plan assets. The ■ Likelihood of occurrence of provisions and contingent liabilities –
Trustees operate diversified investment strategies and are continuously events can occur where there is uncertainty over future obligations.
assessing investment risks. The Trustees consider climate risk as one of Judgement is required to determine if an outflow of economic
the key investment risks and are continually evolving their investments resources is probable, or possible but not probable. Where it is
to lower the overall climate risk. probable, a liability is recognised and further judgement is used
to determine the level of the provision. Where it is possible but not
Based on these reviews, we do not believe that there is a material
probable, further judgement is used to determine if the likelihood is
impact on the financial reporting judgements and estimates arising
remote, in which case no disclosures are provided; if the likelihood
from our considerations and as a result the valuations of our assets
is not remote then judgement is used to determine the contingent
or liabilities have not been significantly impacted by these risks as at
liability disclosed. Unilever does not have provisions and contingent
31 December 2023. We have not identified any significant impact from
liabilities for the same matters. External advice is obtained for any
climate-related risks on the Group’s going concern assessment nor the
material cases. See notes 6A, 19 and 20.
viability of the Group over the next three years.
■ Recognition of pension surplus – where there is an accounting
For many years Unilever has placed sustainability at the centre of its surplus on a defined benefit plan, management uses judgement
strategy and has been working on becoming a more sustainable to determine whether the Group can realise the surplus through
business. This has included implementing hundreds of actions to help refunds, reductions in future contributions or a combination of both.
mitigate and adapt against climate-related risks. The costs and benefits
of such actions are embedded into the cost structures of the business
and are not separately identifiable. None of these actions have
significantly impacted the value of the Group's assets or their useful
lives and whilst there is still much to do, our aim is to continue to reduce
our exposure to climate-related risks without impacting the value of the
Group’s assets. However we recognise that the climate emergency is
deepening and government policies are likely to evolve as a result of
commitments to limit global warning to 1.5°C and thus we will continue
to carefully monitor potential implications on the valuations of our
assets and liabilities that could arise in future years.
All other standards or amendments to standards that have been issued by the IASB and were effective by 1 January 2023 were not applicable or
material to Unilever.
New standards, amendments and interpretations of existing standards that are not yet effective and have not
been early adopted by the Group
The following standards have been released but are not yet adopted by the Group. Based on initial review the Group does not currently believe
adoption of the following standards/amendments will have a material impact on the consolidation results or financial position of the Group.
All other new standards or amendments that are not yet effective that have been issued by the IASB are not applicable or material to Unilever.
2. Segment information
Segmental reporting
The Group's operating and reportable segments are the five Business Groups of Beauty & Wellbeing, Personal Care, Home Care, Nutrition
and Ice Cream. Prior to 2022, segmental reporting was done on the basis of three Divisions: Beauty & Personal Care, Home Care and Foods
& Refreshment. The comparative information has been reclassified to reflect the new reporting segments.
Beauty & Wellbeing ■ primarily sales of hair care (shampoo, conditioner, styling), skin care (face, hand and body moisturisers) and includes
Prestige Beauty and Health & Wellbeing.
Personal Care ■ primarily sales of skin cleansing (soap, shower), deodorant and oral care (toothpaste, toothbrush,
mouthwash) products.
Home Care ■ primarily sales of fabric care (washing powders and liquids, rinse conditioners) and a wide range of cleaning products.
Nutrition ■ primarily sales of scratch cooking aids (soups, bouillons, seasonings), dressings (mayonnaise, ketchup) and tea
products.
Ice Cream ■ primarily ice cream products.
Revenue
Turnover comprises sales of goods after the deduction of discounts, sales taxes and estimated returns. It does not include sales between group
companies. Discounts given by Unilever include rebates, price reductions and incentives given to customers, promotional couponing and trade
communication costs and are based on the contractual arrangements with each customer. Discounts can either be immediately deducted from
the sales value on the invoice or off-invoice and settled later through credit notes when the precise amounts are known. Rebates are generally
off-invoice. Amounts provided for discounts at the end of a period require estimation; historical data and accumulated experience is used to
estimate the provision using the most likely amount method and in most instances, the discount can be estimated using known facts with a high
level of accuracy. Any differences between actual amounts settled and the amounts provided are not material and recognised in the subsequent
reporting period.
Customer contracts generally contain a single performance obligation and turnover is recognised when control of the products being sold has
transferred to our customer as there are no longer any unfulfilled obligations to the customer. This is generally on delivery to the customer but
depending on individual customer terms, this can be at the time of dispatch, delivery or upon formal customer acceptance. This is considered the
appropriate point where the performance obligations in our contracts are satisfied as Unilever no longer has control over the inventory.
Our customers have the contractual right to return goods only when authorised by Unilever. At 31 December 2023, an estimate has been made of
goods that will be returned and a liability has been recognised for this amount. An asset has also been recorded for the corresponding inventory
that is estimated to return to Unilever using a best estimate based on accumulated experience.
Some of our customers are distributors who may be able to return unsold goods in consignment arrangements.
Underlying operating profit
Underlying operating profit means operating profit before the impact of non-underlying items within operating profit. Underlying operating
profit represents our measure of segment profit or loss as it is the primary measure used for the purpose of making decisions about allocating
resources and assessing performance of segments. Items are classified as non-underlying due to their nature and/or frequency of occurrence.
Our segments are comprised of similar product categories. 8 categories (2022: 8; 2021: 10) individually accounted for 5% or more of our revenue in
one or more of the last three years. The following table shows the relevant contribution of these categories to Group revenue for the periods shown:
No other country had turnover or non-current assets (as shown above) greater than 10% of the Group total.
(a) Americas sales in North America were €13,130 million (2022: €13,000 million; 2021: €10,627 million) and in Latin America were €8,401 million (2022: €7,905 million; 2021:
€6,217 million).
Transactions between the Unilever Group’s geographical regions are immaterial and are carried out on at arm’s length basis.
3. Operating costs
Operating costs
Operating costs include cost of sales, brand and marketing investment, overheads and other items including gains and losses on business
disposals, acquisition and disposal-related costs, restructuring costs, impairments and other items within operating profit recognised separately
due to their nature and/or frequency.
(i) Cost of sales
Cost of sales includes the cost of inventories sold during the period and distribution costs. The cost of inventories are raw and packaging
materials and related production costs. Distribution costs are charged to the income statement as incurred.
(ii) Brand and marketing investment
Brand and marketing investment include costs related to creating and maintaining brand equity and brand awareness. This includes media,
advertising production, promotional materials and engagement with consumers. These costs are charged to the income statement as incurred.
(iii) Overheads
Overheads include staff costs associated with sales activities and central functions such as finance, human resources, and research and
development costs. Research and development costs are staff costs, material costs, depreciation of property, plant and equipment, patent costs
and other costs that are directly attributable to research and product development activities. These costs are charged to the income statement
as incurred.
(iv) Restructuring costs
Restructuring costs are charges associated with transformational activities planned by management that significantly change either the scope
of the business or the way it is conducted.
(v) Others
Others relates to those one-off costs that are classified separately due to their nature and/or frequency of occurrence.
Exchange losses within operating costs in 2023 are €(249) million (2022: €(225) million; 2021: nil).
4. Employees
Key management are defined as the members of Unilever Leadership Executive (ULE) and the Non-Executive Directors. Compensation for ULE
members are pro-rated based on time actively spent in a ULE role. In addition to the above, €11 million was recognised in 2023 relating to members
of the ULE who have either left, or where it has been announced that they will leave during the year.
Details of the remuneration of Directors (including leaving arrangements) are given in the parts noted as audited in the Directors’ Remuneration
Report on pages 116 to 153.
Description of plans
The Group increasingly operates a number of defined contribution plans, the assets of which are held in external funds. In certain countries,
the Group operates defined benefit pension plans based on employee pensionable remuneration and length of service. The majority of defined
benefit plans are either career average, final salary or hybrid plans and operate on a funded basis with assets held in external funds. Benefits
are determined by the plan rules and are linked to inflation in some countries. Our largest plans are in the UK and the Netherlands. In the UK, we
operate a career average defined benefit plan (with a salary limit for benefit accrual) which is closed to new entrants from October 2021, and a
defined contribution plan. In the Netherlands, we operate a collective defined contribution plan for all new benefit accrual and a closed career
average defined benefit plan for benefits built up to April 2015.
The Group also provides other post-employment benefits, mainly post-employment healthcare plans in the US, closed to new entrants from
January 2014. These plans are predominantly unfunded.
Governance
The majority of the Group’s externally funded plans are established as trusts, foundations or similar entities. The operation of these entities is
governed by local regulations and practice in each country, as is the nature of the relationship between the Group and the Trustees (or equivalent)
and their composition. Where Trustees (or equivalent) are in place to operate plans, they are generally required to act on behalf of the plan’s
stakeholders. They are tasked with periodic reviews of the solvency of the plan in accordance with local legislation and play a role in the long-
term investment and funding strategy. The Group also has an internal body, the Pensions and Equity Committee, that is responsible for setting
the company’s policies and decision-making on plan matters, including but not limited to design, funding, investments, risk management
and governance.
Investment strategy
The Group’s investment strategy in respect of its funded plans is implemented within the framework of the various statutory requirements of the
territories where the plans are based. The Group has developed policy guidelines for the allocation of assets to different classes with the objective
of controlling risk and maintaining the right balance between risk and long-term returns in order to limit the cost to the Group of the benefits
provided. To achieve this, investments are diversified, such that the failure of any single investment should not have a material impact on the
overall level of assets. The plans expose the Group to a number of actuarial risks such as investment risk, interest rate risk, longevity risk and, in
certain countries, inflation risk. There are no unusual entity or plan-specific risks to the Group. The plans invest a reducing proportion of assets
in equities and, for risk control, an increasing proportion in liability matching assets (bonds). There are also investments in property and other
alternative assets; additionally, the Group uses derivatives to further mitigate the impact of the risks outlined above. However, the portfolio
leverage is relatively low. The majority of assets are managed by a number of external fund managers with a small proportion managed in-house.
Unilever has a pooled investment vehicle (Univest) which it believes offers its pension plans around the world a simplified externally managed
investment vehicle to implement their strategic asset allocation models, currently for bonds, equities and alternative assets. The aim is to provide
high-quality, well diversified, cost-effective, risk-controlled vehicles. The pension plans’ investments are overseen by Unilever’s internal investment
company, the Univest Company.
Assumptions
With the objective of presenting the assets and liabilities of the pensions and other post-employment benefit plans at their fair value on the
balance sheet, assumptions under IAS 19 are set by reference to market conditions at the valuation date. The actuarial assumptions used to
calculate the benefit liabilities vary according to the country in which the plan is situated. The following table shows the assumptions, weighted by
liabilities, used to value the principal defined benefit plans (representing approximately 96% of total pension liabilities and other post-employment
benefit liabilities).
For the most material other post-employment benefit plan in the US a higher initial level of medical cost inflation is assumed which falls from the
initial rate of 7% to the long-term rate of 5% after 8 years. Assumed healthcare cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported
for healthcare plans.
Demographic assumptions, such as mortality rates, are set having regard to the latest trends in life expectancy (including expectations of future
improvements), plan experience and other relevant data. These assumptions are reviewed and updated as necessary as part of the periodic
actuarial valuation of the pension plans. The years of life expectancy for 2023 above have been translated from the following tables:
UK: Standard life expectancy tables Series S3, adjusted to reflect the experience of our plan members analysed as part of the 2022 actuarial
valuation. Future improvements in longevity have been allowed for in line with the core CMI 2022 Mortality Projections Model with a 1% p.a. long-
term improvement rate.
Netherlands: The Dutch Actuarial Society’s AG Prognosetafel 2022 table is used with correction factors (2020) to allow for the typically longer life
expectancy for fund members relative to the general population. This table has an in-built allowance for future improvements in longevity.
The impact from changes to the assumptions of the remaining defined benefit plans are considered immaterial. Their assumptions vary due to
a number of factors including the currency and long-term economic conditions of the countries where they are situated.
Income statement
The charge to the income statement comprises:
The actual return on recognised plan assets during 2023 was €990 million, being €131 million of asset returns and €859 million of interest income
shown in the tables above (2022: €(5,987) million).
Movements in irrecoverable surplus during the year:
Rest of Rest of
(a) (a)
UK Netherlands world 2023 Total UK Netherlands world 2022 Total
Duration (years) 12 14 10 0 to 22 13 15 11 4 to 18
Active members 7% 7% 23% 12% 8% 8% 19% 11%
Deferred members 31% 38% 14% 27% 31% 38% 14% 28%
Retired members 62% 55% 63% 61% 61% 54% 67% 61%
(a) Rest of world numbers shown are weighted averages by liabilities.
Plan assets
The group of plans within ‘Rest of world’ category in the tables below are not materially different with respect to their risks that would require
disaggregated disclosure.
€ million € million
31 December 2023 31 December 2022
Rest of Rest of
UK Netherlands world 2023 Total UK Netherlands world 2022 Total
Total Pension Plans Assets 8,679 5,514 5,981 20,174 8,704 5,343 5,314 19,361
Equities Total 224 1,095 1,424 2,743 284 983 1,363 2,630
– Europe 43 171 431 645 61 165 440 666
– North America 133 670 617 1,420 160 604 594 1,358
– Other 48 254 376 678 63 214 329 606
Fixed Income Total 6,640 3,521 3,344 13,505 5,757 3,269 2,696 11,722
– Government bonds 4,773 1,461 1,546 7,780 3,795 1,297 1,215 6,307
– Investment grade corporate bonds 791 620 1,197 2,608 871 530 905 2,306
– Other Fixed Income 1,076 1,440 601 3,117 1,091 1,442 576 3,109
Derivatives (237) 145 16 (76) (333) 254 18 (61)
Private Equity 559 95 36 690 500 90 40 630
Property and Real Estate 674 321 412 1,407 930 422 387 1,739
Hedge Funds 136 – 69 205 225 – 76 301
Other 683 337 391 1,411 1,341 325 317 1,983
Other Pension Plans – – 289 289 – – 417 417
Other Post-Employment Benefit Plans
Assets – – 4 4 – – 6 6
Total Assets 8,679 5,514 5,985 20,178 8,704 5,343 5,320 19,367
The fair values of the above equity and fixed income instruments are determined based on quoted market prices in active markets. The fair value
of private equity, properties, derivatives and hedge funds are not based on quoted market prices in active markets. Properties are primarily valued
by a professional third party valuer on an open market basis, as defined by the Royal Institute of Chartered Surveyors. The Group uses derivatives
and other instruments to hedge some of its exposure to inflation and interest rate risk – the degree of this hedging of liabilities was over 100% for
both interest rate and inflation for the UK plan and approximately 90% for interest rate and 20% for inflation for the Netherlands plan at year end.
Foreign currency exposures, in part, are also hedged by the use of forward foreign exchange contracts. Assets included in the Other category are
cash and insurance contracts which are also unquoted assets.
No Unilever securities were held at 31 December 2023. At 31 December 2022, €1 million (0.003% of total plan assets) of Unilever securities were held.
Property includes property occupied by Unilever amounting to €80 million and €77 million at 31 December 2023 and 2022 respectively.
The pension assets above exclude the assets in a Special Benefits Trust amounting to €33 million (2022: €39 million) to fund pension and similar
obligations in the US (see also note 17A on page 216).
Sensitivities
The sensitivity of the overall pension liabilities to changes in the weighted key assumptions are:
Change in liabilities
Change in assumption UK Netherlands Total
Discount rate Increase by 0.5% -6% -7% -5%
Inflation rate Increase by 0.5% 4% 8% 5%
Life expectancy Increase by 1 year 4% 4% 4%
(a)
Long-term medical cost inflation Increase by 1.0% n/a n/a 4%
(a) Long-term medical cost inflation only relates to post-retirement medical plans and its impact on these liabilities.
A decrease in each assumption would have a comparable and opposite impact on liabilities.
The sensitivity analyses above have been determined based on reasonably possible changes of the respective assumptions occurring at the end
of the reporting period and may not be representative of the actual change. It is based on a change in the key assumption while holding all other
assumptions constant. When calculating the sensitivity to the assumption, the same method used to calculate the liability recognised in the
balance sheet has been applied. The methods and types of assumptions used in preparing the sensitivity analysis did not change compared with
the previous period.
The Group’s funding policy is to periodically review the contributions made to the plans while taking account of local legislation.
As at 31 December 2023, the Group had share-based compensation plans in the form of performance shares and other share awards.
The numbers in this note include those for Executive Directors shown in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 116 to 153 and those for key
management shown in note 4A on page 184. Non-Executive Directors do not participate in any of the share-based compensation plans.
The charge to income statement related to equity-settled share-based compensation plan is €212 million (2022: €177 million; 2021: €161 million).
6. Taxation
6A. Income tax
Income tax on the profit for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent
that it relates to items recognised directly in equity.
Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance
sheet date, and any adjustments to tax payable in respect of previous years.
Current tax in the consolidated income statement will differ from the income tax paid in the consolidated cash flow statement primarily because
of deferred tax arising on temporary differences and payment dates for income tax occurring after the balance sheet date.
Unilever is subject to taxation in the many countries in which it operates. The tax legislation of these countries differs, is often complex and is subject to
interpretation by management and the government authorities. These matters of judgement give rise to the need to create provisions for tax payments
that may arise in future years with respect to transactions already undertaken. Provisions are made against individual exposures and take into account
the specific circumstances of each case, including the strength of technical arguments, recent case law decisions or rulings on similar issues and relevant
external advice. The provision is estimated based on one of two methods, the expected value method (the sum of the probability-weighted amounts in a
range of possible outcomes) or the single most likely amount method, depending on which is expected to better predict the resolution of the uncertainty.
The reconciliation between the computed weighted average rate of income tax expense, which is generally applicable to Unilever companies, and
the actual rate of taxation charged is as follows:
Our tax rate is reduced by incentive tax credits, the benefit from preferential tax regimes that have been legislated by the countries and provinces
concerned in order to promote economic development and investment. The tax rate is increased by business expenses which are not deductible for
tax, such as entertainment costs and some interest expense and by irrecoverable withholding taxes on dividends paid by subsidiary companies
and on other cross-border payments such as royalties and service fees, which cannot be offset against other taxes due. Uncertain tax provisions
excluding the related interest amounted to €820 million (2022: €822 million). This includes €434 million (2022: €374 million) related to the Horlicks
intangible amortisation in India.
The Group's future tax charge and effective tax rate could be affected by several factors, including changes in tax laws and their interpretation,
the implementation of the OECD Pillars 1 and 2, EU and US tax changes, as well as the impact of acquisitions, disposals and restructuring of our
business.
Pillar Two legislation has been enacted or substantively enacted in certain jurisdictions in which the Group operates and the legislation will be
effective for the Group’s financial year beginning 1 January 2024. We have performed an assessment of the Group’s potential exposure to Pillar Two
income taxes based on the most recent financial information available regarding the constituent entities in the Group. Based on the assessment,
the Pillar Two effective tax rates in most of the jurisdictions in which the Group operates are above 15%. However, there are a limited number of
jurisdictions where the transitional safe harbour relief is unlikely to apply and the Pillar Two effective tax rate is expected to be below 15%. We
estimate that the combined impact of the implementation by countries of qualified domestic minimum top-up taxes and the income inclusion rule
in the UK will be in the range of 0-0.2% increase to the Group ETR for 2024.
■ the initial recognition of assets or liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit; and
■ differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and
liabilities, using tax rates enacted, or substantively enacted, at the year end.
A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset
can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised.
At the balance sheet date, the Group had unused tax losses of €1,313 million (2022: €1,352 million) and tax credits amounting to €832 million (2022:
€893 million) available for offset against future taxable profits. Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of unused tax losses of
€602 million (2022: €668 million) and tax credits of €418 million (2022: €448 million), as it is not probable that there will be future taxable profits
within the entities against which the losses and credits can be utilised. Of these losses, €168 million (2022: €196 million) have expiry dates, being
corporate income tax losses in the US, Korea and China which expire between now and 2042.
Where deferred tax assets have been recognised in respect of losses, the evidence considered includes the reason for the loss, potential planning
strategies to utilise the loss, including where permitted merger with other profitable entities and the availability of future taxable profits against
which the losses can be utilised. Profit forecasts used are consistent with those used in other areas of the business.
Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of other deductible temporary differences of €515 million (2022: €269 million) as it is not
expected they will be utilised. Of these differences, €409 million (2022: €199 million) relates to limitation on the deduction of interest expenses.
There is no expiry date for these differences.
At the balance sheet date, the aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with undistributed earnings of subsidiaries for which
deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised was €2,610 million (2022: €2,420 million). No liability has been recognised in respect of these
differences because the Group is in a position to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences, and it is probable that such
differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and
when the deferred income taxes relate to the same fiscal authority. The following amounts, determined after appropriate offsetting, are shown in
the consolidated balance sheet:
Tax effects directly recognised in equity or other comprehensive income were as follows:
Earnings per share for total operations for the 12 months were as follows:
€ € €
2023 2022 2021
Basic earnings per share 2.58 3.00 2.33
Diluted earnings per share 2.56 2.99 2.32
Dividends are recognised on the date that the shareholder’s right to receive payment is established. This is generally the date when the dividend
is declared.
Four quarterly interim dividends were declared and paid during 2023, totalling £1.50 (2022: £1.45) per PLC ordinary share.
A quarterly dividend of €1,067 million (2022: €1,086 million) was declared on 8 February 2024, to be paid in March 2024; £0.36 per PLC ordinary share
(2022: £0.38). Total dividends declared in relation to 2023 were £1.48 (2022: £1.48) per PLC ordinary share.
Significant CGUs
The goodwill and indefinite-life assets held in the GCGUs and CGUs shown below are considered significant within the total carrying amounts of
goodwill and indefinite-life intangible as at 31 December 2023.
Beauty &
Group of CGUs Wellbeing Personal Care Home Care Nutrition Ice Cream
Longer-term sustainable growth rates 3% 2% 3% 2% 2%
Average near-term nominal growth rates 6% 4% 3% 3% 6%
Beauty &
Group of CGUs Wellbeing Personal Care Home Care Nutrition Ice Cream
Longer-term sustainable growth rates 3% 3% 4% 3% 3%
Average near-term nominal growth rates 6% 3% 4% 5% 6%
The estimated cash flows after year five are extrapolated using a longer-term sustainable growth rate, which is determined as the lower of our own
three-year average growth projection and external forecasts for the relevant market.
In 2023, the projected cash flows are discounted using pre-tax discount rates. The discount rates are specific to each CGU and are determined
based on the weighted average cost of capital, including a market and country risk premium. Given the higher number of CGUs spread across
different markets, the CGU discount rates are in the range 8.4%–20.0% (2022: 7.4%–11.8%).
There are no reasonably possible changes in key assumptions that would cause the carrying amount of any CGU to exceed its recoverable amount.
Owned assets
Owned assets are initially measured at historical cost. Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis over the expected average useful lives
of the assets. Residual values and useful lives are reviewed at least annually. The review of residual values and useful lives have taken into
consideration the impacts of climate change and the actions we undertake to mitigate and adapt against these climate-related risks and there
is no material impact on the income statement for this year. Estimated useful lives by major class of assets are as follows:
■ freehold buildings (no depreciation on freehold land) 40 years
■ leasehold land and buildings 40 years (or life of lease if less)
■ plant and equipment 2-20 years
Leased assets
The cost of a leased asset is measured as the lease liability at inception of the lease contract and other direct costs less any incentives granted by
the lessor. The Group has not capitalised leases which are less than 12 months or leases of low-value assets. These mainly relate to IT equipment,
office equipment, furniture and fitting and other peripheral items. When a lease liability is remeasured, the related lease asset is adjusted by the
same amount.
Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis from the commencement date of the lease to the end of the lease term.
The Group has commitments to purchase property, plant and equipment of €583 million (2022: €356 million).
Our leases mainly comprise of land and buildings and plant and equipment. The Group leases land and buildings for manufacturing, warehouse
facilities and office space and also sublets some property. Plant and equipment includes leases for vehicles.
The Group has recognised in the income statement, a charge of €117 million (2022: €105 million) for short-term leases and €64 million (2022: €74
million) on leases for low-value assets.
During the year, the Group recognised income of €11 million (2022: €12 million) from sublet properties.
The total cash outflow relating to leases was €465 million (2022: €590 million).
Lease liabilities are shown in note 15 on pages 203 and 207.
€ million € million
2023 2022
Interest in net assets of joint ventures 70 65
Interest in net assets of associates 24 19
(a)
Long-term trade and other receivables 394 520
(b)
Other non-current assets 423 338
911 942
(a) Including indirect tax receivables where we do not have the contractual right to receive payment within 12 months.
(b) Includes direct tax assets, withholding tax assets, interest on tax assets, contingent assets and investment properties.
€ million € million
Movements during 2023 and 2022 2023 2022
(a)
Joint ventures
1 January 65 37
Additions 10 3
Dividends received/reductions (241) (189)
Share of net profit/(loss) 235 213
Currency retranslation 1 1
31 December 70 65
Associates
1 January 19 23
Additions 8 6
Dividend received/reductions (5) (4)
Share of net profit/(loss) (4) (5)
Currency retranslation 6 (1)
31 December 24 19
(a) Our principal joint ventures are Unilever FIMA LDA in Portugal, Binzagr Unilever Distribution in the Middle East, the Pepsi Lipton Tea Partnership in the US and Pepsi
Lipton International Ltd for the rest of the world.
The joint ventures and associates have no contingent liabilities to which the Group is exposed, and the Group has no contingent liabilities in
relation to its interests in the joint ventures and associates.
The Group has no outstanding capital commitments to joint ventures.
Outstanding balances with joint ventures and associates are shown in note 23 on page 224.
12. Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of weighted average cost and net realisable value. Cost comprises direct costs and, where appropriate, a
proportion of attributable production overheads. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price less the estimated costs necessary to make
the sale.
€ million € million
Inventories 2023 2022
Raw materials and consumables 1,815 2,062
Finished goods and goods for resale 3,662 4,248
Total inventories 5,477 6,310
Provision for inventories (358) (379)
5,119 5,931
(a) Others include the amount relating to the acquisition/disposal of businesses and transfers.
Inventories with a value of €173 million (2022: €189 million) are carried at net realisable value, this being lower than cost. During 2023, a total
expense of €413 million (2022: €407 million) was recognised in the income statement for inventory write-downs and losses.
Trade and other current receivables are initially recognised at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequently, except for
derivatives (see note 16 on page 208), these assets are held at amortised cost, using the effective interest method and net of any impairment
losses. Discounts payable to customers are shown as a reduction in trade receivables when there is a legal right and intent to settle them on a
net basis.
We do not consider the fair values of trade and other current receivables to be significantly different from their carrying values. Concentrations of
credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited, due to the Group’s customer base being large and diverse. Our historical experience of
collecting receivables, supported by the level of default, is that credit risk is low across territories and so trade receivables are considered to be a
single class of financial assets. Impairment for trade receivables are calculated for specific receivables with known or anticipated issues affecting the
likelihood of recovery and for balances past due with a probability of default based on historical data as well as relevant forward-looking information.
€ million € million
Trade and other current receivables 2023 2022
Due within one year
Trade receivables 4,023 4,544
Prepayments and accrued income 516 969
Other receivables 1,236 1,543
5,775 7,056
Included within trade receivables are discounts due to our customers of €2,528 million (2022: €2,436 million). Other receivables comprise financial
assets of €256 million (2022: €317 million) and non-financial assets of €979 million (2022: €1,226 million). Financial assets include supplier and
customer deposits, employee advances and certain derivatives. Non-financial assets mainly consist of reclaimable sales tax of €581 million (2022:
€753 million).
€ million € million
Ageing of trade receivables 2023 2022
Not overdue 3,522 3,919
Past due less than three months 401 498
Past due more than three months but less than six months 67 96
Past due more than six months but less than one year 90 69
Past due more than one year 141 150
Total trade receivables 4,221 4,732
Impairment provision for trade receivables (198) (188)
4,023 4,544
The total impairment provision includes €198 million (2022: €188 million) for current trade receivables, €11 million (2022: €22 million) for other
current receivables and €13 million (2022: €68 million) for non-current trade and other receivables.
€ million € million
Impairment provision for total trade and other receivables 2023 2022
1 January 278 286
Charge to income statement 34 27
Reduction/releases (82) (44)
Reclassifications (3) 4
Currency translations (5) 5
31 December 222 278
■ social security and sundry taxes are subsequently measured at amortised cost, using the effective interest method;
■ deferred consideration is subsequently measured at fair value with changes in the income statement as explained below; and
■ others are subsequently measured either at amortised cost, using the effective interest method or at fair value, with changes being recognised
Deferred consideration
Deferred consideration represents any payments to the sellers of a business that occur after the acquisition date. These typically comprise
contingent consideration and fixed deferred consideration:
■ fixed deferred consideration is a payment with a due date after acquisition that is not dependent on future conditions; and
■ contingent consideration is a payment which is dependent on certain conditions being met in the future and is often variable.
All deferred consideration is initially recognised at fair value as at the acquisition date, which includes a present value discount. Subsequently,
deferred consideration is measured to reflect the unwinding of discount on the liability, with changes recognised in finance cost within the
income statement. In the balance sheet, it is remeasured to reflect the latest estimate of the achievement of the conditions on which the
consideration is based; changes in value other than the discount unwind are recognised as acquisition and disposal-related costs in the income
statement.
We do not consider the fair values of trade payables and other liabilities to be significantly different from their carrying values.
€ million € million
Trade payables and other liabilities 2023 2022
Current: due within one year
Trade payables 10,355 11,100
Accruals 5,057 5,232
Social security and sundry taxes 512 626
Deferred consideration 167 78
Others 766 987
16,857 18,023
Non-current: due after more than one year
Accruals 105 141
Deferred consideration 5 102
Others 28 27
138 270
Total trade payables and other liabilities 16,995 18,293
Included within trade payables and other liabilities are discounts due to our customers of €2,294 million (2022: €2,121 million).
Included within others are IT and consulting services.
Deferred consideration
At 31 December 2023, the total balance of deferred consideration for acquisitions is €172 million (2022: €180 million), which includes contingent
consideration of €157 million (2022: €164 million). These contingent consideration payments are dependent on acquired businesses achieving
contractually agreed financial targets (mainly relates to cumulative increases in turnover and profit before tax) until 2025, with a maximum
contractual amount of €681 million.
Supplier financing arrangements for trade payables
Some of our suppliers elect to factor some of their receivables from the Group with financial institutions. In some instances, we provide suppliers
and/or banks with visibility of invoices approved for payment, which helps them receive cash from the bank before the invoice due date, if they
choose to do so. Payment dates and terms for Unilever do not vary based on whether the supplier chooses to factor their receivable. If a receivable
is purchased by a third-party bank, that third-party bank does not benefit from additional security when compared to the security originally
enjoyed by the supplier. The Group evaluates these arrangements to assess if the payable holds the characteristics of a trade payable or should
be classified as a financial liability. At 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022, all such liabilities were classified as trade payables.
In May 2023, the IASB issued the final amendments to IAS 7 and IFRS 7 which address the disclosure requirements to enhance the transparency
of supplier finance arrangements and their effects on a company’s liabilities, cash flows and exposure to liquidity risk. We will first make these
disclosures in the 2024 Annual Report and Accounts.
Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities are initially recognised at fair value, less any directly related transaction costs. When bonds are designated as being part
of a fair value hedge relationship, in those cases bonds are carried at amortised cost, adjusted for the fair value of the risk being hedged, with
changes in value shown in the income statement. Put options are initially recognised at the present value of the expected gross obligation, with
changes in value being recognised in the income statement. Other financial liabilities, which includes put options, are subsequently carried at
amortised cost, with the exception of:
■ financial liabilities which the Group has elected to measure at fair value through profit or loss;
■ contingent consideration recognised by an acquirer in a business combination to which IFRS 3 applies. Such contingent consideration is
■ secure funding at lowest costs for the Group’s operations, M&A activity and external dividend payments (see below);
■ protect the Group’s financial results and position from financial risks (see note 16);
■ maintain market risks within acceptable parameters, while optimising returns (see note 16); and
■ protect the Group’s financial investments, while maximising returns (see note 17).
The Treasury department provides central deposit-taking, funding and foreign exchange management services for the Group’s operations. The
department is governed by standards and processes which are approved by Unilever Leadership Executive (ULE). In addition to guidelines and
exposure limits, a system of authorities and extensive independent reporting covers all major areas of activity. Performance is monitored closely
by senior management. Reviews are undertaken periodically by corporate audit.
Key instruments used by the Treasury department are:
■ short-term and long-term borrowings;
■ plain vanilla derivatives, including interest rate swaps and foreign exchange contracts.
The Treasury department maintains a list of approved financial instruments. The use of any new instrument must be approved by the Chief
Financial Officer. The use of leveraged instruments is not permitted.
Unilever considers the following components of its balance sheet to be managed capital:
■ total equity – retained profit, other reserves, share capital, share premium, non-controlling interests (notes 15A and 15B);
The Group manages its capital so as to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern and to optimise returns to our shareholders through an
appropriate balance of debt and equity. The capital structure of the Group is based on management’s judgement of the appropriate balance of
key elements in order to meet its strategic and day-to-day needs. We consider the amount of capital in proportion to risk and manage the capital
structure in light of changes in economic conditions and the risk characteristics of the underlying assets.
Our current long-term credit rating is A+/A1 and our short-term credit rating is A1/P1. We aim to maintain a competitive balance sheet which we
consider to be the equivalent of a credit rating of at least A/A2 in the long term. This provides us with:
■ appropriate access to the debt and equity markets;
■ sufficient resilience against economic and financial uncertainty while ensuring ample liquidity; and
Unilever monitors the qualitative and quantitative factors utilised by the rating agencies. This information is publicly available and is updated by
the credit rating agencies on a regular basis.
For information on the rights of shareholders of PLC see the Governance report on pages 80 to 101.
15B. Equity
Basis of consolidation
Unilever is the majority shareholder of all material subsidiaries and has control in all cases. Information in relation to significant
subsidiaries is provided in note 27 on page 226.
Subsidiaries with significant non-controlling interests
Unilever has one subsidiary company which has a material non-controlling interest, Hindustan Unilever Limited (HUL). Summary
financial information in relation to HUL is shown below.
€ million € million
HUL balance sheet as at 31 December 2023 2022
Non-current assets 6,221 6,354
Current assets 2,004 1,604
Current liabilities (1,315) (1,258)
Non-current liabilities (1,531) (1,152)
HUL comprehensive income for the year ended 31 December
Turnover 6,636 6,828
Profit after tax 1,147 1,190
Total comprehensive income 937 940
€ million € million
HUL cash flow for the year ended 31 December 2023 2022
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash-equivalents (22) 95
Unilever acquired 31,734,256 of its own shares (2022: 34,217,605) of its own shares through purchases on the stock exchanges during the year,
which includes the share buyback programme as explained in note 24. 112,746,434 of PLC ordinary shares were cancelled during the year and the
remaining shares were held as treasury shares as a separate component of other reserves.
At 31 December 2023, 1,361,032 shares were held by employee share ownership trust and 36,903 shares were held by other group companies in
connection with share-based compensation plans. The shares held by the employee share trust are shown as a deduction from other reserves. The
total number of treasury shares held in connection with share-based compensation plans at 31 December 2022 was 3,054,400 shares. (See note 4C
on pages 190 and 191).
€ million € million
Currency retranslation reserves – movements during the year 2023 2022
1 January (5,803) (6,043)
Currency retranslation of group companies' net assets and liabilities during the year (1,514) 212
Movement in net investment hedges and exchange differences in net investments in foreign operations (115) 28
31 December (7,432) (5,803)
€ million € million
Fair value reserves – movements during the year 2023 2022
1 January 329 502
Movements in Other comprehensive income, net of tax
Gains/(losses) on equity instruments (27) 45
Gains/(losses) on cash flow hedges (27) (92)
Hedging gains/(losses) transferred to non-financial assets 117 (126)
31 December 392 329
Refer to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income on page 173, the consolidated statement of changes in equity on page 174, and
note 6C on page 194.
2022
(a)
Bank loans and overdrafts (402) (129) – 29 – (17) (519)
(a)
Bonds and other loans (27,621) 1,343 – (727) 490 3 (26,512)
(b)
Lease liabilities (1,649) 546 – 12 – (317) (1,408)
Derivatives (184) – – (2) (448) 3 (631)
(a)
Other financial liabilities (277) 4 – 17 108 (270) (418)
Total (30,133) 1,764 – (671) 150 (598) (29,488)
(a) These cash movements are included within the following lines in the consolidated cash flow statement: net change in short-term borrowings, additional financial
liabilities and repayment of financial liabilities. The difference of €(14) million (2022: €9 million) represents cash movements in overdrafts that are not included in
financing cash flows.
(b) Lease liabilities cash movement is included within capital element of lease payments in the consolidated cash flow statement. The difference of €5 million (2022: €28
million) represents gain or loss from termination and modification of lease contracts.
United States
5.900% Bonds 2032 (US $) 897 932
2.900% Notes 2027 (US $) 897 930
3.500% Notes 2028 (US $) 716 742
2.000% Notes 2026 (US $) 629 651
3.125% Notes 2023 (US $) – 516
3.250% Notes 2024 (US $) 452 468
3.100% Notes 2025 (US $) 450 467
2.600% Notes 2024 (US $) 451 468
3.500% Bonds 2028 (US $) 449 465
3.375% Notes 2025 (US $) 315 327
7.250% Bonds 2026 (US $) 267 276
6.625% Bonds 2028 (US $) 214 221
5.600% Bonds 2097 (US $) 83 86
2.125% Notes 2029 (US $) 762 790
2.600% Notes 2024 (US $) 453 473
(a)
1.375% Notes 2030 (US $) 368 368
0.375% Notes 2023 (US $) – 469
0.626% Notes 2024 (US $) 452 469
2.625% Notes 2051 (US $) 576 598
(a)
1.750% Notes 2031 (US $) 640 644
3.300% Notes 2029 (€) 549 –
3.400% Notes 2033 (€) 694 –
4.875% Notes 2028 (US $) 630 –
5.000% Notes 2033 (US $) 714 –
Commercial Paper (US $) 1,465 2,057
Other countries
Switzerland 6 81
Others 1 –
Total other group companies 24,576 24,440
Total bonds and other loans 26,692 26,512
(a) Bonds includes €(378) million (2022: €(537)million) fair value adjustment following the fair value hedge accounting of fixed-for-floating interest rate swaps.
Information in relation to the derivatives used to hedge bonds and other loans within a fair value hedge relationship is shown in note 16.
(a) Applying hedge accounting has not led to material ineffectiveness being recognised in the income statement for both 2023 and 2022. Fair value changes on basis
spread is recorded in a separate account within equity.
The Group is exposed to the following risks that arise from its use of financial instruments, the management of which is described in the
following sections:
■ liquidity risk (see note 16A);
The Group’s risk management framework is established to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to maintain adherence to these limits.
The Group has sublet a small proportion of leased properties. Related future minimum sublease payments are €23 million (2022: €42 million).
The above risks may affect the Group’s income and expenses, or the value of its financial instruments. The objective of the Group’s management
of market risk is to maintain this risk within acceptable parameters, while optimising returns. Generally, the Group applies hedge accounting to
manage the volatility in income statement arising from market risk.
Where the Group uses hedge accounting to mitigate the above risks, it is normally implemented centrally by either the Treasury or Commodity
Risk Management teams, in line with their respective frameworks and strategies. Hedge effectiveness is determined at the inception of the hedge
relationship, and through periodic prospective effectiveness assessments to ensure that an economic relationship continues to exist between
the hedged item and hedging instrument. The Group generally enters into hedge relationships where the critical terms of the hedging instrument
match exactly with the hedged item, meaning that the economic relationship between the hedged item and hedging instrument is evident, so
only a qualitative assessment is performed. When a qualitative assessment is not considered sufficient, for example when the critical terms of the
hedging instrument do not match exactly with the hedged item, a quantitative assessment of hedge effectiveness will also be performed. The
hedge ratio is set on inception for all hedge relationships and is dependent on the alignment of the critical terms of the hedging instrument to
the hedged item (in most instances these are matched, so the hedge ratio is 1:1).
(ii) Currency risk The Group manages currency exposures within As an estimation of the approximate impact
Currency risk on sales, purchases and prescribed limits, mainly through the use of of the residual risk, with respect to financial
borrowings forward foreign currency exchange contracts. instruments, the Group has calculated the
impact of a 10% change in exchange rates.
Because of Unilever’s global reach, it is subject Operating companies manage foreign
to the risk that changes in foreign currency exchange exposures within prescribed limits. Impact on income statement
values impact the Group’s sales, purchases
The aim of the Group’s approach to A 10% strengthening of the foreign currencies
and borrowings.
management of currency risk is to leave the against the respective functional currencies
At 31 December 2023, the exposure to the Group with no material residual risk. of group companies would have led to
Group from companies holding financial approximately an additional €25 million
assets and liabilities other than in their loss in the income statement (2022:
functional currency amounted to €254 million €32 million loss).
(2022: €315 million).
A 10% weakening of the foreign currencies
against the respective functional currencies
of group companies would have led to an
equal but opposite effect.
Impact on equity – trade-related cash flow
hedges
A 10% strengthening of foreign currencies
against the respective functional currencies
of group companies hedging future trade
cash flows and applying cash flow hedge
accounting, would have led to €142 million
loss (2022: €99 million loss) in equity.
A 10% weakening of the same would have
led to an equal but opposite effect.
€ million € million
Cash flow hedge 2023 2022
(a) See the weighted average amount of financial liabilities with fixed-rate interest shown in the following table.
€ million € million
2023 2022
Current financial liabilities (5,087) (5,775)
Non-current financial liabilities (24,535) (23,713)
Total financial liabilities (29,622) (29,488)
Less: lease liabilities (1,395) (1,408)
Financial liabilities (excluding lease liabilities) 28,227 28,080
Of which:
Fixed rate (weighted average amount of fixing for the following year) (20,527) (19,594)
Cash and cash equivalents in the cash flow statement also include bank overdrafts and are recorded at amortised cost.
This classification depends on our business model for managing the financial asset and the contractual terms of the cash flows.
At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or
loss, transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at fair
value through profit or loss are expensed in the income statement.
All financial assets are either debt instruments or equity instruments. Debt instruments are those that provide the Group with a contractual right
to receive cash or another asset. Equity instruments are those where the Group has no contractual right to receive cash or another asset.
Debt instruments
The subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends on the Group’s business model for managing the asset and the cash flow
characteristics of the asset. There are three measurement categories that debt instruments are classified as:
■ financial assets at amortised cost;
Equity instruments
The Group subsequently measures all equity instruments at fair value. Where the Group has elected to present fair value gains and losses on
equity investments in other comprehensive income, there is no subsequent reclassification of fair value gains or losses to profit or loss. Dividends
from these investments continue to be recognised in the income statement.
Impairment of financial assets
Financial instruments classified as amortised cost and debt instruments classified as fair value through other comprehensive income are
assessed for impairment. The Group assesses the probability of default of an asset at initial recognition and then whether there has been a
significant increase in credit risk on an ongoing basis.
To assess whether there is a significant increase in credit risk, the Group compares the risk of a default occurring on the asset as at the reporting
date with the risk of default as at the date of initial recognition. It considers available reasonable and supportive forwarding-looking
information. Macroeconomic information (such as market interest rates or growth rates) is also considered.
Financial assets are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery, such as a debtor failing to engage in a repayment plan with
the company. Impairment losses on assets classified as amortised cost are recognised in the income statement. When a later event causes the
impairment losses to decrease, the reduction in impairment loss is also recognised in the income statement. Permanent impairment losses on
debt instruments classified as fair value through other comprehensive income are recognised in the income statement.
There were no significant changes on account of change in business model in classification of financial assets since 31 December 2022.
There are no financial assets that are designated at fair value through profit or loss, which would otherwise have been measured at fair value
through other comprehensive income.
€ million € million
Cash and cash equivalents reconciliation to the cash flow statement 2023 2022
Cash and cash equivalents per balance sheet 4,159 4,326
Less: Bank overdrafts (116) (101)
Add: Cash and cash equivalents included in assets held for sale 2 –
Less: Bank overdraft included in liabilities held for sale – –
Cash and cash equivalents per cash flow statement 4,045 4,225
Approximately €0.9 billion (or 21%) of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents are held in the parent and central finance companies, for maximum
flexibility. These companies provide loans to our subsidiaries that are also funded through retained earnings and third-party borrowings. The
Group maintain access to global debt markets through an infrastructure of short-and long-term debt programmes. The Group make use of plain
vanilla derivatives, such as interest rate swaps and foreign exchange contracts, to help mitigate risks. More detail is provided in notes 16, 16A, 16B
and 16C on pages 208 to 214.
The remaining €3.3 billion (or 79%) of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents are held in foreign subsidiaries which repatriate distributable reserves
on a regular basis. For most countries, this is done through dividends which are in some cases subject to withholding or distribution tax. This
balance includes €98 million (2022: €449 million) of cash that is held in a few countries where we face cross-border foreign exchange controls and/
or other legal restrictions that inhibit our ability to make these balances available for general use by the wider business. The cash will generally be
invested or held in the relevant country and, given the other capital resources available to the Group, does not significantly affect the ability of the
Group to meet its cash obligations.
The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities (excluding listed bonds) is considered to be the same as the carrying amount for 2023
and 2022. The fair value of trade receivables and payables is considered to be equal to the carrying amount of these items due to their
short-term nature.
■ Level 2: directly or indirectly observable market inputs, other than Level 1 inputs; and
There were no significant changes in classification of fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities since 31 December 2022. There were also
no significant movements between the fair value levels since 31 December 2022.
The impact in 2023 income statement due to Level 3 instruments is a loss of €(68) million (2022: gain of €11 million).
Reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements of financial assets and financial liabilities is given below:
€ million € million
Reconciliation of movements in Level 3 valuations 2023 2022
1 January 696 748
Gains/(losses) recognised in income statement (68) 11
Gains/(losses) recognised in other comprehensive income (8) 55
Purchases and new issues 71 94
Sales and settlements* (7) (212)
31 December 684 696
* Includes nil 2023 (2022: €(157) million) movement due to derecognition of Unilever Ventures' equity interest in Nutrafol before business combination (refer to note 21 for
more details).
19. Provisions
Provisions are recognised where a legal or constructive obligation exists at the balance sheet date, as a result of a past event, where the
amount of the obligation can be reliably estimated and where the outflow of economic benefit is probable.
€ million € million
Provisions 2023 2022
Due within one year 537 748
Due after one year 563 550
Total provisions 1,100 1,298
Restructuring provisions primarily include people costs such as redundancy costs and the cost of compensation where manufacturing, distribution,
service or selling agreements are to be terminated. The Group expects these provisions to be substantially utilised within the next few years.
The Group is involved from time to time in legal and arbitration proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. As previously disclosed,
along with other consumer product companies and retail customers, Unilever is involved in a number of ongoing investigations by national
competition authorities. These proceedings and investigations are at various stages and concern a variety of product markets. Where specific
issues arise, provisions are made to the extent appropriate. Due to the nature of the legal cases, the timing of utilisation of these provisions
is uncertain.
Provisions for Brazil indirect taxes are separate from the matters listed as contingent liabilities in note 20. Unilever does not have provisions and
contingent liabilities for the same matters. Due to the nature of disputed indirect taxes, the timing of utilisation of these provisions is uncertain.
Other includes provisions for indirect taxes in countries other than Brazil, interest on tax provisions and provisions for various other matters. The
timing of utilisation of these provisions is uncertain.
Other commitments principally comprise commitments under contract to purchase materials and services. They do not include commitments to
purchase property, plant and equipment, which are reported in note 10 on pages 197 to 199.
Contingent liabilities
Contingent liabilities are either possible obligations that will probably not require a transfer of economic benefits, or present obligations that
may, but probably will not, require a transfer of economic benefits. It is not appropriate to make provisions for contingent liabilities, but there
is a chance that they will result in an obligation in the future. Assessing the amount of liabilities that are not probable is highly judgemental,
so contingent liabilities are disclosed on the basis of the known maximum exposure.
Contingent liabilities arise in respect of litigations against group companies, investigations by competition, regulatory and fiscal authorities and
obligations arising under environmental legislation. In many markets, there is a high degree of complexity involved in the local tax regimes. The
majority of contingent liabilities are in respect of fiscal matters in Brazil, with no other contingent liability being individually material.
In the case of fiscal matters, the known maximum exposure is the amount included in a tax assessment.
€ million € million
Summary of contingent liabilities 2023 2022
Corporate reorganisation – IPI, PIS and COFINS taxes and penalties 3,757 3,292
Inputs for PIS and COFINS taxes 40 40
Goodwill amortisation 174 154
Other tax assessments – approximately 700 cases 983 876
Total Brazil Tax 4,954 4,362
Other contingent liabilities 575 609
Total contingent liabilities 5,529 4,971
Brazil tax
During 2004, and in common with many other businesses operating in Brazil, one of our Brazilian subsidiaries received a notice of infringement
from the Federal Revenue Service in respect of indirect taxes regarding corporate reorganisation. The notice alleges that a 2001 reorganisation of
our local corporate structure was undertaken without a valid business purpose. The 2001 reorganisation was comparable with restructuring done
by many companies in Brazil. The original dispute was resolved in the courts in the Group’s favour. However, in 2013 a new assessment was raised
in respect of a similar matter. Additionally, during the course of 2014 and between 2017 and 2023, other notices of infringement were issued based
on the same grounds argued in the previous assessments. The total amount of the tax assessments in respect of this matter is €3,757 million (2022:
€3,292 million).
The Group believes that the likelihood that the Brazilian tax authorities will ultimately prevail is low, however there can be no guarantee of success
in court. In each case we believe our position is strong, so they have not been provided for and are considered to be contingent liabilities. Due to
the fiscal environment in Brazil, there remains the possibility of material tax assessments related to the same matters for periods not yet assessed.
We expect that tax litigation cases related to this matter may move from the Administrative to the Judicial Courts, although the exact timing is
uncertain. In such case, we will be required to make a judicial deposit or provide a guarantee in respect of the disputed tax, interest and penalties.
The judicial process in Brazil is likely to take a number of years to conclude.
The contingent liabilities reported for indirect taxes relating to disputes with the Brazilian authorities are separate from the provisions listed in note
19. Unilever does not hold provisions and contingent liabilities for the same matters.
2023
In 2023, the Group completed the business acquisitions and disposals as listed below. The net consideration for acquisitions in 2023 is €675 million
(2022: €811 million for acquisitions completed during that year). More information related to the 2023 acquisitions is provided below.
On 1 May 2023, Unilever sold the North America Suave business to Yellow Wood Partners LLC for consideration of €592 million. A gain on disposal
of €497 million has been recognised (see note 3).
On 18 December 2023, Unilever announced that it has received a binding offer from Yellow Wood Partners LLC to acquire Elida Beauty. Elida Beauty
comprises more than 20 beauty and personal care brands including Q-Tips, Caress, Timotei and TIGI. Completion is expected by mid-2024.
On 22 December 2023, the Group announced it had signed an agreement to acquire K18, a premium biotech hair care brand in the US. The
transaction completed on 1 February 2024 and the provisional accounting for this transaction, including the valuation of assets and liabilities
acquired, is expected to be completed by H1 2024. This acquisition is another step towards the optimisation of Unilever’s portfolio into premium
segments.
2022
In 2022, the Group completed the business acquisitions and disposals as listed below. The net consideration for acquisitions in 2022 was €811
million. More information related to the 2022 acquisition is provided below.
Nutrafol Acquisition
On 7 July 2022, Unilever acquired a further 67% of the shares of Nutrafol, a US-based hair wellness company in which Unilever Ventures previously
held a minority stake (13%), to bring Unilever’s total equity interest to 80%. The fair value of Unilever Ventures' equity interest in Nutrafol before the
business combination amounted to €157 million, with a gain of €149 million recognised as Other Comprehensive Income prior to derecognition
of the investment. Strategically, Nutrafol expands our Health & Wellbeing portfolio, bringing to market a science-led approach to hair wellness
supported by digital-first capabilities. We believe Unilever’s capabilities and sustainability principles will allow us to protect the legacy of the brand
while strengthening it.
The total consideration paid for the 67% share of Nutrafol was €811 million, all of which was settled in cash on completion.
The fair value of net assets recognised on the balance sheet was €487 million. The main asset acquired was the brand intangible valued using an
income approach model by estimating future cash flows generated by the brand and discounting them to present value using rates in line with
a market participant expectation. The key assumptions in the brand valuation were revenue growth and discount rates. A deferred tax liability
primarily related to the brand intangibles estimated at €153 million was also recognised. As part of the acquisition, goodwill of €580 million was
recognised and was not deductible for tax purposes.
In 2023, the net assets acquired and total payment for acquisitions consists of:
€ million
2023
Intangible assets 430
Other non-current assets 4
Trade and other receivables 25
(a)
Other current assets 56
(b)
Non-current liabilities (114)
Current liabilities (33)
Net assets acquired 368
Non-controlling interest (20)
(c)
Goodwill 327
Total consideration 675
Of which:
Cash consideration paid 652
Deferred consideration 23
(a) Other current assets include inventories of €18 million and cash and cash equivalents of €30 million.
(b) Non-current liabilities include deferred tax of €109 million.
(c) Goodwill not deductible for tax purposes.
Goodwill represents the future value that the Group believes it will obtain through operational synergies and the application of acquired company
ideas to existing Unilever channels and businesses. Detailed information relating to goodwill is provided in note 9 on pages 195 to 197.
Disposals
Total consideration for 2023 disposals is €578 million (2022: €4,606 million for disposals completed during that year). The following table sets out
the effect of disposals in 2023 and comparative year on the consolidated balance sheet. The results of disposed businesses are included in the
consolidated financial statements up until their date of disposal.
€ million € million
2023 2022
(a)
Goodwill and intangible assets 56 948
(b)
Other non-current assets 55 1,075
(c)
Current assets 108 833
(d)
Liabilities (144) (649)
Net assets sold 75 2,207
(Gain)/loss on recycling of currency retranslation on disposal 14 65
Profit/(loss) on sale attributable to Unilever 489 2,334
Consideration 578 4,606
Of which:
Cash 472 4,606
Cash balances of businesses sold 5 20
Non-cash items and deferred consideration 101 (20)
(a) 2023 mainly related to the disposal of Suave and Dollar Shave Club.
(b) 2023 includes PPE of €42 million and related to the disposal of Dollar Shave Club.
(c) 2023 includes inventories of €88 million related to the disposals of Suave and Dollar Shave Club and trade and other receivables of €8 million related to Dollar Shave
Club disposal.
(d) 2023 includes €123 million of trade payables.
On 18 December 2023, Unilever announced that it has received a binding offer from Yellow Wood Partners LLC to acquire Elida Beauty. Elida Beauty
comprises more than 20 beauty and personal care brands including Q-Tips, Caress, Timotei and TIGI. As a result, the assets and liabilities of Elida
Beauty have been classified as held for sale as at 31 December 2023 and the completion is expected by mid-2024. Following the classification of
assets and liabilities as held for sale, they are recognised as current on the balance sheet.
€ million € million
2023 2022
Total Total
(a)
Property, plant and equipment held for sale 2 4
133 2
Assets held for sale 691 28
Current liabilities
Trade payables and other current liabilities 24 2
Current tax liabilities 2 –
Financial liabilities due within one year – 2
26 4
Non-current liabilities
Financial liabilities due after one year 4 –
Deferred tax liabilities 145 –
149 –
Liabilities held for sale 175 4
(a) Includes manufacturing assets held for sale.
Joint ventures
The following related party balances existed with joint venture businesses at 31 December:
€ million € million
2023 2022
Related party balances Total Total
Sales to joint ventures 1,144 1,158
Purchases from joint ventures 134 134
Receivables from joint ventures 99 78
Payables to joint ventures 111 33
Loans to joint ventures 219 226
Royalties and service fees 19 22
Significant joint ventures are Unilever FIMA LDA in Portugal, Binzagr Unilever Distribution in the Middle East, the Pepsi Lipton Tea Partnership in the
US and Pepsi Lipton International Ltd for the rest of the world.
Associates
There are no trading balances due to or from associates.
Langholm Capital II was launched in 2009 and liquidated during 2023. Unilever had invested €65 million in Langholm II, and all outstanding
balances and commitments have been closed.
Where events occurring after the balance sheet date provide evidence of conditions that existed at the end of the reporting period, the impact
of these events is adjusted within the financial statements. Otherwise, events after the balance sheet date of a material size or nature are
disclosed below.
Dividend
On 8 February 2024, Unilever announced a quarterly dividend with the 2023 fourth-quarter results of £0.3647 per PLC ordinary share. The total value
of the announced dividend is €1,067 million.
Debt issuance
On 15 February 2024, Unilever issued €600 million 3.25% fixed rate notes maturing in 2032 and €600 million 3.50% fixed rate notes maturing in 2037.
Brand acquisition
As disclosed elsewhere in this report, the acquisition of K18 completed on 1 February 2024.
See pages 234 to 244 for a complete list of subsidiary undertakings, associates and joint ventures.
£ million £ million
Balance sheet
as at 31 December
£ million £ million
2022
(a)
Notes 2023 Restated
Assets
Non-current assets
Investments in subsidiaries 4 76,313 76,270
Other non-current assets 5 1,308 1,567
Deferred tax assets 3 1 12
Pension assets 1 5
77,623 77,854
Current assets
Trade and other current receivables 6 349 235
Other current assets 5 250 –
599 235
Total assets 78,222 78,089
Liabilities
Current liabilities
Trade payables and other current liabilities 7 9,428 8,832
Financial liabilities 8 422 163
9,850 8,995
Non-current liabilities
Financial liabilities 8 1,615 1,866
Provisions 2 2
1,617 1,868
Total liabilities 11,467 10,863
Equity
Shareholders’ equity
Called up share capital 9 78 82
Share premium account 9 47,125 47,125
Capital redemption reserve 19 15
Other reserves 9 (721) (4,022)
Retained profit 9 20,254 24,026
66,755 67,226
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 78,222 78,089
(a) Restated following adoption of IFRS 17. See note 8 for further details.
These financial statements have been approved by the Directors and signed on their behalf by Fernando Fernandez.
Accounting policies
The accounting policies of PLC Company Accounts are the same as the 1. Turnover
Unilever Group, refer to pages 177 to 179, except for the accounting
policies included below. £ million £ million
Foreign currency 2023 2022
The Company’s functional and presentational currency is pound Royalties (point in time) 6 104
sterling. Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the
Company’s functional currency at the foreign exchange rate ruling Services (over time) 76 107
at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities Turnover 82 211
denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are
retranslated to the functional currency at the foreign exchange rate
ruling at that date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are 2. Income from shares in group companies
measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated
using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Non-monetary
£ million £ million
assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are stated
at fair value are retranslated to the functional currency at foreign 2023 2022
exchange rates ruling at the date the fair value was determined. Dividends received from shares in group
Foreign exchange differences arising on translation of monetary undertakings 5,598 3,237
assets and liabilities are recognised in the income statement. 5,598 3,237
Turnover
Turnover excludes value added tax and includes royalties and service
fees received from group companies. Royalty income from brand and 3. Taxation
technology licence arrangements is recognised at the time sales are
made by group companies. Revenue from services is recognised over £ million £ million
time based on the usage of these services by group companies.
2023 2022
Operating profit Current tax
The operating profit is stated after deducting the costs that are mainly
Current year 190 7
related to the royalties and delivered services. Expenses are allocated
to the period in which they relate. Adjustments in respect of prior years 6 15
The operating profit includes residual central group costs charged to 196 22
PLC from another group company, Unilever Europe Business Centre Deferred tax
B.V. (UEBC). These residual costs arise because central group costs are
incurred and charged out to group entities by UEBC, but some of these Current year 29 –
are not able to be recovered by UEBC. These costs are recharged to PLC Adjustments in respect of prior years (41) 13
as the ultimate parent entity of the Group.
(12) 13
Investment in subsidiaries Tax (charge)/credit on profits on ordinary
Shares in group companies are stated at cost less any amounts written activities 184 35
off to reflect an impairment.
Financial guarantees The current UK corporate tax rate is a blended rate of 23.5% (2022: 19%).
Where PLC enters into financial guarantee contracts to guarantee the On 10 June 2021, the Finance Act 2021 received Royal Assent, confirming
indebtedness of other companies within its group, they consider these that the UK rate of corporation tax increased from 19% to 25% from
to be insurance arrangements and account for them as such. IFRS 17 1 April 2023. This has a consequential impact on the company's tax
‘Insurance Contracts’ has been released and is mandatory for annual charge. Deferred tax balances are measured at the tax rate to be
reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023. The standard applied when temporary differences are expected to reverse in the
provides that wherein the issuer has explicitly asserted that it regards future.
financial guarantees as insurance contracts and has used accounting
applicable to insurance contracts, the issuer may choose to apply either
IFRS 17 or IAS 32, IFRS 7 and IFRS 9 to account for such guarantees.
Unilever has made an election to apply IAS 32, IFRS 7 and IFRS 9 and it
will be treated as a change in accounting policy, with restatement of
comparatives for the previous reporting period.
£ million £ million assets within the Group. Accordingly, cash inflows are not independent
at any level below the cash generating units (CGUs) used for group
Reconciliation of tax expense 2023 2022 impairment testing purposes. Additionally, some investments benefit
Profit/(loss) for the year 4,385 2,953 from the synergies of multiple CGUs together. Management evaluates
on a case-to-case basis whether any impairment booked for the Group
Tax using the UK corporation tax rate of
impacts the carrying value of the investments. Based on the evaluation
23.5% (2022: 19%) (1,031) (561)
for the current year, management has not determined any indicators of
Tax effects of: impairment for investments.
Income not subject to tax (primarily tax-
exempt dividends) 1,316 615
5. Other non-current assets
Non-deductible expenses (16) 3
Effects of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions (54) (65) £ million £ million
31 Dec 2023 31 Dec 2022
Double tax relief 2 –
(b)
Permanent differences – other 2 15 Loans to group companies 1,308 1,567
Total tax expense 184 35 (b) Loans to group companies are interest-bearing at market rates and are
unsecured and repayable on demand. During the year, a loan amounting to
£250 million was reclassed to other current assets based on the maturity date.
The movement in deferred tax asset is as below:
PLC does not consider the fair value of loans to group companies to be
significantly different from their carrying values. As these are amounts
Other due from other entities within the Group, PLC has estimated the
As at 1 compre- As at 31
January Income hensive December
expected credit losses to be immaterial. Our historical experience of
Movement in 2023 2023 statement income 2023 collecting these balances supported by the level of default confirms
that the credit risk is low.
Pensions and similar
obligations (1) – 1 –
Tax losses 13 (12) – 1 6. Trade and other current receivables
Total deferred tax asset £ million £ million
(net) 12 (12) 1 1
31 Dec 2023 31 Dec 2022
(c)
Amounts due from group companies 104 142
Other
Taxation and social security 245 93
As at 1 compre- As at 31
January Income hensive December 349 235
Movement in 2022 2022 statement income 2022
(c) Amounts due from group companies are mainly interest-bearing amounts
Pensions and similar that are repayable on demand. Other amounts are interest-free and settled
obligations – – (1) (1) monthly.
Tax losses – 13 – 13 PLC does not consider the fair value of amounts due from group
Total deferred tax asset companies to be significantly different from their carrying values. As
(net) – 13 (1) 12 these are amounts due from other entities within the Group, PLC has
estimated the expected credit losses to be immaterial. Our historical
experience of collecting these balances supported by the level of
default confirms that the credit risk is low.
4. Investments in subsidiaries
£ million 7. Trade payables and other current liabilities
£ million £ million
Cost
31 Dec 2023 31 Dec 2022
At 1 January 2022 76,062 (d)
(a)
Loans from group companies 3,000 3,000
Additions (Restated) * 213 (d)
Amounts owed to group companies 6,402 5,807
Disposals –
Taxation and social security – –
At 31 December 2022 (Restated) * 76,275 Accruals and deferred income 26 25
(a)
Additions 43 9,428 8,832
Disposals –
(d) Amounts owed to group companies are mainly interest-bearing amounts
At 31 December 2023 76,318 that are repayable on demand. Other amounts are interest-free and settled
monthly. Loans from group companies are all interest-bearing at market rates
Impairment losses and are unsecured, repayable on demand and supported by formal
agreements.
At 1 January 2022 (5)
At 31 December 2022 (5)
8. Financial liabilities
At 31 December 2023 (5)
Net book value at 31 December 2023 76,313 £ million £ million
Net book value at 31 December 2022 76,270 31 Dec 2023 31 Dec 2022
* Restated following adoption of IFRS 17. See note 8 for further details. Current
(a) The additions to investment includes an amount of £163 million for 2022 and Bonds and other loans 250 –
£43 million for 2023. Refer to note 8 for further details. (e) (f)
Other financial liabilities (Restated) 172 163
Total Current 422 163
Investments include the subsidiary company Hindustan Unilever Limited
(HUL), with a cost of £2,197 million (2022: £2,197 million). The shares of Non-current
HUL are listed on the Bombay Stock Exchange and National Stock Bonds and other loans 1,585 1,832
Exchange and have a market value of £27,980 million (2022: £28,588
million) as at 31 December 2023. Information on the non-controlling Derivatives 30 34
interest in HUL is given in note 15B of the consolidated financial Total Non-current 1,615 1,866
statements. Total 2,037 2,029
Investments in subsidiaries comprise equity shares of group companies.
These investments only generate cash inflows in combination with other
The fair value of the bonds at 31 December 2023 was £1,688 million 9C. Other reserves
(2022: £1,597 million). Other reserves relate to treasury shares, shares held in trust and others.
Analysis of bonds and other loans
£ million £ million
£ million £ million
Treasury shares 2023 2022
31 Dec 2023 31 Dec 2022
1 January (3,876) (2,581)
£250 million 1.375% Notes 2024 250 250
Change during the year:
£250 million 1.875% Notes 2029 248 247
Repurchase of shares (1,311) (1,295)
£500 million 1.500% Notes 2026 498 498 (h)
Cancellation of shares bought back 4,535 –
€650 million 1.500% Notes 2039 561 572
£300 million 2.125% Notes 2028
(g)
278 265 31 December (652) (3,876)
1,835 1,832 During 2023, as part of a share buyback programme, Unilever PLC
repurchased 31,734,256 ordinary shares which are held as treasury
(e) Other financial liabilities:
shares. Consideration paid for the repurchase including transaction
The Company has recognised the carrying value of financial guarantee
contracts of £172 million (2022: £163 million) in the financial statements. costs was £1,311 million which is recorded within other reserves.
The maximum exposure to credit risk of these guarantees is £31,952 million PLC holds 16,181,572 (31 December 2022: 97,193,750) of its own ordinary
(2022: £32,631 million) which could subsequently be recognised as a liability,
representing the maximum amount the Company could have to pay if the
shares. These are held as treasury shares within other reserves.
financial guarantees were to be called upon. (h) During the year 2023, 112,746,434 treasury shares, which were acquired for
a value of £4,535 million in 2021, 2022 and up to June 2023, were cancelled.
These consist of guarantees relating to:
For the above external debt, the maximum exposure amount is £22,261 PLC holds 1,361,032 (2022: 2,727,097) of its own ordinary shares via the
million (2022: £22,811 million) and fair value of guarantees recognised is £168 employee share ownership trust.
million (2022: £159 million).
(f) Previous year balance has been restated following adoption of IFRS 17. See
1 January 24,026 24,751
(i) (j)
note (e) above for further details. Profit for the year 4,569 2,988
(g) The 2.125% note includes £(21) million (2022 : £(34) million) fair value
adjustment following the fair value hedge accounting of fixed-for-floating Other comprehensive income for the year (3) 3
interest rate swaps. (k)
Cancellation of shares bought back (4,535) –
Other movements (26) (12)
9. Capital and funding (l)
Dividends paid (3,777) (3,704)
The Company’s capital and funding strategy is described in note 15
of the consolidated financial statements. 31 December 20,254 24,026
(i) Profit for the year includes residual central group costs amounting to £778
9A. Called up share capital million which are disclosed as part of Incurred costs in the income statement.
During the current year, the company issued 100,000 shares amounting Residual costs of £172 million for 2021 and £322 million for 2022 have been
recognised in the current year in the P&L together with £284 million costs for
to £3,111 and cancelled 112,746,434 shares amounting to £4 million.
the current year. Further information is included within Accounting
The called up share capital amounting to £78 million at 31 December information and policies.
2023 (31 December 2022: £82 million) consists of 2,516,597,338 (2022: (j) Profit for the previous year included loss on disposal of intangible assets of
2,629,243,772) ordinary shares. £119 million paid by the Company to Unilever IP Holdings B.V. Further to the IP
Swap transactions in 2021 and in line with the swap agreement, a true-up was
Information on the called up and paid up capital is given in note 15A carried out to settle amounts with respect to certain IP that led to an unequal
of the consolidated financial statements. transfer of IP assets between the companies.
(k) During the year 2023, 112,746,434 treasury shares, which were acquired for a
value of £4,535 million in 2021, 2022 and up to June 2023, were cancelled.
9B. Share premium account (l) Further details are given in note 8 to the consolidated financial statements on
page 194.
£ million £ million
2023 2022 9E. Profit appropriation
1 January 47,125 47,125
£ million £ million
Change during the year:
2023 2022
Issuance of ordinary shares – – (m) (n)
Profit for the year 4,569 2,988
Decrease due to share capital reduction – – (o)
Dividends (2,813) (2,783)
31 December 47,125 47,125
To profit retained 1,756 205
Share premium is the excess of the consideration received over the (m) Profit for the year includes residual central group costs amounting to £778
million which are disclosed as part of Incurred costs in the income statement.
nominal value of the shares issued.
For further details, please refer to Accounting information and policies.
(n) Profit for the previous year included loss on disposal of intangible assets of
£119 million paid by the Company to Unilever IP Holdings B.V. Further to the IP
Swap transactions in 2021 and in line with the swap agreement, a true-up was
carried out to settle amounts with respect to certain IP that led to an unequal
transfer of IP assets between the companies.
(o) The dividend to be paid in March 2024 (see note 15) is not included in the 2023
dividend amount.
10. Treasury risk management The following related party transactions took place during the year
with subsidiaries:
The Company is exposed to market risks from its use of financial
instruments, the management of which is described in note 16B on £ million £ million
pages 210 to 213 in the consolidated financial statements.
2023 2022
Currency sensitivity analysis Information on guarantees given by PLC to group companies is given in
The sensitivity analysis below details the Company's sensitivity to a note 12 of the Company Accounts.
10% change in the foreign currencies against the pound sterling. These
percentages represent management's assessment of the possible
12. Contingent liabilities and financial commitments
changes in the foreign exchange rates at the respective year-ends.
The sensitivity analysis includes only outstanding foreign currency Post the implementation of IFRS 17, there are no amounts to disclose.
denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the Please see note 8 for further details for these liabilities, commitments
period-end for the above percentage change in foreign currency rates. and guarantees.
A 10% strengthening of the foreign currencies against the pound There are also certain financial commitments which are not included in
sterling would have led to approximately an additional £1 million gain the total amount of financial guarantees because they do not currently
in the income statement (2022: £4 million gain). relate to existing liabilities or cannot be quantified:
■ PLC and Unilever United States, Inc. have guaranteed the standby
A 10% weakening of the foreign currencies against the pound sterling facilities of $5,200 million and €2,600 million (2022: $5,200 million and
would have led to an equal but opposite effect. €2,550 million) for the group companies which remain undrawn as at
Interest rate risk 31 December 2023 and 2022;
■ The joint and several liability undertakings issued by NV in
The Company is exposed to interest rate risks on its interest-bearing
loans and amounts due from or owed to the group companies, accordance with Article 2:403 of the Dutch Civil Code for almost all of
commercial papers and bonds issued which are swapped to floating its Dutch group companies were withdrawn by means of filings with
rate. Increases in benchmark interest rates would increase the interest the Dutch Trade Register on 27 November 2020, being the last
income and interest cost. practicable date prior to the effective date of the cross-border merger
between NV and PLC. With effect from the date of the cross-border
Interest rate sensitivity analysis merger, PLC issued a guarantee confirming PLC's liability for any
The sensitivity analysis below has been determined based on the residual liability (referred to in Article 2:404 (2) of the Dutch Civil
exposure to interest rates at the statement of financial position date. Code) of NV remaining after the withdrawal of such undertakings, to
the extent that such liability did not transfer in the cross-border
At 31 December 2023, the Company had £300 million (2022: £300 merger; and
million) of outstanding fixed-to-float interest rate swaps on which fair ■ PLC has guaranteed some contingent consideration of group
value hedge accounting is applied. companies relating to past business acquisitions and financial
The following changes in the interest rates represent management's commitments including (indemnities arising from past business
assessment of the possible change in interest rates at the respective disposals) as well as certain global and regional contracts.
year-ends:
Assuming that all variables remain constant, a 1.0 percentage point 13. Remuneration of auditors
increase in floating interest rates on a full-year basis as at 31 December The parent company accounts of Unilever PLC are required to comply
2023 would have led to an additional £87 million of finance cost (2022: with the Companies (Disclosure of Auditor Remuneration and Liability
£79 million additional finance cost). Limitation Agreements) Regulations 2008. For details of the
A 1.0 percentage point decrease in floating interest rate on a full-year remuneration of the auditors, please refer to note 25 of the
basis would have an equal but opposite effect. consolidated financial statements.
Group Companies
As at 31 December 2023
In accordance with Section 409 of the Companies Act 2006, a list of subsidiaries, partnerships, associates and joint ventures as at 31 December
2023 is set out below. All subsidiary undertakings are subsidiary undertakings of their immediate parent undertaking(s) pursuant to section 1162
(2) (a) of the Companies Act 2006 unless otherwise indicated – see the notes on page 244. All subsidiary undertakings not included in the
consolidation are not included because they are not material for such purposes. All associated undertakings are included in the Unilever Group’s
financial statements using the equity method of accounting unless otherwise indicated – see the notes on page 244.
See page 226 of the Annual Report and Accounts for a list of the significant subsidiaries.
Companies are listed by country and under their registered office address. The aggregate percentage of capital held by the Unilever Group is
shown after the subsidiary company name, except where it is 100%. If the Nominal Value field is blank, then the Share Class Note will identify the
type of interest held in the entity.
Share Share
Name of Nominal Class Name of Nominal Class
Undertaking Value Note Undertaking Value Note
Algeria – Zone Industrielle Hassi Ameur Oran 31000 Brazil – Av. das Nações Unidas, n. 14.261, 3rd floor, Parte – Gelados SP, Wing B,
Vila Gertrudes, Zip Code 04794-000, São Paulo/SP
Unilever Algérie SPA (72.50) DZD1,000.00 1
Unilever Brasil Gelados Limitada BRL1.00 5
Argentina – Tucumán 1, Piso 4°, Cdad. de Buenos Aires
Brazil – Av. das Nações Unidas, n. 14.261, 3rd to 6th floors, Wing B Vila
Arisco S.A. ARS1.00 1 Gertrudes, Zip Code 04794-000, São Paulo/SP
Unilever De Argentina S.A. ARS1.00 1 Unilever Brasil Limitada BRL1.00 5
Club de beneficios S.A.U. ARS1.00 1 Brazil – Av. das Nações Unidas, n. 14.261, 3rd floor, Wing A, Vila Gertrudes, Zip
Argentina – Martín Güemes 24 Sur, San Juan, Provincia de San Juan Code 04794-000, São Paulo/SP
Argentina – Juana Manso 205, 7mo. Piso, Ciudad Autónoma de Buenos Aires Brazil – Rua Harmonia, 271, Sumarezinho, São Paulo/SP, CEP 05435-000
Compre Ahora S.A. ARS1.00 1 Mãe Terra Produtos Naturais Limitada BRL1.00 5
Argentina – Alferez Hipolito Bouchard 4191, Munro, Provincia de Buenos Aires Brazil – Rua Tenente Pena, No. 156, Bom Retiro, CEP 01127-020, São Paulo
Dermalogica Pty Limited AUD2.00 1 Canada – c/o Austring, Fairman & Fekete, 3081, 3rd Avenue, Whitehorse, Yukon
Territory, Y1A 4Z7
Australia – Level 12, 60 Castlereagh Street, Sydney, New South Wales, 2000
Dermalogica (Canada) Limited No Par Value 6
Paula's Choice International Australia Pty Limited AUD0.01 1
Canada – 800-885 West Georgia Street, Vancouver BC V6C 3H1
Australia – PO Box H237, Australia Square, NSW 1215
Seventh Generation Family & Home ULC No Par Value 7
Brand Evangelists for Beauty Pty Ltd ∆ (68.03) 1
Canada – 1000 rue de la Gauchetière Ouest, Bureau 2500, Montreal H3B 0A2
Austria – Jakov-Lind-Straße 5, 1020 Wien
4012208 Canada Inc. No Par Value 7
Delico Handels GmbH EUR36,336.42 1
Canada – 160 Bloor Street East, Suite 1400, Toronto ON M4W 3R2
Unilever Austria GmbH EUR10,000,000.00 1
Unilever Canada Inc. No Par Value 8
Bangladesh – 51 Kalurghat Heavy Industrial Area, Kalurghat, Chittagong
No Par Value 9
Unilever Bangladesh Limited (60.75) BDT100.00 1
No Par Value 10
Bangladesh – Fouzderhat Industrial Area, North Kattali, Chattogram 4217
No Par Value 11
Unilever Consumer Care Limited (81.98) BDT10.00 1
No Par Value 12
Belgium – Industrielaan 9, 1070 Brussels
Canada – McCarthy Tetrault LLP, 745 Thurlow Street, Suite 2400, Vancouver, BC,
Unilever Belgium NV/SA No Par Value 1 V6E 0C5
Bolivia – Av. Blanco Galindo, Km. 10.5, Cochabamba Hourglass Cosmetics Canada Limited No Par Value 1
Unilever Andina Bolivia S.A. BOB100.00 1 Canada – Suite 1700, Park Place, 666 Burrard Street, Vancouver BC, V6C 2X8
Brazil – Rua Oscar Freire, n. 957, mezanino, room 1, Cerqueira Cesar, Zip Code Elida Beauty Canada Inc. USD0.01 7
01426-003, São Paulo/SP
Chile – Av. Las Condes, 11.000, comuna de Viatcura, Santiago
Euphoria Ice Cream Comercio de Alimentos
Limitada BRL1.00 5 Unilever Chile Limitada 13
Brazil – Rua Gomes de Carvalho, 1666, conjunto 161, 16ª andar, Bairro Vila China – Room 1001, No. 398, Caoxi Road (N), Xuhui District, Shanghai,
Olimpia, São Paulo, Zip Code 04547-006 200030
E-UB Comércio Limitada BRL1.00 5 Blueair (Shanghai) Sales Co. Limited CNY1.00 1
Brazil – Cidade de Valinhos, Estado de São Paulo Rua Campos Salles, nº 20, China – 1st Floor, No. 78 Binhai 2nd Road, Hangzhou Bay, New District, Ningbo
Parte, Centro, Zip Code 13.271-900 City, Zhejiang Province
Unilever Logistica Serviços Limitada BRL1.00 5 Ningbo Hengjing Inspection Technology Co.,
Limited (67.71) CNY1.00 1
Group Companies
Share Share
Name of Nominal Class Name of Nominal Class
Undertaking Value Note Undertaking Value Note
China – No. 78, Road II of Seaside Avenue, Cixi Economic and Technical UNILEVER RETAIL ČR, spol. s r.o. v likvidaci (in
Development Zone, (Hangzhou Bay New Zone), Ningbo liquidation) CZK100,000.00 1
Qinyuan Group Co. Limited (67.71) CNY1.00 1 Denmark – Ørestads Boulevard 73, 2300 København S
China – Room 744, 9F, No. 583 Lingling Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai, 200030 Unilever Danmark A/S DKK1,000.00 1
Shanghai Qinyuan Environment Protection Denmark – Petersmindevej 30, 5000 Odense C
Technology Co. Limited (67.71) CNY1.00 1
Unilever Produktion ApS DKK100.00 1
China – No.33 North Fuquan Road, Changning District, Shanghai, 200335
Djibouti-Haramous, BP 169
Unilever (China) Investing Company USD1.00 1
Unilever Djibouti FZCO Limited USD200.00 1
China – 88 Jinxiu Avenue, Hefei Economic and Technology Development Zone,
Anhui, 230601 Dominican Republic – Av. Winston Churchill, Torre Acropolis, Piso 16, Santo
Domingo
Unilever (China) Limited USD1.00 1
Unilever Caribe, S.A. DOP1,000.00 1
Unilever Services (Hefei) Co. Ltd. CNY1.00 1
Ecuador – Km 25 Vía a Daule, Guayaquil
China – No. 225 Jingyi Road, Tianjin Airport Economic Area, Tianjin
Unilever Andina Ecuador S.A. USD1.00 1
Unilever (Tianjin) Company Limited USD1.00 1
Egypt – 5th Floor, North Tower, Galleria 40 Business Complex, Sheikh Zayed, 6th
China – 1068 Ting Wei Road, Jinshanzui Industrial Region, Jinshan District, of October City, Giza
Shanghai
Unilever Mashreq for Manufacturing and Trading
Unilever Foods (China) Co. Limited USD1.00 1 (SAE) EGP10.00 1
China – No. 166, Lihua Avenue West, Qinglong Town, Pengshan District, Unilever Egypt for Shared Consultations Services EGP10.00 1
Meishan City, Sichuan province 620800
Egypt – Public Free Zone, Alexandria
Unilever (Sichuan) Company Limited USD1.00 1
Unilever Mashreq International Company USD1,000.00 5
China – No.16 Wanyuan Road, Beijing E&T Development, Beijing 100076
Egypt – 14 May Bridge, Sidi Gaber, Smouha – Alexandria
Wall`s (China) Co. Limited USD1.00 1
Unilever Mashreq Trading LLC (in liquidation) EGP1000.00 5
China – No. 358, Xingci 1 Road, Hangzhou Bay, New District, Ningbo, 315336
Commercial United for Import and Export LLC EGP1000.00 1
Zhejiang Qinyuan Water Treatment Technology
Co. Limited (67.71) CNY1.00 1 Egypt – 15 Sphinx Square, El-Mohandsin, Giza
China – Room 326, 3rd Floor, Xinmao Building, 2 South Taizhong Road, Unilever Mashreq for Import and Export LLC EGP100.00 1
(Shanghai) Pilot Free Trade Zone El Salvador – Local 19 Nivel 19, Edificio Torre Futura, Calle El Mirador y 87
Uchieve Commerce (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. CNY1.00 1 avenida norte, Colonia Escalón, San Salvador
China – Floor 1, Building 2, No. 33, North Fuquan Road, Changning District, Unilever El Salvador, SCC S.A. de C.V. USD1.00 1
Shanghai, 200335 Unilever de Centro America S.A. de C.V. USD11.00 1
Shanghai CarverKorea Limited USD1.00 1 England and Wales – Unilever House, 100 Victoria Embankment, London, EC4Y
China- 2F, No. 10, Lane 255, Xiaotang Road, Fengxian District, Shanghai 0DY
Paula's Choice (Shanghai) Trading Co. Limited CNY10,000,000 8 Accantia Group Holdings (unlimited company) GBP0.01 1
China- Room 1436, No.1256 and 1258, Wanrong Road, Jingan District, Alberto-Culver Group Limited GBP1.00 1
Shanghai Alberto-Culver UK Holdings Limited GBP1.00 1
Paula's Choice (Shanghai) Technology Co. Limited CNY1.00 1 Alberto-Culver UK Products Limited GBP1.00 1
China- Zibian 2105, No.63, Mingzhu Avenue (North), Conghua District, GBP5.00 14
Guangzhou City
Associated Enterprises Limited° GBP1.00 1
Unilever (Guangzhou) Co. Limited CNY1.00 1
CPC (UK) Pension Trust Limited 16
China – Room 407, No 1256&1258 Wan Rong Road, Shanghai
GroNext Technologies Limited GBP1.00 1
UPD China Limited CNY1.00 1
Hourglass Cosmetics UK Limited GBP1.00 1
Colombia – Avenida Carrera 45, 108-27 Torre 3 Piso, 5Y 6 Bogotá D.C.
Margarine Union (1930) Limited° GBP1.00 1
Unilever Andina Colombia Limitada COP100.00 1
GBP1.00 18
ULeX Colombia S.A.S. COP100.00 1
GBP1.00 68
Costa Rica – De la intersección Cariari, 400 mts. Oeste y 800 mts al Norte, frente
a sede Testigos de Jehová, Planta Industrial Lizano, Heredia, Belén, La GBP1.00 69
Asunción de Belén
MBUK Trading Limited GBP1.00 1
Unilever de Centroamerica S.A. CRC1.00 1
Mixhold Investments Limited GBP1.00 1
Costa Rica – Provincia de Heredia, Cantón Belén, Distrito de la Asunción, de la
intersección Cariari- Belén, 400 Mts. Oeste, 800 Mts., al Norte ND4A Limited GBP1.00 1
Côte d'Ivoire – 01 BP 1751 Abidjan 01, Boulevard de Vridi Toni & Guy Products Limited° GBP0.001 1
Côte d'Ivoire – Abidjan-Marcory, Boulevard Valery Giscard d’Estaing, Immeuble UML Limited GBP1.00 1
Plein Ciel, Business Center, 26 BP 1377, Abidjan 26 Unidis Forty Nine Limited GBP1.00 1
Unilever Afrique de l’Ouest XOF10,000.00 1 Unilever AC Limited GBP1.00 1
Croatia – Strojarska cesta 20, 10000 Zagreb Unilever Assam Estates Limited GBP1.00 1
Unilever Hrvatska d.o.o. HRK1.00 1 Unilever Company for Industrial Development
Cuba – Zona Especial de Desarrollo Mariel, Provincia Artemisa Limited GBP1.00 1
Unilever Suchel, S.A. (60) USD1,000.00 56 Unilever Company for Regional Marketing and
Research Limited GBP1.00 1
Cyprus – Head Offices, 195C Old Road Nicosia Limassol, CY-2540 Idalion
Industrial Zone – Nicosia Unilever Corporate Holdings Limited° GBP1.00 1
Unilever Tseriotis Cyprus Limited (84) EUR1.00 1 Unilever Employee Benefit Trustees Limited GBP1.00 1
Czech Republic – Voctářova 2497/18, 180 00 Praha 8 Unilever Group Limited° GBP0.25 1
Unilever ČR, spol. s r.o. CZK210,000.00 1 Unilever South India Estates Limited° GBP1.00 1
GBP1.00 15
Group Companies
Share Share
Name of Nominal Class Name of Nominal Class
Undertaking Value Note Undertaking Value Note
Unilever S.K. Holdings Limited GBP1.00 1 (82.92) GBP1.00 63
Unilever Overseas Holdings Limited° GBP1.00 1 Estonia – Harju maakond, Tallinn, Haabersti linnaosa, Paldiski mnt 96, 13522
Unilever Superannuation Trustees Limited GBP1.00 1 Unilever Eesti Aktsiaselts EUR6.30 1
Unilever U.K. Central Resources Limited GBP1.00 1 Ethiopia – Bole Sub City, Kebele 03/05, Lidiya Building, Addis Ababa
Unilever U.K. Holdings Limited° GBP1.00 1 Unilever Manufacturing PLC ETB1,000.00 1
Unilever UK & CN Holdings Limited GBP1.00 2 Finland – Post Box 254, 00101 Helsinki
GBP1.00 3 Unilever Finland Oy EUR16.82 1
GBP10.00 24 Unilever Ingman Production Oy EUR1000.00 1
Unilever UK Group Limited GBP1.00 2 France – 20, rue des Deux Gares, 92500, Rueil-Malmaison
GBP1.00 3 Bestfoods France Industries S.A.S. (99.99) No Par Value 1
GBP1.00 21 Cogesal-Miko S.A.S. (99.99) No Par Value 1
Unilever US Investments Limited° GBP1.00 1 Fralib Sourcing Unit S.A.S. (99.99) No Par Value 1
United Holdings Limited° GBP1.00 1 Saphir S.A.S. (99.99) EUR1.00 1
England-Wales- C/O Bdo Llp 5 Temple Square, Temple Street, Liverpool, L2 5RH Tigi Services France S.A.S. (99.99) No Par Value 1
BBG Investments (France) Limited (in liquidation) GBP1.00 1 U-Labs S.A.S. (99.99) No Par Value 1
Unilever Australia Investments Limited (in Unilever France S.A.S. (99.99) No Par Value 1
liquidation) GBP1.00 1
Unilever France Holdings S.A.S. (99.99) EUR1.00 1
Unilever Australia Partnership Limited (in
liquidation) GBP1.00 1 Unilever France HPC Industries S.A.S. (99.99) EUR1.00 1
Unilever Australia Services Limited (in liquidation) GBP1.00 1 Unilever Retail Operations France (99.99) No Par Value 1
Unilever Innovations Limited (in liquidation) GBP0.10 1 France – ZI de la Norge – Chevigny Saint-Sauveur, 21800 Quetigny
England and Wales – The Manser Building, Thorncroft Manor, Thorncroft Drive, Amora Maille Societe Industrielle S.A.S. (99.99) No Par Value 1
Dorking Road, Leatherhead, Surrey, KT22 8JB France – 42, rue Jean de La Fontaine, Paris, 75016
Dermalogica (UK) Limited GBP1.00 1 Laboratoire Garancia EUR62.50 1
England and Wales – 1st Floor, 16 Charles II Street, London, SW1Y 4QU UPD EU EUR1.00 1
Twenty Nine Capital Partners Limited Partnership Germany – Wiesenstraße 21. 40549 Düsseldorf
∞ (80) 4
Dermalogica GmbH EUR25,000.00 1
Unilever Ventures III Limited Partnership ∞ (86.25) 4
Germany – Spitaler Straße 16, 20095 Hamburg
England and Wales – Union House, 182-194 Union Street, London, SE1 0LH
ProCepta Service GmbH EUR28,340.00 1
REN Skincare Limited GBP1.00 1
EUR2.00 1
REN Limited GBP0.01 1
Germany – Neue Burg 1, 20457 Hamburg
Murad Europe Limited GBP1.00 1
DU Gesellschaft für Arbeitnehmerüberlassung
England and Wales – 3 St James Road, Kingston Upon Thames, Surrey, KT1 2BA mbH (99.99) DEM50,000.00 1
Alberto-Culver Company (U.K.) Limited GBP1.00 1 Unilever Deutschland GmbH EUR90,000,000.00 1
Nature Delivered Limited GBP0.001 1 EUR2,000,000.00 1
GBP0.001 79 EUR1,000,000.00 1
GBP0.001 84 EUR 100.000,00 1
Marshfield Bakery Limited GBP0.01 1 Unilever Deutschland Holding GmbH EUR39,000.00 1
TIGI International Limited GBP1.00 1 EUR18,000.00 1
Unilever Pension Trust Limited GBP1.00 1 EUR14,300.00 1
Unilever UK Limited GBP1.00 1 EUR5,200.00 1
Unilever UK Pension Fund Trustees Limited GBP1.00 1 EUR6,500.00 1
USF Nominees Limited GBP1.00 1 Unilever Deutschland Produktions GmbH & Co.
England and Wales – 1 More Place, London, SE1 2AF OHG 4
Accantia Health and Beauty Limited (in Unilever Deutschland Produktions Verwaltungs
liquidation) GBP0.25 1 GmbH EUR179,000.00 1
Unilever Bestfoods UK Limited (in liquidation) GBP1.00 1 Unilever Deutschland Supply Chain Services
GmbH EUR51,150.00 1
England and Wales –C/O Tmf Group, 13th Floor, One Angel Court, London, EC2R
7HJ T2 Germany GmbH EUR1.00 1
Twenty Nine Capital Partners (General Partner) Germany – Langnesestraße 1, 64646 Heppenheim
Limited GBP1.00 1 Maizena Grundstücksverwaltung Gesellschaft mit
Unilever Ventures Limited GBP1.00 1 beschränkter Haftung & Co. offene
Handelsgesellschaft 4
Unilever Ventures General Partner Limited GBP1.00 1
Rizofoor Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung EUR15,350.00 1
England and Wales – Port Sunlight, Wirral, Merseyside, CH62 4ZD
EUR138,150.00 1
Unilever Global IP Limited° GBP1.00 1
Schafft GmbH EUR63,920.00 1
England and Wales – Suite 1, 7th Floor 50 Broadway, London, United Kingdom,
SW1H 0BL EUR100,000.00 1
England and Wales – 3rd Floor, 1 Ashley Road, Altrincham, Cheshire, WA14 2DT TIGI Eurologistic GmbH EUR100.00 1
EUR24,900.00 1
Brand Evangelists for Beauty Limited∆ (80.30) GBP1.00 2 TIGI Haircare GmbH EUR25,600.00 1
(100) GBP1.00 58 Germany – Wiesenstr. 21, 40549 Düsseldorf
(100) GBP1.00 86 Murad GmbH EUR1.00 1
(66.47) GBP1.00 71 Ren GmbH EUR1.00 1
Group Companies
Share Share
Name of Nominal Class Name of Nominal Class
Undertaking Value Note Undertaking Value Note
Germany – Zehdenicker Str. 110119, Berlin PT Gerai Cepat Untung (88.19) IDR100,000.00 1
Paula’s Choice Germany GmbH 4 Indonesia – KEK Sei Mangkei, Nagori Sei Mangkei, Kecamatan Bosar Maligas,
Kabupaten Simalungun 21183, Sumatera Utara
Ghana – Swanmill, Kwame Nkrumah Avenue, Accra
PT Unilever Oleochemical Indonesia IDR1,000,000.00 1
Millers Swanzy (Ghana) Limited (74.50) GHC1.00 1
Iran – No 23, Corner of 33rd Street, Zagros Street, Argentina Square, Tehran
Ghana – Plot No. Ind/A/3A-4, Heavy Industrial Area, Tema, PO Box 721, Tema
Unilever Iran (Private Joint Stock Company) (99.99) IRR1,000,000.00 1
Unilever Ghana PLC (74.50) GHC0.0192 1
Ireland – 20 Riverwalk, National Digital Park, Citywest Business Campus,
Greece – Kymis ave & 10, Seneka str. GR-145 64 Kifissia Dublin 24
Elais Unilever Hellas SA EUR10.00 1 Lipton Soft Drinks (Ireland) Limited EUR1.26 1
Unilever Knorr SA EUR10.00 1 Unilever Ireland (Holdings) Limited EUR1.26 1
Unilever Logistics SA EUR10.00 1 Unilever Ireland Limited EUR1.26 1
Guatemala – Diagonal 6. 10-50 zona 10, Ciudad de Guatemala. Nivel 17 Torre Isle of Man – Bridge Chambers, West Quay, Ramsey, Isle of Man, IM8 1DL
Norte Ed. Interamericas World Financial Center
Rational International Enterprises Limited USD1.00 1
Unilever de Centroamerica S.A. GT60.00 1
Israel – 3 Gilboa St., Airport City, Ben Gurion Airport
Haiti – 115, Rue Panamericaine, Estabissement Número 1, Petion Ville
Beigel & Beigel Mazon (1985) Limited ILS1.00 1
Les Condiments Alimentaires, S.A. (61) HTG1000.00 1
Israel – 52 Julius Simon Street, Haifa, 3296279
Honduras – Anillo Periférico 600 metros después de la colonia, Residencial, Las
Uvas contigua acceso de residencial Roble Oeste, Tegucigalpa M.D.C. Bestfoods TAMI Holdings Ltd ILS0.001 1
Unilever de Centroamerica S.A. HNL10.00 1 Israel Vegetable Oil Company Ltd ILS0.0001 1
Hong Kong – Suite 1106-8, 11/F, Tai Yau Building, 181 Johnston Road, Wanchai Unilever Israel Foods Ltd ILS0.10 35
Blueair Asia Limited HKD0.10 1 ILS0.10 79
Hong Kong – 6 Dai Fu Street, Tai Po Industrial Estate ILS0.10 17
Unilever Hong Kong Limited No Par Value 1 ILS0.0002 25
Hong Kong-Suite 907, 9/F, Silvercord Tower 2, 30 Canton Road, Tsim Sha Tsui, Unilever Israel Home and Personal Care Limited ILS1.00 1
Kowloon
Unilever Israel Marketing Ltd ILS0.0001 1
Hourglass Cosmetics Hong Kong Limited HKD1.00 1
Unilever Shefa Israel Ltd ILS1.00 1
Hong Kong – Room 1808, 18/F, Tower II Admiralty Centre, 18 Harcourt Road,
Admiralty Israel – Haharoshet 1, PO Box 2288, Akko, 2451704
Hong Kong CarverKorea Limited HKD1.00 7 Glidat Strauss Limited ILS1.00 30
Hong Kong – 14th Floor, One Taikoo Place, 979 King’s Road, Quarry Bay ILS1.00 1
UPD Hong Kong Limited HKD100.00 1 ILS1.00 31
Hong Kong – 14/F, One Taikoo Place, 979 King’s Road, Quarry Bay Italy – Piazza Paleocapa 1/D, 10100, Torino
Go-Uni Limited (67) USD14.376.000 1 Gromart S.R.L. EUR1,815,800.00 1
Hong Kong – Unit B, 17/F, United Centre, 95 Queensway, Admiralty Italy – Viale Sarca 235, 20126 Milan
Paula's Choice Hong Kong Limited HKD1.00 1 Unilever Italia Administrative Services S.R.L. EUR70,000.00 1
Paula's Choice Hong Kong Distribution Services Italy – Via Paolo di Dono 3/A 00142 Roma
Limited HKD1,000.00 1
Unilever Italia Logistics S.R.L. EUR600,000.00 1
Hungary – 1138-Budapest, Váci út 121-127.
Unilever Italia Manufacturing S.R.L. EUR10,000,000.00 1
Unilever Magyarország Kft HUF1.00 1
Unilever Italia Mkt Operations S.R.L. EUR25,000,000.00 1
India – Unilever House, B. D. Sawant Marg, Chakala, Andheri (E), Mumbai
400099 Unilever Italy Holdings S.R.L. EUR1,000.00 1
Daverashola Estates Private Limited (61.90) INR10.00 1 Italy – Via Plava, 74 10135 Torino
Jamnagar Properties Private Limited (61.90) INR10.00 1 Syrio Srl (75) EUR100,000 1
Lakme Lever Private Limited (61.90) INR10.00 1 Italy – Business Center Monte Napoleone, Via Monte Napoleone 8, 20121 –
Milano
Levers Associated Trust Limited (61.90) INR10.00 1
UPD Italia S.r.l. EUR10,000.00 1
Levindra Trust Limited (61.90) INR10.00 1
Japan – 2-1-1, Kamimeguro, Meguro-ku, Tokyo 153-8578
Pond’s Exports Limited (61.90) INR1.00 1
Unilever Japan Customer Marketing K.K. JPY100,000,001.00 1
Unilever India Limited (61.90) INR1.00 1
Unilever Japan Holdings G.K. JPY10,000,000.00 1
Unilever India Exports Limited (61.90) INR10.00 1
Unilever Japan K.K. JPY100,000,001.00 1
Unilever Industries Private Limited° INR10.00 1
Unilever Japan Service K.K. JPY50,000,000.00 1
Unilever Ventures India Advisory Private Limited INR1.00 1
Rafra Japan K.K. JPY20,000,000.00 7
India – S-327, Greater Kailash – II, New Delhi – 110048, Delhi
Japan – Ark Hills Sengokuyama Mori Tower 28F, 1-9-10 Roppongi, Minato-ku,
Blueair India Private Limited INR10. 00 1 Tokyo
India – C/o.Vaish Associates, 106, Peninsula Centre, Dr S.S. Rao Road, Parel, UPD Japan K.K. JPY 50,000.00 1
Mumbai, Maharashtra, 400012
Jersey – 13 Castle Street, St Helier, Jersey, JE4 5UT
Jech India Private Limited INR10. 00 1
Unilever Chile Investments Limited GBP1.00 1
Indonesia – Grha Unilever, Green Office Park Kav 3, Jalan BSD Boulevard Barat,
BSD City, Tangerang, 15345 Jordan – Ground floor- Office No.1, GH24 Building, Business Park, Development
Zone, Amman
PT Unilever Indonesia Tbk (84.99) IDR2.00 1
Unilever Jordan for Marketing Services JOD1000.00 1
PT Unilever Enterprises Indonesia (99.99) IDR1,000.00 1
Kazakhstan – Raimbek, Avenue 160 A, Office 401, Almaty
PT Unilever Trading Indonesia IDR1,003,875.00 1
Unilever Kazakhstan LLP 4
Indonesia – Gedung Pasaraya Blok M Gedung B Lantai 6 dan 7 Jalan
Iskandarsyah II no. 2, DKI Jakarta Kenya – Commercial Street, Industrial Area, PO Box 30062-00100, Nairobi
Group Companies
Share Share
Name of Nominal Class Name of Nominal Class
Undertaking Value Note Undertaking Value Note
Unilever Kenya Limited° KES20.00 1 Marga B.V. EUR1.00 1
Korea – 443 Taeheran-ro, Samsung-dong, Kangnam-gu, Seoul Mavibel (Maatschappij voor Internationale
Beleggingen) B.V. EUR1.00 1
Unilever Korea Chusik Hoesa KRW10,000.00 1
Mexinvest B.V. EUR1.00 1
Korea – 81, Tojeong 31-gil, Mapo-gu, Seoul
Mixhold B.V.° EUR1.00 2
CARVERKOREA Co., Limited (97.47) KRW500.00 7
EUR1.00 3
Korea – #1-313 #1-314, 48, Achasan-ro 17-gil, Seongdong-gu, Seoul
EUR1.00 26
Paula's Choice Korea, Limited KRW1.00 1
N.V. Elma NLG1,000.00 1
Laos – Viengvang Tower, 4th Floor, Room no. 402A, Boulichan Road, Dongpalan
Thong Village, Sisattanak District, Vientiane Capital NLG1,000.00 27
Unilever Services (Lao) Sole Co. Limited LAK80,000.00 1 New Asia B.V. EUR1.00 1
Latvia – Kronvalda bulvāris 3-10, Rīga, LV-1010 Nommexar B.V. EUR1.00 1
Unilever Baltic LLC EUR1.00 1 Ortiz Finance B.V. NLG100.00 1
Lebanon – Sin El Fil, Dolphin Building, 3rd Floor, Beirut Pabulum B.V. NLG1,000.00 1
Unilever Levant s.a.r.l. LBP1,000,000.00 1 Rizofoor B.V. NLG1,000.00 1
Lithuania – Skuodo st. 28, Mazeikiai, LT-89100 Rolf von den Baumen’s Vetsmelterij B.V. EUR454.00 1
UAB Unilever Lietuva distribucija EUR3,620.25 1 Rolon B.V. NLG1,000.00 1
UAB Unilever Lietuva ledu gamyba EUR3,620.25 1 Saponia B.V. NLG1,000.00 1
Malawi – Room 33, Gateway Mall, Area 47, Lilongwe Malawi ThaiB1 B.V. NLG1,000.00 1
Unilever South East Africa (Private) Limited MWK2.00 1 ThaiB2 B.V. NLG1,000.00 1
Malaysia – Suite 2-1, Level 2, Vertical Corporate Tower B, Avenue 10, The Unilever Administration Centre B.V. EUR1.00 1
Vertical, Bangsar South City, No. 8, Jalan Kerinchi, 59200 Kuala Lumpur,
Wilayah Persekutuan Unilever Alser B.V. EUR1.00 1
Paula's Choice Malaysia SEA Sdn. Bhd. No Par Value 1 Unilever Berran B.V. EUR1.00 1
Unilever (Malaysia) Holdings Sdn. Bhd. No Par Value 1 Unilever Canada Investments B.V. EUR1.00 1
Unilever (Malaysia) Services Sdn. Bhd. No Par Value 1 Unilever Caribbean Holdings B.V. EUR1,800.00 1
Mexico – Av. Tepalcapa No.2, Col. Rancho Santo Domingo, C.P. 54900 Tultitlán, Unilever Employment Services B.V. NLG1,000.00 1
Estado de México Unilever Europe B.V. EUR1.00 1
Unilever de Mexico S. de R.L. de C.V. 4 Unilever Europe Business Center B.V. EUR454.00 1
Unilever Holding Mexico S.de R.L. de C.V. 4 Unilever Finance International B.V. EUR1.00 1
Unilever Manufacturera S.de R.L. de C.V. 4 Unilever Finance Netherlands B.V.
o
EUR1.00 1
Unilever Real Estate Mexico S.de R.L. de C.V. 4 FoodServiceHub B.V. EUR1.00 1
Mexico – Fraccionamiento Parque Industrial Nexictoxus ADN2, Salinas Victoria, Unilever Global Services B.V. EUR1.00 1
Nuevo Leon, 65559
Unilever Holdings B.V. EUR454.00 1
Unilever NA Sourcing West S. de R.L. de C.V. 4
Unilever IP Holdings B.V. EUR1.00 1
Moldova – 6A Uzinelor Street, Kishinev, MD -2023
Unilever Indonesia Holding B.V. EUR1.00 1
Betty Ice Moldova S.R.L. MDL7,809,036.00 1
Unilever Insurances N.V. EUR454.00 1
Morocco – Km 10, Route Cotiere, Ain Sebaa, Casablanca
Unilever International Holdings B.V.° EUR1.00 1
Unilever Maghreb S.A. MAD100.00 1
Unilever Netherlands Retail Operations B.V. EUR1.00 1
Mozambique – Avenida 24 de Julho, Edifício 24, nº 1097, 4º andar, Maputo
Unilever Nederland Holdings B.V. EUR454.00 1
Unilever Mocambique Limitada USD0.01 1
Unilever Nederland Services B.V. EUR460.00 1
Myanmar – Plot No (40,41,47), Min Thate Hti Kyaw Swar Road, 39 Ward, Shwe
Pyi Thar Industrial Zone (2), Shwe Pyi Thar Township, Yangon Region, 11411 Unilever PL Netherlands B.V. EUR1.00 1
MMK11,129,679,6 Unilever Turkey Holdings B.V. EUR1.00 1
Unilever (Myanmar) Limited 00.00 1
Unilever US Investments B.V.° EUR1.00 1
Unilever (Myanmar) Services Limited MMK2,000,000.00 1
Unilever Ventures Holdings B.V. EUR453.79 1
Myanmar – Lot No. 31, Bamaw Ahtwin Wun Street, Hlaing Thar Yar Industrial
Zone 3, Hlaing Thar Yar Township, Yangon, 11401. Univest Company B.V. EUR1.00 1
Group Companies
Share Share
Name of Nominal Class Name of Nominal Class
Undertaking Value Note Undertaking Value Note
Netherlands – Unilever House, 100 Victoria Embankment, London, EC4Y 0DY Unilever South Central Europe S.A. ROL260.50 1
(Registered Seat: Rotterdam)
Romania – 121 Cernăuţi Street, Suceava 720089
Unilever Overseas Holdings B.V. NLG1,000.00 1
Betty Ice SRL RON10.00 1
New Zealand – Level 4, 103 Carlton Gore Rd, Newmarket, Auckland 1023
Romania – Bvd. Republicii 291 camera 15 corp C6
Ben & Jerry’s Franchising New Zealand Limited No Par Value 1
Betty Ice Distributie SRL RON10.00 1
Unilever New Zealand Limited NZD2.00 1
Romania – 9-9A Dimitrie Pompei Blvd, Iride Business Park Buildings 5 and 6, 2nd
Nicaragua – Km 11.5, Carretera Vieja a León, 800 Mts Norte, 100 Mts Este, 300 District, Bucuresti
Mts Norte, Managua
Good People SA (75) RON10.00 1
Unilever de Centroamerica S.A. NIC50.00 1
Russia – 644031, 205, 10 let Oktyabrya, Omsk
Niger – BP 10272 Niamey
RUB
Unilever Niger S.A. (88.42) XOF10,000.00 1 Inmarko-Trade LLC 1,000,000.00 13
Nigeria – 1 Billings Way, Oregun, Ikeja, Lagos Russia – 123022, Floor 7, Premise 19, Room 36, 13, Sergeya Makeeva Street,
Moscow
Unilever Nigeria Plc (76.41) NGN0.50 1
RUB
West Africa Popular Foods Nigeria Limited (51) NGN1.00 1 Unilever Rus LLC 28,847,390, 269.19 13
Norway – Martin Linges vei 25, Postbox 1, 1331 Fornebu Russia – Tula region, Leninsky district, Ilyinskoye rural settlement, Varvarovka
Unilever Norge AS NOK100.00 1 village, Varvarovsky pass, Building 15-F, Room 406, Floor 3
Pakistan – Avari Plaza, Fatima Jinnah Road, Karachi – 75530 Gourmand LLC RUB10,000.00 4
Unilever Pakistan Foods Limited (76.57) PKR10.00 1 Russia – St. Petersburg, 1 Progonnaya St., Building 1, Literature A, Room 2-H,
Floor 1, Office 114
Unilever Pakistan Limited (99.29) PKR50.00 1
Resheniya dlia Budushego LLC RUB10,000.00 13
(71.78) PKR100.00 14
Rwanda – Sanlam Towers, PO Box 973, Kigali
Delivery Hub (Private) Limited (64.13) (in
liquidation) PKR10.00 1 Unilever Rwanda Limited RWF 1,000 1
Palestine – Ersal St. Awad Center, PO Box 3801, Al-Beireh, Ramallah Saudi Arabia – PO Box 5694, Jeddah 21432
X
Unilever Market Development Company (in Binzagr Unilever Limited (49) SAR1,000.00 1
liquidation) JOD1.00 1 Scotland – c/o Brodies LLP, Capital Square 58 Morrison Street, Edinburgh, EH3
Palestine – Jamil Center, Al-Beireh, Ramallah 8BP
Unilever Agencies Limited (99) (in liquidation) JOD1.00 1 Twenty Nine Capital Partners (SLP) Limited
Partnership∞ 4
Panama –PH Dream Plaza, piso 10 y 13, Provincia de Panamá, corregimiento de
Parque Lefevre, Costa del Este Unilever Ventures (SLP) General Partner Limited GBP1.00 1
Unilever Regional Services Panama S.A. USD1.00 1 Unilever Ventures III (SLP) Limited Partnership∞
(14.098) 4
Panama – Santa María Business District, Torre Argos, Piso 6, Distrito de Juan
Diaz, Provincia de Panamá Serbia – Belgrade, Serbia, Omladinskih brigada 90b – Novi Beograd
Paraguay – 4544 Roque Centurión Miranda N° 1635 casi San Martin. Edificio Singapore – 18 Nepal Park, 139407
Aymac II, Asunción Unilever Asia Private Limited No Par Value 1
Unilever de Paraguay S.A. PYG1,000,000.00 1 Unilever Singapore Pte. Limited No Par Value 1
Peru – Av. Paseo de la Republica, 5895 OF. 402, Miraflores, Lima 18 UPD Singapore Pte. Limited SGD1.00 1
Unilever Andina Perú S.A. PEN1.00 1 Gronext Technologies Pte. Ltd. No Par Value 1
Philippines – Linares Road, Gateway Business Park, General Trias, Cavite Singapore – 201 Henderson Road, #07-25, Apex @ Henderson, 159545
Metrolab Industries, Inc. PHP1.00 7 Paula's Choice Singapore, SEA Pte. Ltd. SGD1.00 1
PHP10.00 22 Slovakia – Karadzicova 10, 821 08 Bratislava
Philippines – 7th Floor, Bonifacio Stopover Corporate Center, 31st Street corner Unilever Slovensko, spol. s. r.o. EUR1.00 1
2nd Avenue, Bonifacio Global City, Taguig City
South Africa – 15 Nollsworth Crescent, Nollsworth Park, La Lucia Ridge Office
Unilever Global Services, Inc. PHP10.00 7 Estate, La Lucia, 4051
Unilever Philippines, Inc. PHP50.00 7 Unilever Market Development (Pty) Limited ZAR1.00 1
Philippines – 11th Avenue, Corner 39th Street, Bonifacio Triangle, Bonifacio Unilever South Africa (Pty) Limited ZAR2.00 1
Global City, Taguig City, Manila
Unilever South Africa Holdings (Pty) Limited ZAR1.00 1
Universal Philippines Body Care, Inc. PHP100.00 7
ZAR1.00 2
Philippines – Manggahan Light Industrial Park, A. Rodriguez Avenue, Bo.
Manggahan, Pasig City ZAR1.00 3
Unilever RFM Ice Cream, Inc. (50) PHP1.00 29 South Africa – 4 Merchant Place, CNR Fredman Drive and Rivonia Road
Sandton, 2196
PHP1.00 103
Aconcagua 14 Investments (RF) (Pty) Limited ZAR1.00 1
Philippines – Four/Neo, 12th Floor, Fourth Avenue, Bonifacio Global City,
Barangay Fort Bonifacio, Taguig 1634, Metro Manila South Africa – Oakhurst Office Park, 11-13 St Andrews Road, Parktown,
Johannesburg 2193
Gronext Technologies Phils., Inc. PHP1.00 7
Dermalogica South Africa (Pty) Limited (60) No Par Value 1
Poland – Jerozolimskie 134, 02-305, Warszawa
Spain – C/ Tecnología 19, 08840 Viladecans
Unilever Polska Sp. z o.o. PLN50.00 1
Unilever Espana S.A. EUR48.00 1
Unilever Poland Services Sp. z o.o. PLN50.00 1
Spain – C/ Felipe del Río, 14 – 48940 Leioa
Unilever Polska S.A. PLN10.00 1
Unilever Foods Industrial Espana, S.L.U. EUR600.00 1
Puerto Rico – Professional Services Park 997, San Roberto St., Suite 7, San Juan
Sri Lanka – 258 M Vincent Perera Mawatha, Colombo 14
Unilever de Puerto Rico, Inc° USD100.00 1
Unilever Merchandising Private Limited No Par Value 1
Qatar – Almana & Partners WLL Building, Area No. 43, Al Mamoura, PO BOX 49
Ceytea (Private) Limited No Par Value 1
Unilever Qatar LLC QAR1,000.00 1
Lever Brothers (Exports and Marketing) (Private)
Romania – Ploiesti, 291 Republicii Avenue, Prahova County Limited° No Par Value 1
Unilever Romania S.A. (99.93) ROL0.10 1 Maddema Trading Company (Private) Limited No Par Value 1
Group Companies
Share Share
Name of Nominal Class Name of Nominal Class
Undertaking Value Note Undertaking Value Note
Premium Exports Ceylon (Private) Limited No Par Value 1 Uganda – DFCU Towers, 5th Floor, Plot 26 Kyadondo Road, Industrial Area, PO
Box 3515, Kampala
R.O. Mennell & Co. (Ceylon) (Private) Limited No Par Value 1
Unilever Uganda Limited UGX20.00 1
Unilever Ceylon Services (Private) Limited No Par Value 1
Ukraine – 04119, 27-T, Letter A, Dehtyarivska Str., Kyiv
Unilever Lanka Consumer Limited No Par Value 1
UAH
Unilever Sri Lanka Limited° No Par Value 1 Unilever Ukraine LLC 1,151,329,851 13
Sudan – Property no. 125, block 2, Industrial Area, Kafuri District, Bahri, Kafori United Arab Emirates – PO Box 17053, Jebel Ali, Dubai
Unilever Sudanese Investment Company SDG10,000.00 1 Severn Gulf FZCO (50)
X
AED100,000.00 1
Sweden – Box 1056, Svetsarvägen 15, 171 22, Solna Stockholm Unilever Gulf FZE AED1,000,000.00 1
Alberto Culver AB SEK100.00 1 United Arab Emirates – Office No. 901 owned by Easa Saleh AlGurg LLC- Deira-
Unilever Holding AB SEK100.00 1 Riqqa AlBateeen
X
Unilever Produktion AB SEK50.00 1 Unilever Binzagr Gulf General Trading LLC (50) AED1,000.00 1
Sweden – Karlavagen 108, 115 26 Stockholm United Arab Emirates – Warehouse No. 1.2, Dubai Industrial Park – Seeh Shwaib
2
Blueair AB SEK100.00 1
Unilever Home & Personal Care Products
X
Sweden – Karlavagen 108, 115 26, Stockholm Manufacturing LLC (49) AED1,000.00 1
Jonborsten AB SEK1000.00 1
United States – 700 Sylvan Avenue, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey 07632-3201
Sweden – Nordenskioldgatan 19, 413 09 Goteborg
Alberto-Culver Company No Par Value 1
Nature Delivered Sweden AB SEK1.00 1
Alberto-Culver International, Inc. USD1.00 1
Switzerland – Bahnhofstrasse 19, CH 8240 Thayngen
Alberto-Culver USA, Inc. No Par Value 1
Knorr-Nährmittel Aktiengesellschaft CHF1,000.00 1
BC Cadence Holdings, Inc. USD0.01 1
Unilever Schweiz GmbH CHF100,000.00 1
Ben & Jerry’s Gift Card, LLC 13
Switzerland – Spitalstrasse 5, 8200, Schaffhausen
Conopco, Inc. USD1.00 7
Helmsman Capital AG CHF1,000.00 1
Kate Somerville Holdings, LLC 13
Unilever Supply Chain Company AG CHF1,000.00 1
Kate Somerville Skincare LLC 13
Unilever ASCC AG CHF1,000.00 1
Kensington & Sons, LLC No Par Value 13
Unilever Finance International AG CHF1,000.00 1
Kirei Intermediate Holdings, LLC 13
Unilever Business and Marketing Support AG CHF1,000.00 1
Living Proof, Inc. USD0.01 7
Unilever Overseas Holdings AG CHF1,000.00 1
Pantresse, Inc. USD120.00 1
Unilever Schaffhausen Service AG CHF1,000.00 1
Skin Health Experts, LLC 13
Unilever Swiss Holdings AG CHF1,000.00 1
St. Ives Laboratories, Inc. USD0.01 1
Switzerland – Hinterbergstr. 30, CH-6312 Steinhausen
The Laundress, LLC 13
Oswald Nahrungsmittel GmbH CHF800,000.00 1
TIGI Linea Corp No Par Value 1
Taiwan – 15F, No. 39, Sec. 2, Dunhua S. Road, Da’an District, Taipei City
Unilever Bestfoods (Holdings) LLC 13
Unilever Taiwan Limited (99.92) TWD10.00 1
Unilever Capital Corporation USD1.00 1
Taiwan – 8 F-1 & 8F-2, No. 186, Sec. 1, Zhangmei Rd., Changhua City, Changhua
County 50062, Taiwan (R.O.C.) Unilever North America Supply Chain Company,
LLC 13
Paula's Choice Taiwan Co., Limited NTD27.000 1
Unilever United States, Inc. USD0.3333 7
Tanzania – Plot No. 4A, Nyerere Road, Dar Es Salaam, PO Box 40383
USD73.50 22
Unilever Tanzania Limited TZS20.00 1
Unilever Ventures Advisory LLC 13
Thailand – 161 Rama 9 Road, Huay Kwang, Bangkok 10310
US Health & Wellbeing LLC No Par Value 13
Unilever Thai Holdings Limited THB100.00 1
Yasso, Inc. USD0.01 7
Unilever Thai Trading Limited THB100.00 1
United States – 1535 Beachey Pl Carson, CA 90746
Thailand – 12 A Floor Unit B1-B2, Office No. 1225, 989 Siam Piwat Tower, Rama I
Road, Pathumwan Sub-district, Pathumwan District, Bangkok 10330 Dermalogica, LLC 13
UPD (Thailand) Co. Limited THB100.00 1 United States – 2121 Park Place, First Floor El Segundo, CA 90245
Thailand– 21/39 Soi Lardprao 15, Jompol Sub-district, Jatujak District, Bangkok Murad LLC 13
Gronext Technologies (Thailand) Limited THB100.00 1 United States – 1090 King Georges Post Road, Suite 505 Edison, NJ 08837
Trinidad & Tobago – Eastern Main Road, Champs Fleurs REN USA Inc. No Par Value 7
Unilever Caribbean Limited (50.01) TTD1.00 1 United States – 125 S Clark, Suite 2000, Chicago, IL 60603
Tunisia – Z.I. Voie Z4-2014 Mégrine Erriadh – Tunis Blueair Inc. No Par Value 1
Unilever Tunisia S.A. (99.78) TND6.00 1 United States – 2816 S. Kilbourne Avenue, Chicago IL 60624
Unilever Maghreb Export S.A. (99.76) TND5.00 1 Unilever Illinois Manufacturing, LLC 13
Tunisia – Z.I. Voie Z4, Megrine Riadh, Tunis, 2014 United States – 2900 W. Truman Boulevard, Jefferson City, MO 65109
UTIC Distribution S.A. (99.78) TND10.00 1 Unilever Manufacturing (US), Inc. No Par Value 7
Turkey – Saray Mahallesi, Dr. Adnan Büyükdeniz Cad., No.13, 34768 Ümraniye – United States – 40 Merritt Boulevard, Trumbull, CT 06611
İstanbul
Unilever Trumbull Holdings, Inc. USD1.00 7
o
Unilever Gida Sanayi ve Ticaret AŞ (99.98) TRY0.01 1
Unilever Trumbull Research Services, Inc. USD1.00 1
o
Unilever Sanayi Ve Ticaret Türk AŞ (99.98) TRY0.01 1
United States – 60 Lake Street, Suite 3N, Burlington, VT 05401
Besan Besin Sanayi ve Ticaret AŞ (99.99) TRY0.01 1
Seventh Generation Canada, Inc. No Par Value 7
Unilever Hizli Tuketim Urunleri Satis Pazarlama ve
Ticaret Anonim Sirketi (99.99) TRY1.00 1 Seventh Generation, Inc. USD0.001 7
United States – 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, DE 19808
Group Companies
Share Share
Name of Nominal Class Name of Nominal Class
Undertaking Value Note Undertaking Value Note
Paula's Choice, Inc. USD0.001 7 Canada – 100 King Street West, 1 First Canadian Place, Suite 1600, Toronto ON
M5X 1G5
United States – 705 5th Avenue South, Suite 200, Seattle, WA 98104
UPD Canada Inc. No Par Value 7
Paula's Choice, LLC 13
Egypt – Borg El-Arab, Alexandria
United States – CTC 1209 Orange Street Wilmington, DE19801
Fine Foods Egypt SAE (in liquidation) EGP10.00 1
Nirvana Holdco LLC (80) 7
Egypt – Shooting Club, Dokki, Giza
Nirvana Intermediate LLC (80) 7
United Beverages (in liquidation) EGP10.00 1
Nutraceutical Wellness, Inc. (80) 7
England and Wales – 1 More London Place, London, SE1 2AF
The Uncovery, LLC 13
Unidis Twenty Six Limited (in liquidation) GBP1.00 1
Yasso Holdings, Inc. 7
Unidis Sixty Four Limited (in liquidation) GBP1.00 1
United States – 3770-1/2 Selby Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 90034
Lever Brothers Port Sunlight Limited (in
Kingdom Animalia, LLC 13 liquidation) GBP1.00 1
United States – 11 Ranick Drive South, Amityville, NY 11701 England-Wales – C/O Bdo Llp 5 Temple Square, Temple Street, Liverpool, L2
Sundial Brands, LLC 13 5RH
Madam C.J. Walker Enterprises, LLC 13 TIGI Limited (in liquidation) GBP1.00 1
Nyakio, LLC 13 England and Wales – Unilever House, 100 Victoria Embankment, London, EC4Y
0DY
United States – 415 Jackson St., Floor 2, San Francisco, CA 94111
Elida Beauty Limited GBP1.00 1
Olly Public Benefit Corporation USD0.00001 7
France – 20, rue des Deux Gares, 92500, Rueil-Malmaison
United States – 208 Utah Street, Suite 300, San Francisco, CA, 94103
Elida Beauty France S.A.S. (99.99) EUR1.00 1
Tatcha, LLC 4
Ghana – Plot No. Ind/A/3A-4, Heavy Industrial Area, Tema, PO Box 721, Tema
United States – 777 S Aviation Blvd, El Segundo, CA 90245
Unilever Oleo Ghana Limited GHC2.250 1
The LIV Group, Inc. No Par Value 13
Unilever Ghana Investments Limited (74.50) GHC10.00 1
United States – 4056 Del Rey Avenue, Marina Del Rey, CA 90292
Haiti – Port-au-Prince
SmartyPants, Inc. USD0.00001 7
Unilever Haiti S.A. HTG500,000 56
United States – 1169 Gorgas Avenue, Suite A, San Francisco, CA 94129
India – Unilever House, B. D. Sawant Marg, Chakala, Andheri (E), Mumbai 400
Welly Health PBC (51) USD0.00001 7 099
USD0.00001 22 Hindustan Unilever Foundation (61.90) INR10.00 1
United States – 30 Community Drive, South Burlington, Vermont 05403 Ireland – Unit 50, The Swan Shopping Centre, Rathmines Road Lower, Dublin 6,
D06 V9K5
Ben & Jerry’s Franchising, Inc. USD1.00 7
Demalogica (Skin Care) Ireland Limited EUR1.00 1
Ben & Jerry’s Homemade, Inc. USD1.00 7
Jamaica – White Marl Street, Spanish Town, PO Box 809, Parish Saint Catherine
United States – 1675 South Street, Suite B, City of Dover, DE 19901
Unilever Jamaica Limited JMD1.00 1
Onnit Labs, Inc. USD0.0001 7
Kenya – Commercial Street, PO Box 40592-00100, Nairobi
United States – 8 The Green STE R, City of Dover, Kent County, Delaware, 19901
Union East African Trust Limited KES20.00 1
Brand Evangelists for Beauty Inc.∆ (68.03) USD 0.01 23
Myanmar – Shwe Gon Daing (West) 5th Street, No. 196, Mimosa Tower, Shwe
United States – c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Trust Center, 1209 Orange Gon Daing (West) Ward, Bahan Township, Yangon, Myanmar 11201
Street, Wilmington, Delaware, 19801, New Castle County
Lever Brothers (Burma) Limited MMK0.5 1
Cocotier, Inc. USD0.001 7
United States – CTC 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE19801
Uruguay – Camino Carrasco 5975, Montevideo
Elida Beauty US Corp USD1.00 1
Unilever Uruguay SCC S.A. UYU1.00 1
Elida Beauty US (IP) LLC 13
Uruguay – Luis Bonavita 1294, Montevideo
United States – 700 Sylvan Avenue, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey 07632-3201
Unilever America Latina S.A. UYU1.00 1
Unilever AC Canada Holding, Inc. USD10.00 1
Venezuela – Torre BOD, Piso 15, La Castellana, Caracas, Bolivarian Republic of
Venezuela Unilever United States Foundation, Inc. 13
Unilever Andina Venezuela S.A. Bs0.000001 1 Alberto-Culver (P.R.), Inc. (in liquidation) No Par Value 1
Vietnam – Lot A2-3, Tay Bac Cu Chi Industry Zone, Tan An Hoi Ward, Cu Chi Chesebrough-Pond’s Manufacturing Company (in
District, Ho Chi Minh City liquidation) No Par Value 1
VND863,104,820,0
Unilever Vietnam International Company Limited 00.00 13 ASSOCIATED UNDERTAKINGS
Vietnam – No.156, Nguyen Luong Bang Street, Tan Phu Ward, District 7, Ho Chi Australia – Level 1, 569 Church Street, Richmond, VIC, 3121
Minh City
SNDR PTY LTD∆◊ (72.98) No Par Value 58
VND207,819,496,3
Unicorn Market Place Vietnam Company Limited 11 13 Australia – Floor 1, 101 Moray Street, South Melbourne, 3205
Zambia – Stand 2375, Corner Addis Ababa Drive & Great East Road, Show Straand Pty Ltd∆◊ (100) No Par Value 107
Grounds, Lusaka (12.05) No Par Value 109
Unilever South East Africa Zambia Limited ZMK2.00 34 Bahrain – Shop 61 – Building 866 – Road 3618 – Block 436 Alseef Manama
ZMK2.00 1 Unilever Bahrain Co. W.L.L. (49) BHD50.00 1
Zambia – Ellis & Co, Lusaka, Lusaka Province Brazil – Avenue Engenheiro Luiz Carlos Berrini, 105, 16º andar, Ed. Berrini One,
Chesebrough-Ponds (Private) Limited 1 Itaim Bibi, CEP 0471/001-00, City of São Paulo, State of São Paulo
Zimbabwe – 2 Stirling Road, Workington, Harare Gallo Brasil Distribuição e comércio Limitada (55) BRL1.00 5
Unilever – Zimbabwe (Pvt) Limited∆ ZWD0.002 1 Canada – Suite 300-171 West Esplanade, North Vancouver, British Columbia
Canada V7M 3K9
SUBSIDIARY UNDERTAKINGS NOT INCLUDED IN THE CONSOLIDATION A&W Root Beer Beverages Canada Inc.◊ (40) No Par Value 38
Brazil – Av Das Nacoes Unidas, 14261 4º Andar Ala B, Vila Gertrudes, Cep Canada – 229 Amesbury Gate, Bedford, Nova Scotia, B4B 0R8
04792-000, Sao Paulo The 7 Virtues Beauty Inc.∆◊ (64.29) 58
Unileverprev Sociedade De Previdencia Privada No Par Value 13 Canada – PO Box 49130, 2900 – 595 Burrard Street, Vancouver BC V7X 1J5
Group Companies
Share Share
Name of Nominal Class Name of Nominal Class
Undertaking Value Note Undertaking Value Note
Dollar Shave Club Canada, Inc. (35) CAD0.01 7 (6.54) INR100.00 65
Cyprus – 2 Marcou Dracou Street, Engomi Industrial Estate, 2409 Nicosia (8.75) INR100.00 106
Unilever PMT Limited∆ (49) EUR1.71 3 India – 55 2nd Floor Community Centre, East of Kailash, New Delhi, East Delhi,
DL 110065
England and Wales – 100 Victoria Embankment, Blackfriars, London, EC4Y 0DY
Convosight Analytics Private Limited∆◊ (3.08) INR1.00 75
Dollar Shave Club Limited (35) GBP1.00 1
(7.41) INR1.00 99
Uflexreward Holdings LimitedΔ (99.64) GBP0.001 1
(12.73) INR 10.00 117
Uflexreward LimitedΔ (99.64) GBP0.001 35
(11.15) INR 10.00 116
England and Wales – Unit 1.8 & 1.9 The Shepherds Building, Charecroft Way,
London, W14 0EE India – Plot no. F-2109, RIICO Industrial Area, Ramchandra Pura, (Sitapura
Extension) Jaipur, Rajasthan 303905
SCA Investments Holdings Limited∆◊ (15.61) GBP0.001 40
Uprising Science Private Limited∆◊ (2.50) INR10.00 75
(25.19) GBP0.001 41
(27.27) INR100.00 117
(3.63) GBP0.001 42
India –Plot No. D 5, Road No. 20, Marol MIDC, Andheri East, Mumbai City MH
(5.31) GBP0.001 112 400093
England and Wales – 2nd Floor, 5 Jubilee Place, Chelsea, London, SW3 3TD Scentials Beautycare & Wellness Ltd∆◊ (63.43) 73
Trinny London Limited∆◊ (54.88) GBP0.01 43 (0.10) 75
(32.32) GBP0.01 77 India – 15 Ambika Nagar, Sector 4, Hiran Magri, Udaipur, Rajasthan, 313002
England and Wales – 127 North Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxfordshire OX14 4SA Derma Goodness Private Limited∆◊ (0.2) 75
P2i Limited∆◊ (12.89) GBP0.000001 1 (97.93) 110
(5.44) GBP0.000001 44 India- Z -44, Panchasayar P -210-4-1, Panchasayar Kolkata WB 700094
(5.44) GBP0.000001 46 Wellness Ville Private Limited∆◊ (0.01) 75
(4.20) GBP0.000001 52 (92.11) 118
(4.20) GBP0.000001 50 India – 28 B.T. Road, Cossipore Chiria, More Kolkata, WB 700002
(2.44) GBP0.000001 102 Rabiko Lifestyle Private Limited ∆◊ (0.02) 75
(50) GBP1.0000 80 (100.00) 114
England and Wales – Level 1 Brockbourne House, 77 Mount Ephraim, Tunbridge India – A-2004, Floor-20, Plot-141, Phoenix Tower-A, S.B. Marg, Delisle Road,
Wells, Kent, TN4 8BS Lower Parel West, Mumbai, 400013
Clean Beauty Co Ltd∆◊ (69.76) GBP0.0001 97 Nutritionalab Private Limited (13.31) INR10.00 1
(26.72) GBP0.0001 58 India – Ground Floor, Plot No 57, Industrial Area Phase I, Chandigarh 160002
England and Wales – C4 Lab Psc Building, Unilever R&D Port Sunlight, Quarry Zywie Ventures Private Limited (33.02) INR10.00 1
Road East, Bebington, Wirral, CH63 3JW
Indonesia – Jalan Srengseng Raya Nomor 55A, Rukun Tetangga 001, Rukun
Penhros Bio Limited◊ (32) GBP1.00 1 Warga 002, Kelurahan Srengseng, Kecamatan Kembangan, Jakarta Barat
England and Wales- C/O Bcs Windsor House, Station Court, Station Road, 11630, Provinsi Daerah Khusus Ibukota
Great Shelford, Cambridge, Cambridgeshire, England, CB22 5NE PT Anugrah Mutu Bersama◊ (40) IDR1,000,000.00 1
VHSquared Limited◊ (in liquidation) (39.47) GBP0.01 1 Iran – Second floor, No. 23, Corner of 3rd Street, Zagros Street, Argentina
(1.79) GBP0.01 44 Square, Tehran
Henglein Geschäftsführungs GmbH◊ (50) DEM50,000.00 1 Israel – Park Zvaim Industrial Area, Beit Shean / Correspondance:
PO Box 787, Beit Shean, 1171601
Nürnberger Kloßteig NK GmbH & Co. KG◊ (50) 4 Dollar Shave Club Israel Limited (35) NIS0.10 1
Italy – Via Quercete, n.a. 81016, San Potito Sannitico (CE)
Henglein NRW GmbH◊ (50) DEM250,000.00 1 P2P S.r.l (50) EUR1.00 1
Germany – Lauchaer Straße 1, 06647 An der Poststraße OT Klosterhaeseler Luxembourg – 5 Heienhaff, L-1736 Senningerberg
Henglein GmbH & Co. KG◊ (50) DEM50,000.00 1
Germany – Neue Burg 1, 20457 Hamburg Helpling Group Holding S.à r.l.∆◊ (98.57) EUR1.00 60
India – 1st & 2nd Floor, Kagalwala House, Plot No. 175, CST Road, Kalina, Mauritius – c/o Apex Fund Services (Mauritius) Ltd, 4th Floor, 19 Bank Street,
Bandra Kurla, Santacruz East Mumbai, Mumbai 400098 Cyber City, Ebene 72201
Peel-Works Private Limited∆◊ (48.15) INR30.00 63 Capvent Asia Consumer Fund Limited∆ (40.40) USD0.01 78
India – 1st Floor Lodha, i-Think Techno Campus, A Wing, Chirak Nagar, Thane. Philippines –11th Avenue Corner, 38th Street, Bonifacio Triangle, Bonifacio
MH 400607 Global City, Taguig City, Metro Manila
Pureplay Skin Sciences (India) Private Limited∆◊ Sto Tomas Paco Land Corp∆◊ (40) PHP1.00 7
(0.1) INR10.00 75 (40) PHP10.00 46
(100) INR100.00 73 (40) PHP20.00 44
(100) INR100.00 64 Cavite Horizons Land, Inc.◊ (35.10) PHP1.00 103
Group Companies
Share Share
Name of Nominal Class Name of Nominal Class
Undertaking Value Note Undertaking Value Note
PHP10,000.00 46 (17.83) USD0.0001 55
Philippines – Manggahan Light Industrial Compound, A. Rodriguez Avenue, Bo. (17.83) USD0.0001 58
Manggahan, Pasig City
United States – c/o The Company Corporation, 251 Little Falls Drive,
WS Holdings Inc.∆◊ PHP1.00 29 Wilmington, DE, New Castle 19808
PHP1.00 103 Equilibria, Inc.∆◊ (20.00) USD0.00001 98
Selecta Walls Land Corp∆◊ PHP10.00 29 FabFitFun Inc.∆◊ (68.18) USD0.001 6
Portugal – Largo Monterroio Mascarenhas, 1,1099–081 Lisboa (7.48) USD0.001 100
Fima Ola – Produtos Alimentares, S.A. (55) EUR4,125,000 1 Outliers, Inc.∆◊ (58.77) 62
Gallo Worldwide, Limitada (55) EUR550,000 5 (31.35) 113
Grop – Gelado Retail Operation Portugal, Perelel, Inc.∆◊(64.71) USD 0.00001 97
Unipessoal, Limitada (55) EUR27,500 5
(73.18) USD 0.00001 44
Transportadora Central do Infante, Limitada (54) EUR27,000 1
True Botanicals, Inc.∆◊ (51.23) USD0.0001 62
Unilever Fima, Limitada (55) EUR14,462,336.00 5
Yati Inc.∆◊ (4.00) USD0.00001 115
Victor Guedes – Industria e Comercio, S.A. (55) EUR275,000 1
(100.00) USD0.00001 47
Fima Dressings Unipessoal, Limitada (55) EUR27,500 5
United States – c/o Cogency Global Inc, 850 New Burton Road, in the City of
Saudi Arabia – PO Box 22800, Jeddah 21416 Dover, County of Kent, Delaware
Binzagr Unilever Distribution Company Limited Volition Beauty Inc.∆◊ (66.44) USD0.0001 44
(49) SAR1,000.00 1
United States – c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Trust Center, 1209 Orange
Singapore – 3 Phillip Street, #14-05 Royal Group Building, 048693 Street, Wilmington, Delaware, 19801. New Castle County
YOU Private Limited∆◊ (33.33) 76 Koco Life LLC∆◊(26.19) 104
(33.56) 45 (41.15) 105
Singapore – 20A Tanjong Pagar Road, 088443 New Voices Fund LP◊ (32.90) 4
ESQA Corp Pte Ltd∆◊ (60) 73 Keli Network, Inc.∆◊ (28.24) USD0.0001 88
Sweden – Sturegatan 38, Stockholm, 11436 United States – c/o A registered agent, Inc, 8 The Green, Ste A, Dover, Kent, DE,
19901
SachaJuan Haircare AB∆◊ (69.5) SEK1.00 9
Clean Beauty for All, Inc.∆◊ (22.09) USD0.0001 62
United Arab Emirates – PO Box 49, Dubai
(41.99) USD0.0001 95
Al Gurg Unilever LLC (49) AED1,000.00 1
(62.35) USD0.0001 51
United Arab Emirates – Po Box 49, Abu Dhabi
(67.85) USD0.0001 96
Thani Murshid Unilever LLC (49) AED1,000.00 1
United States – United Corporate Services, Inc., 800 North State Street Suite
United States – c/o Registered Agents Solutions, Inc., 838 Walker Road Suite
304, Dover, Kent, DE, 19901
21-2, Dover, Kent, DE, 19904
UOMA Beauty Inc.∆◊ (25) 62
Beauty Bakerie Cosmetics Brand Inc.∆◊ (50.05) USD0.001 43
(70.96) 95
(16.24) USD0.001 71
(49.88) 51
(24.88) USD0.001 93
United States –National Registered Agents Inc, 1209 Orange Street,
United States – c/o Resident Agents Inc. 8 The Green, STE R, Dover, Kent,
Wilmington, New Castle, Delaware 19801
Delaware, 19901
Mealogic, Inc.∆◊ (37.5) 58
Discuss.io Inc.◊ (7.79) USD0.0001 7
United States – 13335 Maxella Ave. Marina del Rey, CA 90292
(16.78) USD0.0001 55
Dollar Shave Club, Inc. (35) USD0.001 13
(50.53) USD0.0001 58
United States – 700 Sylvan Avenue, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey 07632-3201
Group Companies
Notes:
1: Ordinary, 2: Ordinary-A, 3: Ordinary-B, 4: Partnership, 5: Quotas, 6: Class-A Common, 7: Common, 8: Class A, 9: Class B, 10: Class C, 11: Class II Common, 12: Class III
Common, 13: Membership Interest, 14: Preference, 15: Redeemable Preference, 16: Limited by Guarantee, 17: C Ordinary Shares, 18: Viscountcy, 19: B3 Ordinary, 20: Series
C-1 Pref, 21: Ordinary-C, 22: Preferred, 23: Common Stock, 24: Redeemable Preference Class B, 25: Special, 26: Cumulative Preference, 27: 5% Cumulative Preference, 28:
Non-Voting Ordinary B, 29: Common B, 30: Management, 31: Dormant, 32: Series C1 Preference, 33: Series D-2, 34: Cumulative Redeemable Preference, 35: A-Ordinary, 36:
Preferred Ordinary, 37: Com, 38: Class Common-B, 39: Series A Participating Preference, 40: H-Ordinary, 41: I-Ordinary, 42: J-Ordinary, 43: Series A Preferred Convertible,
44: A Preference, 45: Series B1 CCPS, 46: B Preference, 47: Series A-5, 48: Series C-2 Preferred, 49: A-4 Com, 50: D Preference, 51: Series A-3 Preferred, 52: C Preference, 53: E
Ordinary, 54: G Preferred, 55: Series Seed, 56: Nominal, 57: Preferred A, 58: Series A Preferred, 59: Series Seed-2 Preferred, 60: Series C-2, 61: Series D, 62: Series A-1
Preferred, 63: Series B-2 Preference, 64: Pre Series B CCPS, 65: Series B CCPS, 66: Series C1 CPPS, 67: Series C2, 68: Office Holders, 69: Security, 70: Series B-3 Preference, 71:
Series B Preferred, 72: Series Seed B CPPS, 73: Series A CCPS, 74: Series A2 CPPS, 75: Equity, 76: Series B CCPS, 77: Series B Preferred Convertible, 78: Class A Redeemable
Non Voting Ordinary, 79: B Ordinary, 80: N Ordinary, 81: A-1 Com, 82: A-2 Com, 83: A-3 Com, 84: Series A EIS, 85: Series A Convertible Preferred, 86: Series A2 Preferred, 87:
Not in use, 88: Series C Preferred, 89: Series A1 CPPS, 90: D1 Preferred, 91: Series E, 92: Series C-2 Pref, 93: Series B-1 Preferred, 94: Series B-2 Preferred, 95: Series A-2
Preferred, 96: Series A-4 Preferred, 97: Preferred Seed, 98: Seed-3 Preferred, 99: CCPS,100: Series A Preferred Stock, 101: Ordinary Preferred, 102: E Preference, 103: Common
A, 104: Series D-5 Preferred, 105: Series D-6 Preferred, 106: Series C CCPS, 107: Series Seed Convertible Preferred, 108: Series C-E Preferred, 109: Series Seed 2 Convertible
Preferred Shares, 110: Seed CCPS, 111: Series Seed Preferred Shares, 112: M-Ordinary, 113: Series A-9 Preferred, 114: Series Seed CCPS, 115: Series A-1, 116: Pre-Series B
CCCPS, 117: Series A CCCPS, 118: Series Seed A CCPS
O Indicates an undertaking directly held by PLC. All other undertakings are indirectly held. In the case of Hindustan Unilever Limited, 47.43% is directly held and the
remainder of 14.47% is indirectly held. In the case of Unilever Kenya Limited, 39.13% is directly held and the remainder of 60.87% is indirectly held. In the case of Unilever
Sri Lanka Limited, 18.32% is directly held and the remainder of 81.68% is indirectly held. In the case of Mixhold B.V., 27.71% is directly held and the remainder of 72.29% is
indirectly held. In the cases of each of Unilever Gida Sanayi ve Ticaret A.Ş. and Unilever Sanayi ve Ticaret Turk A.Ş., a fractional amount is directly held and the remainder
is indirectly held. In the case of Mixhold B.V., 55.37% of the ordinary – A shares are directly held, the remainder of 44.63% are indirectly held and the other share classes are
indirectly held.
† Shares the undertaking holds in itself.
Δ Denotes an undertaking where other classes of shares are held by a third party.
X Binzagr Unilever Limited, Severn Gulf FZCO, Unilever Binzagr Gulf General Trading LLC, Unilever Home and Personal Care Products Manufacturing LLC are subsidiary
undertakings pursuant to section 1162(2)(b) Companies Act 2006. The Unilever Group is entitled to 50% of the profits made by Binzagr Unilever Limited, Severn Gulf FZCO
and Unilever Binzagr Gulf General Trading LLC. The Unilever Group is entitled to 80% of the profits made by Unilever Home and Personal Care Products Manufacturing
LLC.
◊ Accounted for as non-current investments within non-current financial assets.
∞ Exemption pursuant to Regulation 7 of the Partnership (Accounts) Regulations 2008.
In addition, we have revenues either from our own operations or otherwise in the following locations: Afghanistan, Aland Islands, Albania, Americas, Andorra, Angola,
Anguilla, Antigua and Barbuda, Armenia, Aruba, Azerbaijan, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Benin, Bhutan, Bonaire, Sint Eustatius & Saba, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana,
British Virgin Islands, Brunei Darussalam, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, Cayman Islands, Central African Republic, Chad, Christmas Island, Cocos (Keeling)
Islands, Comoros, Congo, Cook Islands, Curacao, Democratic Republic of Congo, Dominica, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Faroe Islands, Federated States of Micronesia, Fiji,
French Guiana, French Polynesia, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Gibraltar, Greenland, Grenada, Guam, Guernsey, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Heard Island and McDonald
Islands, Iceland, Iraq, Kiribati, Kosovo, Kuwait, Kyrgyzstan, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Libya, Liechtenstein, Luxembourg, Macao, Macedonia, Madagascar, Maldives, Mali,
Malta, Marshall Islands, Mauritania, Mauritius, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Montserrat, Namibia, Nauru, New Caledonia, Niue, Norfolk Island, Northern Ireland, Palau,
Papua New Guinea, Saint Kitts and Nevis, Saint Lucia, Saint Martin (French part), Saint Vincent and the Grenadines, Samoa, San Marino, Senegal, Seychelles, Sierra Leone,
Sint Maarten (Dutch part), Slovenia, Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Sudan, Suriname, Swaziland, Tajikistan, Timor Leste, Togo, Tokelau, Tonga, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu,
Uzbekistan, Vanuatu and Yemen.
The Unilever Group has established branches in Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bosnia-Herzegovina, Burkina Faso, Côte d'Ivoire, Cuba, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Lebanon, Northern
Ireland, the Philippines, Saudi Arabia, Turkey, UAE and the UK.
Shareholder information
Financial calendar
Quarterly dividends
Ex-dividend date Ex-dividend
Announcement date for ordinary shares date for ADSs Record date Payment date
Quarterly dividend announced
with the Q4 2023 results 8 February 2024 22 February 2024 22 February 2024 23 February 2024 22 March 2024
Quarterly dividend announced
with the Q1 2024 results 25 April 2024 16 May 2024 16 May 2024 17 May 2024 7 June 2024
Quarterly dividend announced
with the Q2 2024 results 25 July 2024 8 August 2024 9 August 2024 9 August 2024 6 September 2024
Quarterly dividend announced
with the Q3 2024 results 24 October 2024 7 November 2024 8 November 2024 8 November 2024 6 December 2024
A. History and development of the company 6-55, 88,177-179, 196-199, 219-222, 245, 250
B. Business overview 2-5, 10-33, 38-47, 70-78, 180-182, 250
C. Organisational structure 88, 226, 234-244
D. Property, plant and equipment 197-199, 250
A. Consolidated statements and other financial information 157-233, 245, 249, 255
B. Significant changes 225
A. Defaults 253
B. Dividend arrearages and delinquencies 253
Item 14 Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds n/a
Item 19 Exhibits Please refer to the Exhibit list located immediately following the signature page for this document as filed with the SEC.
Compensation Committee
The Committee is concerned with the remuneration of the Executive and Non-Executive Directors and the tier of management directly below the
Board. The Committee also has responsibility for the cash and executive and all-employee share-based incentive plans, the Remuneration Policy
and performance evaluation of the Unilever Leadership Executive and the periodic review of the remuneration and related policies of the wider
workforce to assess alignment to PLC’s purpose, value and strategy.
Other arrangements
None of our Non-Executive Directors, Executive Directors or other key management personnel are elected or appointed under any arrangement or
understanding with any major shareholder, customer, supplier or others. As mentioned on page 141, Nelson Peltz, a Non-Executive Director, is the
Chief Executive and founding partner of Trian Fund Management, LP, which held interests in approximately 1.5% of Unilever’s issued share capital
as at 22 February 2024.
Dividend record
The following tables show the dividends declared and dividends paid by PLC for the last five years, expressed in terms of the revised share
denominations which became effective from 22 May 2006.
Cyber Security risk management and strategy Ownership of cybersecurity risk at Unilever sits with the Chief Financial
Officer (CFO) and the Chief Business Operations Officer (CBOO), who
Risk management and strategy are members of Unilever's executive leadership team. They receive
Unilever recognises the importance of cybersecurity and takes a regular, routine cybersecurity briefings as well as ad hoc updates, as
risk-based approach to the defence and resiliency of critical assets, needed. The broader executive leadership team members are informed
business operations, technology and data: of the cybersecurity risk posture of Unilever and participate in periodic
■ Unilever has an established Cyber Security Risk Management
education and awareness sessions.
Framework aligned to industry-standard methodologies and control
frameworks. We promote a company-wide culture of cybersecurity The Chief Enterprise Technology Officer (CETO) and the Chief
awareness and vigilance and provide regular reporting on the Information Security Officer (CISO) support the CFO and CBOO by
cybersecurity risk posture of the organisation to operational and monitoring and advising on Unilever's cybersecurity risk. Outputs from
business leaders, leadership executives and key non-executives, in the cybersecurity risk management process, threat detection capability,
order to influence and promote continuous improvement of our risk vulnerability lifecycle management, and assurance and re-assurance
posture. The Cyber Security Risk Management approach is aligned activities drive enterprise-wide visibility and reporting of company
to Unilever’s risk management framework, with cybersecurity risk performance on cybersecurity risk posture, influencing and prioritising
forming a central part of the principal risk "Systems and Information" continuous risk mitigation activities across the enterprise.
on page 75; To make transparent and track the continuous risk mitigation activities
■ Unilever has an established framework of Cyber Security Policies
across the enterprise, a council of senior individuals and executives
and Standards which are in alignment to cybersecurity industry meet regularly and are the membership of the Information Protection
frameworks. These apply to employees, third parties, contractors, Council (IPC). This Council has expertise in cybersecurity, information
data and technology across Unilever. Unilever Cyber Security Policies technology, enterprise risk, privacy, legal, physical security, and internal
and Standards are subject to periodic review and modifications audit. The IPC actively reviews enterprise-wide cybersecurity risk
based on any changes in risk; management prioritisation, progress and initiatives, providing key
■ A Cyber Security team dedicated to risk assurance, and the Internal
operational unlocks and risk prioritisation decisions. These senior
Audit team conducting independent enterprise-wide risk individuals have significant experience and expertise across multiple
reassurance, assess and report on the risk posture of our key systems, industries, with specialty expertise in developing and executing
services, data, and operations. The scope and frequency of the cybersecurity strategy, driving digital transformation, managing
evaluations are risk-based, with output used to influence and information technology, overseeing and embedding data protection
promote continuous improvement of Unilever’s resilience posture, as and data privacy good practices, embedment and oversight of financial
well as provide insights to the governance of cyber risk by the Audit controls, and operating within complex regulatory and compliance
Committee. The Cyber Security Assurance team is composed of environments. The members of the IPC then drive, as appropriate to
internal and external expertise, including penetration testing services their role and responsibilities, first and second line of defence risk
and a bug bounty program; reduction activities, providing a whole-of-Unilever approach to the
■ Unilever’s Cyber Security function drives continuous improvement
governance of cybersecurity risk, embedment of cybersecurity controls,
initiatives, leveraging people, processes and technology, to address assurance of those controls and risk posture, and independent re-
emerging risks. We also conduct resilience planning and recovery assurance of our cybersecurity risk posture.
testing, aiming to bolster preparedness for cybersecurity incidents;
and
■ Whilst Unilever’s cyber risk management activities are aimed at
continuous improvement initiatives If you are a US person, the distribution up to the amount of PLC’s
■ Operational metrics, and reports and learnings, as applicable, earnings and profits for US Federal Income Tax purposes will be
from any cybersecurity events ordinary dividend income.
■ Education on our cybersecurity risk management frameworks,
Any portion of the distribution that exceeds PLC’s earnings and profits
and regulatory trends and requirements is subject to different rules. This portion is a tax-free return of capital
■ Ongoing awareness of external threat landscape and trends.
to the extent of your basis in PLC’s shares or ADSs, and thereafter is
The Audit Committee’s role in cybersecurity risk oversight is further treated as a gain on a disposition of the shares or ADSs. PLC does not
supported by our Internal Audit function which provides independent maintain calculations of its earnings and profits in accordance with US
re-assurance of the effectiveness of Management’s cybersecurity risk Federal Income Tax accounting principles. You should therefore assume
handling including internal controls systems. that any distribution by PLC with respect to the shares will be reported
as ordinary dividend income. You should consult your own tax advisers
with respect to the appropriate US Federal Income Tax treatment of any or, in the case of a shareholder who performs independent personal
distribution received from us. services, pertain to a fixed base situated in the United Kingdom.
Dividends received by an individual will be taxed at a maximum rate of Where shares or ADSs are subject to United Kingdom inheritance tax
15% or 20%, depending on the income level of the individual, provided and United States federal gift or federal estate tax, the amount of the
the individual has held the shares or ADSs for more than 60 days during tax paid in one jurisdiction can generally be credited against the tax
the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date, that due in the other jurisdiction.
PLC is a qualified foreign corporation and certain other conditions are
Where a United Kingdom inheritance tax liability is prima facie not
satisfied. PLC is a qualified foreign corporation for this purpose. In
payable by virtue of the convention, that tax can become payable if
addition, an additional tax of 3.8% will apply to dividends and other
any applicable federal gift or federal estate tax on the shares or ADSs
investment income received by individuals with incomes exceeding
in the United States is not paid.
certain thresholds. The dividend is not eligible for the dividends received
deduction allowable to corporations. The dividend is foreign source Where shares are dealt with through a clearing system or in the form
income for US foreign tax credit purposes. of ADSs, the situs of the shares may not be determinative of the situs of
the interests held by holders through such system or of such ADSs for
For US Federal Income Tax purposes, the amount of any dividend paid
United Kingdom inheritance tax purposes. Where shares are dealt with
in a non-US currency will be included in income in a US dollar amount
through Euroclear Nederland, there are arguments that the interests of
calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date the
participants in Euroclear Nederland will be situated outside the United
dividends are received by you or the depositary (in the case of ADSs),
Kingdom for the purposes of United Kingdom inheritance tax so long
regardless of whether they are converted into US dollars at that time.
as Euroclear Nederland maintains the book-entry register of such
If the non-US currency is converted into US dollars on the day they are
participants’ interests outside the United Kingdom, although HMRC
received, you generally will not be required to recognise foreign
may not accept this analysis. Similarly, there are arguments that ADSs
currency gain or loss in respect of this dividend income.
registered on a register outside the United Kingdom will be situated
outside the United Kingdom for the purposes of United Kingdom
UK taxation on capital gains inheritance tax, although again HMRC may not accept this analysis.
Shareholders to whom this may be relevant should consult an
Under United Kingdom law, when you dispose of shares or ADSs you
appropriate professional adviser.
may be liable to pay United Kingdom tax in respect of any gain accruing
on the disposal. If the ADSs or the shares dealt with through Euroclear Nederland or
both are not situated in the United Kingdom, a gift of such ADSs or
However, if you are either:
such shares by, or the death of, an individual holder of such assets who
■ an individual who is not resident in the United Kingdom for the year
is neither domiciled nor deemed to be domiciled (under certain rules
in question; or
relating to long residence or previous domicile) in the United Kingdom
■ a company which is not resident in the United Kingdom when the
will not generally give rise to a liability to United Kingdom inheritance
gain accrues
tax regardless of whether the estate and gift tax convention between
you will generally not be liable to United Kingdom tax on any gains
the United States and the United Kingdom applies. Special rules may
made on disposal of your shares or ADSs.
also apply to such ADSs or such shares dealt with through Euroclear
There are exceptions to this general rule, two of which are: if the shares Nederland which are held on trust.
or ADSs are held in connection with a trade or business which is
conducted in the United Kingdom through a branch, agency or
permanent establishment; or if the shares or ADSs are held by an UK stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax
individual who becomes resident in the UK having left the UK for a The statements in this section are intended as a general guide to the
period of non-residence of five years or less and who was resident for current United Kingdom stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax ('SDRT')
at least four of the seven tax years prior to leaving the UK. In such cases, position. Special rules apply to certain transactions such as transfers
you may be liable to United Kingdom tax in respect of the disposal of of the shares to a company connected with the transferor and those
shares or ADSs. rules are not described below. Investors should also note that certain
categories of person are not liable to stamp duty or SDRT and others
may be liable at a higher rate or may, although not primarily liable for
United States taxation on capital gains tax, be required to notify and account for SDRT under the Stamp Duty
If you are a US person generally you will recognise capital gain or loss Reserve Tax Regulations 1986.
for US Federal Income Tax purposes equal to the difference, if any,
between the amount realised on the sale and your adjusted tax basis in
the shares or ADSs, in each case as determined in US dollars. You should
consult your own tax advisers about how to determine the US dollar
Issue of shares
value of any foreign currency received as proceeds on the sale of shares Subject to the points noted below in respect of shares issued to
or ADSs and the treatment of any foreign currency gain or loss upon clearance services (such as Euroclear Nederland) or which are issued
conversion of the foreign currency into US dollars. The capital gain or into a depositary receipt system where the shares are to be held in
loss recognised on the sale will be long-term capital gain or loss if your ADS form, no stamp duty or SDRT will arise on the issue of shares in
holding period in the shares or ADSs exceeds one year. Non-corporate registered form by PLC.
US persons are subject to tax on long-term capital gain at reduced
rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.
Transfer of shares
UK inheritance tax Except in relation to clearance services and depositary receipt systems
Under the current estate and gift tax convention between the United (to which special rules outlined below apply), stamp duty at the rate
States and the United Kingdom, shares or ADSs (regardless of whether of 0.5 per cent (rounded up to the next multiple of £5) of the amount
they are situated in the United Kingdom for inheritance tax purposes) or value of the consideration given will generally be payable on an
held by an individual shareholder who is: instrument transferring PLC shares. A charge to SDRT will also generally
■ domiciled for the purposes of the convention in the
arise on an unconditional agreement to transfer PLC shares (at the rate
United States; and of 0.5 per cent of the amount or value of the consideration payable).
■ not for the purposes of the convention a national of the
However, if within six years of the date of the agreement becoming
United Kingdom unconditional, an instrument of transfer is executed pursuant to the
agreement, and stamp duty is paid on that instrument, any SDRT
will generally not be subject to United Kingdom inheritance tax: already paid will be refunded (generally, but not necessarily, with
■ on the individual’s death; or interest) provided that a claim for repayment is made, and any
■ on a gift of the shares during the individual’s lifetime. outstanding liability to SDRT will be cancelled. The liability to pay stamp
Where shares or ADSs are held on trust, they will generally not be duty or SDRT is generally satisfied by the purchaser or transferee.
subject to United Kingdom inheritance tax where the settlor at the
time of the settlement:
■ was domiciled for the purposes of the convention in the United Shares held through clearance services including
States; and
■ was not for the purposes of the convention a national of the
Euroclear Nederland
United Kingdom. Special rules apply where shares are issued or transferred to, or to a
nominee or agent for, a person providing a clearance service. In such
An exception is if the shares or ADSs are part of the business property of circumstances, SDRT or stamp duty may be charged at a rate of 1.5 per
a permanent establishment of the shareholder in the United Kingdom cent, with subsequent transfers within the clearance service then being
free from SDRT and stamp duty (except in relation to clearance service
providers that have made an election under section 97A(1) of the ■ Processing of dividend and other cash distributions not made
Finance Act 1986 which has been approved by HMRC, to which the pursuant to a cancellation or withdrawal: up to US 5¢ per ADS held.
special rules apply).
An ADS holder will also be responsible for paying certain fees and
In light of EU case law, HMRC accepted that the 1.5 per cent charge is expenses incurred by the depositary bank and certain taxes and
in breach of EU law so far as it applies to issues of shares or to transfers governmental charges such as:
of shares that are an integral part of a share issue. This EU case law will ■ fees for the transfer and registration of shares charged by the
continue to be recognised and followed pursuant to the provisions of registrar and transfer agent for the shares in the United Kingdom
the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018 (the 'EUWA'). (i.e. upon deposit and withdrawal of shares);
■ expenses incurred for converting foreign currency into US dollars;
HMRC’s published view is that the 1.5 per cent. SDRT or stamp duty ■ expenses for cable, telex and fax transmissions and for delivery of
charge continues to apply to other transfers of shares into a clearance securities;
service, although this has been disputed. In view of the continuing ■ taxes and duties upon the transfer of securities (i.e. when shares are
uncertainty, specific professional advice should be sought before deposited or withdrawn from deposit);
incurring a 1.5 per cent stamp duty or SDRT charge in any circumstances. ■ fees and expenses incurred in connection with the delivery or
Any liability for stamp duty or SDRT in respect of a transfer of shares into servicing of shares on deposit; and
a clearance service, or in respect of a transfer of shares within such a ■ fees incurred in connection with the distribution of dividends.
service, which does arise will strictly be accountable by the clearance
service or its nominee but may, in practice, be payable by the relevant Depositary fees payable upon the issuance and cancellation of ADSs
participant in the clearance service. are typically paid to the depositary bank by the brokers (on behalf of
their clients) receiving the newly issued ADSs from the depositary bank
and by the brokers (on behalf of their clients) delivering the ADSs to
the depositary bank for cancellation. The brokers in turn charge these
Shares held in ADS form transaction fees to their clients.
On the basis of EU case law referred to above and the EUWA, there
Note that the fees and charges an investor may be required to pay
should be no stamp duty or SDRT on an issuance of shares into a
may vary over time and may be changed by us and by the depositary
depositary receipt system where such transfer is an integral part of the
bank. Notice of any changes will be given to investors.
raising of capital by the company concerned. A transfer of shares into
a depositary receipt system may be subject to SDRT or stamp duty
may be charged at a rate of 1.5 per cent, with subsequent transfers Depositary payments – fiscal year 2023
of depositary receipts then being free from SDRT.
Deutsche Bank has been the depositary bank for its American
Any liability for stamp duty or SDRT in respect of a transfer of shares into Depositary Receipt Programme since 1 July 2014. Under the terms of the
a depositary receipt system which does arise will strictly be accountable Deposit Agreement, PLC is entitled to certain reimbursements, including
by the depositary receipt system operator or its nominee but may, in processing of cash distributions, reimbursement of listing fees (NYSE),
practice, be payable by the relevant holder of the depositary receipts. reimbursement of settlement infrastructure fees (including DTC feeds),
reimbursement of proxy process expenses (printing, postage and
An issue of ADSs by Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as
distribution), dividend fees and program-related expenses (that include
depositary in respect of the ADSs will not be subject to stamp duty or
expenses incurred from the requirements of the US Sarbanes-Oxley
SDRT. An agreement for the transfer of ADSs will not be subject to SDRT
Act of 2002). In relation to 2023, PLC received $5,274,810 from
but a charge to stamp duty will technically arise on the transfer of
Deutsche Bank.
ADSs if it is executed in the UK or relates to any property situated, or to
any matter or thing done or to be done, in the UK. However, the only
sanction for failing to pay such stamp duty is that the instrument of
transfer cannot be produced as evidence in a UK court. Therefore, no UK Defaults, dividend arrearages and delinquencies
stamp duty should in practice be payable on the acquisition or transfer
of existing ADSs or transfer of beneficial ownership of ADSs.
Defaults Programme
There has been no material default in the payment of principal, interest,
a sinking or purchase fund instalment or any other material default
US backup withholding and information reporting relating to indebtedness of the Group.
Payments of dividends and other proceeds with respect to ordinary
shares or ADSs by a US (or US connected) paying agent or a US (or US
connected) intermediary will be reported to you and to the IRS as may
Dividend arrearages and delinquencies
be required under applicable regulations. Backup withholding may There have been no arrears in payment of dividends on, and material
apply to these payments if you fail to provide an accurate taxpayer delinquency with respect to, any class of preferred stock of any
identification number or certification of exempt status or fail to comply significant subsidiary of the Group.
with applicable certification requirements. Some holders are not subject
to backup withholding. You should consult your tax adviser as to your
qualification for an exemption from backup withholding and the Articles of association
procedure for obtaining an exemption. Lapse of distributions
Any PLC dividend unclaimed after 12 years from the date of the
Disclosure requirements for US individual holders declaration of the dividend by PLC reverts to PLC. Any unclaimed
US individuals that hold certain specified non-US financial assets, dividends may be invested or otherwise applied for the benefit of PLC
including stock in a non-US corporation, with values in excess of certain while they are claimed. PLC may also cease to send any cheque for any
thresholds are required to file Form 8938 with their US Federal Income dividend on any shares normally paid in that manner if the cheques in
Tax return. Such Form requires disclosure of information concerning respect of at least two consecutive dividends have been returned to PLC
such non-US assets, including the value of the assets. Failure to file or remain uncashed.
the Form when required may subject you to penalties. An exemption Unilever N.V., the former parent company of the Unilever Group
from reporting applies to non-US assets held through a US financial alongside PLC, was merged in to PLC and dissolved in November 2020
institution generally including a non-US branch or subsidiary of a (Unification). The time periods for the right to claim cash dividends or
US institution and a US branch of a non-US institution. Investors are the proceeds of share distributions declared by Unilever N.V. before
encouraged to consult with their own tax advisers regarding the Unification will remain at 5 and 20 years, respectively, after the first day
possible application of this disclosure requirement to their investment the dividend or share distribution was obtainable from Unilever N.V. Any
in the shares or ADSs. such unclaimed amounts will revert to Unilever PLC after the expiry of
these time periods.
Description of securities other than equity securities
Deutsche Bank serves as the depositary (Depositary) for PLC’s American Redemption provisions and capital call
Depositary Receipt Programme. Outstanding PLC ordinary shares cannot be redeemed. PLC may make
capital calls on money unpaid on shares and not payable on a fixed
Depositary fees and charges for PLC date. PLC has only fully paid shares in issue.
Under the terms of the Deposit Agreement for the PLC American
Depositary Shares (ADSs), an ADS holder may have to pay the following
service fees to the depositary bank:
■ Issuance of ADSs: up to US 5¢ per ADS issued.
Between 31 December 2023 and 22 February 2024 (the latest practicable date for inclusion in this report), PLC did not conduct any
share repurchases.
■ Unilever’s management has used the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) framework (2013) to
evaluate the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Management believes that the COSO framework (2013) is a suitable
framework for its evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting because it is free from bias, permits reasonably consistent qualitative
and quantitative measurements of internal controls, is sufficiently complete so that those relevant factors that would alter a conclusion about
the effectiveness of internal controls are not omitted and is relevant to an evaluation of internal control over financial reporting;
■ Management has assessed the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2023, and has concluded that such
internal control over financial reporting is effective. Management’s assessment and conclusion excludes Zywie Ventures Private Limited (“OZiva”)
and Yasso Holdings, Inc., as they were acquired on 10 January 2023 and 1 August 2023, respectively. These entities are included in our 2023
consolidated financial statements, and together they constituted 1.09% of our total assets as at 31 December 2023 (of which 92% represented
goodwill and intangible assets acquired) and 0.14% of total turnover for the year ended 31 December 2023; and
■ KPMG LLP, who have audited the consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2023, have also audited the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as at 31 December 2023 and have issued an attestation report on internal control over
financial reporting.
Guarantor statements
On 26 July 2023, Unilever Finance Netherlands B.V. and Unilever Capital Corporation (UCC) filed a US Shelf registration, which was unconditionally
and fully guaranteed by Unilever PLC (PLC) and Unilever United States, Inc. (UNUS).
In relation to the US Shelf registration, US$11.2 billion of Notes were outstanding at 31 December 2023 (2022: US$10.75 billion; 2021: US$12.1 billion)
with coupons ranging from 0.626% to 5.900%. These Notes are repayable between 7 March 2024 and 12 August 2051.
All debt securities issued by UCC are senior, unsecured, and unsubordinated and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, on a joint and several
basis, by PLC and UNUS.
UCC and UNUS are 100% subsidiaries of Unilever PLC and are consolidated in the financial statements of the Unilever Group. In addition, there are
no material assets in the guarantor entities apart from intercompany investments and balances. Therefore, as allowed under Rule 13-01 of
regulation S-X, we have excluded the summarised information for each issuer and guarantor.
The guarantees provide that, in case of the failure of the relevant issuer to punctually make payment of any principal, premium or interest, each
guarantor agrees to ensure such payment is made when due whether at the stated maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption
or otherwise. The guarantees also provide that the Trustee shall be paid any and all amounts due to it under the guarantee upon which the debt
securities are endorsed.
Unilever PLC
Head Office
100 Victoria Embankment
London EC4Y 0DY
United Kingdom
T +44 (0)20 7438 2800
Registered Office
Unilever PLC
Port Sunlight
Wirral
Merseyside CH62 4ZD
United Kingdom